By Publius Huldah (Joanna Martin, J.D.)

September 30, 2022

Legislation recently filed in Congress shows that the assurances pro-convention lobbyists have been making to State Legislators to induce them to apply to Congress for Congress to call a Convention under Article V of our Constitution are false.

These lobbyists have convinced too many State Legislators that our Framers said that when the federal government violates the Constitution, the solution is to get a convention to amend the Constitution.  Our Framers never said such a thing!  But that is what is behind the push for an Article V convention.

Article V of our Constitution provides two methods of amending the Constitution 1) Congress may propose amendments by two-thirds majority in both Houses; or 2) Congress, upon the applications of two-thirds of the State Legislatures, calls a convention where the Delegates may propose amendments. The second method has never been used – it’s dangerous!

Nevertheless, the pro-convention lobby has been assuring State Legislators that a Convention is perfectly safe because State Legislatures will control it:  They will determine the amendments to be considered at the Convention; Congress can’t call a convention until Congress receives 34 applications from State Legislatures which ask for the same amendment; and Delegates to the convention may consider nothing but amendments requested by 34 State Legislatures.

If Congress calls a convention, would Congress or the Delegates to the Convention be constrained by the Lobbyists’ assurances to State Legislators? 

Of course not!  The Delegates – as Sovereign Representatives of The People – would have the self-evident Right, recognized by the Declaration of Independence, “to alter or to abolish” our “Form of Government.” Accordingly, Congress isn’t empowered by Article V or anything else in the Constitution to call a limited convention restricted to considering only the amendments requested by 34 State Legislatures.

And now, legislation consistent with this “self-evident Right” has been recently filed in Congress: 

On July 19, 2022, Congressman Jodey Arrington of Texas introduced H.Con.Res.101, which calls a convention; and H.R. 8419, which sets forth how applications for a convention are to be counted.

These Resolutions show that the convention pushers’ assurances that Delegates to the Convention can do nothing but consider amendments requested by 34 State Legislatures, are false:  

H.C.R. 101 §1(a) (1) says, “…Congress hereby calls a convention for proposing amendments…”

H.R. 8419 creates subsection  (c) of 1 U.S. Code, § 106, which directs the Archivist of the United States to count all non-rescinded applications asking Congress to call a Convention; and to notify Congress of its duty to call a Convention when the Archivist receives non-rescinded applications for a Convention from two-thirds of the States.

H.R. 8419 doesn’t permit the Archivist to sort the applications by the amendments specified by State Legislatures.  Instead, H.R. 8419 directs the Archivist to count all non-rescinded applications together.

One group pushing for a Convention has already admitted that Congress can “mix & match” the various applications for a convention:  This group combined non-rescinded applications passed in 1789, several passed in 1861 to avert the Civil War, and during 1901 for popular election of US Senators with applications passed in recent decades for a balanced budget amendment.[1]

And the Archivist of the United States is, in effect, directed by H.R. 8419 to mix and match the various applications!  If an application is non-rescinded, the Archivist is directed to count it to get to 34.

So H.C.R. 101 & H.R. 8419 really are consistent with the “self-evident right” of a People to alter or abolish their government and set up a new one.  And they reveal that whoever drafted these Resolutions also understands that State Legislatures have no power to dictate what is considered by Delegates at the convention.  In State Legislatures’ applications to Congress for a convention, they sometimes insist that they will control the convention (see p. 2, line 19 thru p. 7 of this application in the Pennsylvania Senate); but the Truth is that the Constitution sets forth what Congress has the power to do respecting an Article V Convention; and State Legislatures cannot change this by wishful thinking.  And State Legislatures cannot dictate to Congress how Congress is to exercise a power the Constitution grants to Congress!

If Congress calls an Article V convention, you can be sure that a new Constitution will be imposed on us.[2] The convention of 1787 was called “for the sole and express purpose of revising the Articles of Confederation”.   But the convention proposed a new Constitution which had a new mode of ratification and which created a new form of government.  James Madison warned that those who secretly want a new Constitution would push for an Article V Convention under the pretext of “getting amendments”.

State Legislators need to open their eyes and see that while they are being used to get a Convention; they will have no power over the Convention; and won’t be able to do anything to stop a new Constitution with its own new mode of ratification from being imposed on us.  State Legislatures must immediately rescind the applications for a convention they already sent to Congress.

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Joanna Martin, J.D.: publiushuldah@gmail.com

Endnotes:

[1] At the time the “BBA” organization prepared their chart, the applications they counted were non-rescinded.  They counted 33 States with active applications on file with Congress.  But thankfully, after their Chart was published, several of the States listed on their Chart wised-up and rescinded their applications.  Other States whose previous applications for a convention are still active better rescind them before the Archivist gets her hands on them!

[2] A member of Mark Meckler’s “COS” Legal Advisory Board, Princeton Law Professor Robert P. George, has already co-authored a new Constitution which grants massive new powers to a new federal government and imposes gun controls with red flag confiscations.   Read it & tremble for your Country.

By Cliff Kincaid

September 30, 2022

My hope was that the Supreme Court, under the influence of Trump’s three nominees and a “conservative” majority, would contribute to some conservative victories in the months ahead. We saw that come to pass with the rulings on the right to life and Second Amendment rights. But the leaker of the Dobbs decision, returning abortion to the states, is still a mystery.

Investigations are worthless unless you have the committees with the will power and expertise to get to the bottom of the problem. Congressional liberals abolished the House Internal Security Committee, the successor of the House Committee on Un-American Activities, and Republicans have no plans to bring them back.

That problem, in turns, stems from security risks in Congress. Analyst and author Trevor Loudon reveals that the U.S. Congress has been deeply infiltrated by enemies foreign and domestic. His new book, Security Risk Senators, Part 1, will launch on October 1, 2022.

Some say the next Congress, if Republicans win control of the House, should impeach Biden. What a waste. The Senate will not have enough Republicans to convict. And even if it does, we get President Kamala Harris.

Republicans didn’t do their job when Barack Hussein Obama was president and set America on this Marxist course. They didn’t impeach him because they didn’t want to be accused of racism for going after America’s first black president.

Republicans think they can win because of the bad economy. But the Marxist welfare state has hooked many people on federal payments of one sort or another. They look to the Democratic Party for welfare. That includes illegals but many Americans, too.

I recently noticed people buying junk food with federal and state cards from the WIC (women, infants and children) and Food Stamp programs at a local Walmart. The clerk said some recipients usually cash in during the first part of the month, some getting soda, but others buying the finest foods.

“The federal government is going to own us,” she said, aware that federal debt, spending, and taxes are accelerating. It’s a feeling shared by many who are looking for political figures with bold proposals to dismantle the Marxist state.

In total, more than 40 million people get food stamps while an estimated 43 percent of all infants in the United States are supposed to get federal assistance through the WIC program.

The Democrats continue to send federal payments or bailouts to more and more people. Debt relief for college students is another example. That means more votes for them.

AARP, the lobby for Big Government programs, has an article, “My Love Letter to Medicare,” in its magazine. But Medicare is going broke and forcing seniors to search, sometimes in vain, for doctors willing to take Medicare patients. This is because the payment system is on what the doctors call “an unsustainable path that is jeopardizing patient access to physicians.”

I know an eye doctor who is seeing 35 patients or more a day because that is the only way they can generate enough income to make the practice profitable at the low reimbursement rates acceptable to Medicare.

The system will be short of more than 100,000 doctors in a decade because many will forsake the Medicare system to pursue private and expensive so-called “boutique” practices.

What do Republicans propose to do about these federal programs?

The Republican “Commitment to America” has a section, “Achieve Longer, Healthier Lives for Americans,” in which is it noted, “America is home to the best medical care in the world thanks to talented doctors and innovative treatments. But Democrats are determined to squander all these advantages by imposing a top-down, one-size-fits-all government approach from Washington that will only lead to rationed care and worse services.”

In this context, efforts to undermine America’s leading position in the global pharmaceutical market by attacking “Big Pharma” make absolutely no sense. America has a global edge in that private sector industry. Many lives depend on new drugs and medical devices.

The GOP document notes that, “U.S. life expectancy has decreased for two straight years, representing the biggest drop since 1943.” This is shocking. Yet, Biden/Harris has declared the China virus pandemic over, even though the average daily death rate in America is now running at 350. Not to mention the lives lost because of fentanyl.

Meanwhile, Social Security is now facing “long-term financing shortfalls under currently scheduled benefits and financing.”

Politically speaking, young and old Americans alike are desperately looking for an alternative to politicians stealing wealth trough tax and spending policies that are bringing the U.S. to the point of bankruptcy.

To make matters worse, with the stock market crashing, some conservative commentators are enriching themselves through hawking sales of gold and silver. At the same time, the Biden Administration is threatening more destructive rules and regulations in the promising field of crypto currency, where America also has an edge.

“An economy that’s strong” is what the Republicans are promising, referring to cutting spending, producing more energy, and ending dependence on China.

My own book, The Sword of Revolution and the Communist Apocalypse, predicted China’s leadership role in the global communist revolution.

There is no reason why China has to dominate the world. Politicians of both parties let this happen. It’s not just a Hunter Biden problem.

In terms of our current predicament, a key plank of the Communist Manifesto was “Centralization of credit in the hands of the state, by means of a national bank with State capital and an exclusive monopoly.” That means, for our purposes, the Federal Reserve, now exposed as a failure by The Economist and other mouthpieces of the establishment.

We need an alternative monetary system, a crypto economy that can offer people a vision for the future and give power back to the people. Republican Rep. Tom Emmer is perhaps the most articulate advocate in Congress for the future that awaits us, if an effort is made to unleash American “innovation, ingenuity, and our pioneering spirit.”

In an example of “dialectic reversal” of Marxist thought, we have to become part of a grass-roots movement to establish what the communists used to call the New World Economic Order, but with an American bent.

© 2022 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By Frosty Wooldridge

September 29, 2022

Over 60 years ago, in the infancy of television, from 1955 to 1960, a wealthy benefactor gave away $1,000.000.00 to lucky recipients. During the program, the benefactor tracked their lives, their choices, and their outcomes.

One guy bought a building and turned it into a recreation center for the poor kids in his inner city.  Another single parent started an entire organization to deal with adopted kids, homeless kids and drug addicts.  Each story gave hope to the audience.  For me as a young man, I felt that such “good” in the world needed to be multiplied throughout our society.

Here in 2022, we’ve got more problems, divisions, violence, angry youth and political turmoil than can be handled.  We’re being totally, systematically and sociologically torn to pieces.  We’re no longer Americans pulling in the same direction.  Democrats hate Republicans and vice versa.  At least when we were all Americans, we all enjoyed a positive stake in our mutual outcomes.

Today, we’ve got 45 million foreign-born. We’ve got 3,000,000 crashing our borders illegally this year. All those legals and illegals are birthing 1,000,000 more of their own, annually.  How long can that keep up? How long can we even pretend that this is our country anymore?   How long will  we remain sustainable? Answer: maybe 20 to 30 years, but not much more.

We’ve got the mainstream media lying to us. We’ve got a senile old man for a president who has done nothing of value in all his 50 years on the dole of the American taxpayer, as a politician. Joe Biden cannot grasp what’s going on in the world/nor his handlers.  We’ve got Congress tied up in knots.  Our cities rot at the core as to useless schools, beleaguered underpaid teachers, gangs galore, drugs everywhere and illiteracy driving the madness.  Pick any big city!  You hear about 50 shootings and 10 deaths as a matter of course in Chicago every weekend.  Notice that Black Lives Matter folks don’t do anything to respond to all that black on black killing.

But just have one police officer shoot a minority while resisting arrest or committing a crime—and BLM or Antifa thugs burn down $2 billion worth of city blocks in dozens of cities!

So, what if I had Elon Musk’s $250,000,000,000.00 bank account?  What would I do?

First of all, because education stands as the foundation of a successful civilization, I would gather all the greatest educational minds in the country to come up with educational solutions to our illiteracy rates that are off the charts.  I would give money to educational organizations to mentor, build after school facilities, teach vocational jobs and more solutions that would give inner city minorities a chance to thrive.

For those kids with very low intellectual horsepower, I would create programs that guide them toward redundant jobs with dignity, a decent salary and positive outcome.  Let’s face it, we wasted $6 trillion in 20 years of those two bogus wars in Afghanistan and Iraq.  Surely, we can spend money on our youth to become productive citizens.

Second, I would gather the finest business minds in America to create a new job paradigm that includes environmental responsibility, iron-clad integrity, social responsibility and more.  I would encourage new-thought to solve the problems of poverty in Chicago, NYC, St. Louis, LA and every city where the poor subsist. I would spend that money to find solutions.

Third, I would endeavor to discover much-needed answers for 540,000 homeless Americans.  We must use loitering laws to keep them off the streets and into apartments, and feed them. We need every kind of therapy to help them off drugs.  We need educational systems to catch them before they become useless human beings.

Fourth, I financially support all senators and House Members for sending the National Guard to totally shut off our borders. I would stop the drug cartels within weeks to shut down illegal immigration and drugs.  I would push to enact laws that put any and all drug dealers in jail for life, no parole.

Fifth, I would spend money to support law enforcement for all our laws to apprehend and prosecute all criminals with harsh prison sentences.  You shoot a cop? You’re in prison for life with no parole! I would use that money to make criminals understand they face enormous prison terms.

Sixth, I would use TV ads to show criminals what it’s like in prison as to killings, drug distribution, rapes, robbery, smash n grabs, and all other horrendous crimes.  Show them what’s going to happen to them, and then, just put the little anarchists in prison for very long sentences.

Seventh, I would put billions of dollars into brilliant minds to create alternative energy, wave, wind, solar, fusion, river turbines and any other scientific advancement.  The fact remains—our civilization cannot continue to exist without energy.

Eighth, I would spend money to pass laws to enforce egress vs ingress as to immigration.  We only take in as many as leave our country annually. Those who immigrate must love America, speak English, bring a much-needed skill and pass all exams for citizenship.  I would spend money to help citizens of the world in their own countries.

Ninth, I would spend billions to educate all American employers to NOT employ illegal alien migrants.  I would make sure employers who broke our laws…also go to prison. Enforce, enforce, enforce! Employ only Americans at a living wage.

Tenth, I would run educational ads to create a 50-cent deposit-return law at the federal level to make sure that every piece of plastic, metal and/or glass enjoys a return for the money. Kids would scour the country for 50 cents per item.

Eleventh, I would move toward a Steady State Economics model to enhance our ability to remain sustainable now and into the future. www.steadystate.org  (Casse)

A steady state economy is an economy of stable or mildly fluctuating size. The term typically refers to a national economy, but it can also be applied to a local, regional, or global economy. An economy can reach a steady state after a period of growth or degrowth. To be sustainable, a steady state economy may not exceed ecological limits.

Such a system also means a stable population that maintains itself within the carrying capacity of the land, water, air and resources.

That’s just a start. What ideas do you have that I can publish in Part 2 of this series?

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

by Lee Duigon

September 29, 2022

Spain’s Minister of Equality (good night, nurse!) raised a few eyebrows recently when she declared that “children have the right to know that they can love and have sexual relations with anyone they want”. This ought to give you an idea of the kind of people who are governing the world’s nations, these days.

Did I mention she’s a communist?

But maybe things are changing.

Nancy Pelosi, Squeaker of the House of Representatives, dropped in on the Global Citizen Music Festival in New York City last week to treat her fellow leftids to a potboiler speech on Climate Change and how she and her Democrat playmates are gonna show Ol’ Man Climate who’s boss.

And got booed

How could this happen? It’s like losing at poker with four aces in your hand. Count ‘em: an audience of “global citizens” (whatever the dickens they are), a New York City venue, Central Park no less—and she’s as far out on the left as they are. And yet they booed her.

It couldn’t be just because they didn’t appreciate this dindle from San Francisco interrupting their concert for sleazy politics. What don’t these people politicize? You can’t even go to a ballgame anymore without being nagged about “transgender rights” and imaginary Climate Change. They don’t mind! So why boo when Pelosi did it?

Maybe, just maybe, Far Left Crazy is nearing the end of its rope. Maybe they’re just about ready to turn on each other. It’d be a treat to watch.

A recent election in Europe gives us hope. Giorgia Meloni, smeared by the nooze media as “far right”—as if these jidrools even knew anybody to the right of Bernie Sanders—will soon take office as Italy’s first female prime minister. Her Christian Brothers Party clobbered a coalition of left-wing dingbats, 2-1.

Ms. Meloni gave an acceptance speech that deserves to be quoted at some length:

“Why is the family an enemy? Why is the family so frightening? There is a single answer to all these questions. Because it defines us. Because it is our identity. Because everything that defines us is now an enemy for those who would like us to no longer have an identity and to simply be perfect consumer slaves.

“And so they attack national identity, they attack religious identity, they attack gender identity, they attack family identity. I can’t define myself as: Italian, Christian, woman, mother. No. I must be citizen x, gender x, parent 1, parent 2. I must be a number.

“Because when I am only a number, when I no longer have an identity, or roots, then I will be the perfect slave at the mercy of financial speculators. The perfect consumer.”

Stand up and cheer. This woman has it right.

Hey, World Economic Forum! Hey, Biden! You love to call us fascists, but obviously you don’t know the meaning of the word.

Fascism, as Mussolini invented and practiced it, is when an authoritarian government hops into bed with a few favored corporate nabobs (can you say Mark Zuckerberg? Bill Gates?) and together they enslave a nation. Juan Peron tweaked it by inviting a few favored labor unions to the party. In our country we call that “Obamaism.”

We are on to you, big-time. A few more leaders like Ms. Meloni, and we’ll have you in retreat. Start looking for countries which don’t have extradition treaties with your own.

You’ll need one.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and drop in for a visit before the nasty really hits the fan. My work can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2022 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

by Andrew C. Wallace

September 29, 2022

Every elected official, bureaucrat, flag officer, or judge now employed by Federal Establishment is either a criminal , a coward, or both.  Oh, there are a few among the miscreant Fellow Travelers who protest the criminality, but they are mostly ineffectual.

If you learn nothing else from this paper, know that the Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC), the wealthy families, control the large corporations that bribe their government minions to screw the people for power and profit.

Every man, woman and child in this country is being deprived of their God-Given and Constitutionally-Protected Rights that were established and defended by the ultimate sacrifice of patriots for centuries.

Contrary to the Constitution, all political power has been concentrated in the Federal Government for the benefit of the Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC). This treason was accomplished due to the coerced complicity and cowardice of State Governors and elected officials. This was done for power and profit. Those elected to congress from both parties may be wealthy from bribes by the PSRRC, but they are still only minions. A majority of the Federal Government’s powers are usurped and must be returned to the states in compliance with the Constitutional “Enumerated Powers”.

Since a majority of the Federal Government operates Unconstitutionally it is not practical for me to list everything that is unlawful and must be changed. Following are just some of the most critical actions that must be addressed.

1. Terminate the unconstitutional (private!) Federal Reserve Bank which facilitates inflation, wars for profit, depressions and all kinds of skullduggery

2. Return to Constitutional money (which must lawfully be only gold and silver) to stop inflation and reduce theft. Only Congress, not the Federal Reserve Bank, has the power to coin money and regulate the value thereof! Don’t under any circumstances allow the supplanting of digital currency which will control and enslave us.

3. Invaders must be rapidly deported. “Benefits” to Invaders are costing each American $2500 a year in taxes. The cost of deportation will always be less than cost of allowing them to remain. We have no jobs for them because most Invaders don’t speak English and have no education or skills, which is a recipe for a new criminal class. Thirty percent of federal inmates are immigrants.

4. Federal Income tax must be replaced by tariffs which financed our country until 1913. This will allow states to perform proper functions that have been usurped by the Federal Establishment which pretends to be our lawful government.

5. We must take all money out of politics, except for small donations by individuals who can vote for the politicians. The Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) and corporations must be prohibited from supporting (and influencing and coercing) politicians in any way

6. Governors must guarantee people that they can use force, even deadly force. to protect life and property without being prosecuted. The only way to stop looting and arson is to allow the use of deadly force. Policing must be increased, cash bail retained, and criminals kept in jail.

7. Corporations, media or anyone else cannot be allowed to stop truthful information from reaching the public.

8. Profiting from any market by nefarious means, such as selling a commodity or stock short that you don’t own, must stop.

9. Any elected official who votes for an unconstitutional act or accepts support from anyone other than individual constituents is a criminal, and must be removed from office and prosecuted. Any official violating his solemn Oath to protect and defend our Constitution is automatically removed from office, as performance under that Oath is a non-negotiable qualification to hold that office!

10. Any individual, corporation or organization giving financial or other support to domestic terrorist organizations like Antifa or BLM are to be prosecuted for any theft of organization funds and related criminal acts. It was no accident that this support resulted in the destruction of small business competitors of the large corporate retailers.

11. Any judge who uses the excuse (political or otherwise) of “Lack of Standing” to deny a citizen the right to be heard on violations of any Constitutional issue is to be impeached.

12. Open borders are contrary to law. All government expenditures supporting invaders is legal treason and theft. Everyone associated with using government funds to support invaders is guilty of theft and treason. They should be prosecuted and every dime they own returned to the treasury.

13. We know that majority of federal government agencies are corrupt, and that a majority are also unconstitutional. The FBI is the most corrupt of all, and most citizens know this and fear it, with good cause. But, most importantly, the FBI has caused people to lose all faith and trust in the federal government. The FBI must be terminated. Anyone who willingly works for such a corrupted organization should not be allowed to work in government again.  Nothing in the Constitution supports existence of the FBI. Our Constitution gives the Federal Government no police powers in the states, none!

14. It is treason and fraud to mislead the ignorant among us to believe that they will never have to work again under the new Communist Democratic party.

15. All unconstitutional handouts and benefit programs must be transferred to the states, except for Social Security and Medicare which are paid for by recipients.

16. The American Dream must be retained by restricting sale of single-family homes to only citizens and legal residents for personal use.

17. Foreign students must not be allowed to replace any Americans in educational institutions benefiting in any way from government funds.

18. Treasonous American and Chinese officials jointly developed the SARS19  Bio-Weapon and promoted the faux “Vaccine”. This was the most deadly and effective mass attack on human life in the history of the world. The result was destruction and death on an unheard-of scale, with 750,000 deaths in the United States alone, with many more to follow, FOREVER. I thank God that I didn’t take the JAB, or in my condition, I would be dead from side effects and loss of immune system. Those responsible should be tried for mass murder and divested of their billions of ill-gotten wealth. If you really want to know the whole truth you can get it where I did, from Devvy Kidd at Facts: experimental covid injections and sads

19. Purchase of land, property, or corporations by foreigners must be forbidden. It is past time to protect our country! Other nations have the sense to maintain their national integrity and sovereignty.

20. Climate Control, and Renewable Energy are illogical and impossible scams designed to impoverish and control the people, and must be terminated.

To the best of my ability, I have been very careful to be certain that everything I say in this article is truthful and verifiable in accordance with the law. If the FBI should come for me, it will be just another bogus example of the politicized FBI acting under  “Color of Law” with no lawful jurisdiction or authority.

God Bless America.

© 2022 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

By Servando Gonzalez

September 28, 2022

There are many things going on in this country that cannot be explained by politics alone: women violently defending their “right” to kill their babies, sexual deviants indoctrinating school children, the total loss of respect for human life, the push to destroy the family as a social unit, the frontal assault on private property, the growing loss of freedom to express your opinions and the open fight against Christianity, just to mention a few.

In the blink of an eye, America has become a country where the biological distinction between men and women has been substituted by a myriad of “genders,” race is more important than ability, experience or knowledge, and science has been substituted by expediency to serve ideological needs. A country that has become one of the world’s main producer, consumer and exporter of pornography and recreational drugs. A country where, through every layer of society, hypocrisy, lying, deceit, graft, corruption, violence, crime and murder are the orders of the day.

And this has happened so fast that most Americans still don’t realize that today’s America has not much to do with the country created by their Founding Fathers.

Moreover, for some unfathomable reasons, a large segment of Americans have always felt a great love and admiration for the Devil. In 1969, Mick Jagger and the Rolling Stones referred to it as “Sympathy for the Devil,” but the roots of this sympathy go way back into American History.

More than a century ago, Confederate general Albert Pike praisefully wrote about the “Luciferian path,” and the “Prince of Darkness.”[1] In 1966 Anton Lavey, author of The Satanic Bible, created the Church of Satan, and in 1975, U.S. Army Lt. Colonel Michael Aquino founded The Temple of Seth both religious institutions consecrated to the Prince of Darkness. In 1971, Saul Alinsky, Hillary Clinton’s mentor, dedicated his book Rules for Radicals to Lucifer, “The first radical known to man who rebelled against the establishment and did it so effectively that he at least won his own kingdom.”

In 1980 the satanic Georgia Stones appeared from nowhere.[2] In 1995 the new Denver airport exposed to the public a collection of disturbing Devil-inspired murals. Also, Hollywood has been consistently producing films on the subject of the Devil.[3] Of lately, monuments dedicated to Lucifer have been erected in many states’ capitol buildings.

On June 20, 2020, a Luciferian March for a One World Government was held in 22 American cities during a solar eclipse. More cities were added as the organizers intended to make this a nationwide and worldwide movement of appealing to Satan for empowering the One World Government. The marches were used to create chaos and some of the organizers told about their plans to erect satanic monuments at existing sites where Confederate and other allegedly racist statues have been torn down.[4]

Many Americans remember Skull & Bones member President George W. Bush habitually raising his hand sporting the Devil’s sign, as well as a the devilish presence of Jared Kushner in the background behind President Trump[5] and demonic Fauci[6] in the foreground telling people to do exactly what you should not do during a Pandemic. But they lack significance when compared with the new Devil’s advocates: Bill Gates, Klaus Schwab and Yuval Noah Harari.

Nevertheless, Joe Biden’s strange speech on September 1, 2022, on a dark, blood-red background at the Independence National Historical Park in Philadelphia, PA, in which, after mentioning the word “democracy” 31 times [7] he called MAGA Republicans “semi-fascists.”[8] marked a new dimension: it was immediately termed as “Satanic.” [9] The qualification may have hit a chord, because it was immediately mocked by the mainstream media.

But there were other interpretations. According to one observer, “President Biden resembled Adolf Hitler at Philadelphia rally.”[10] He was right, but it is good to remember that Hitler and the Nazis were heavily involved with the occult.[11]

Nevertheless, disregarding of the interpretation we may give to it, Biden’s speech must act as a wake up call for Christians in this country. As Christians, we have been losing this war [12] because we have been waging political warfare unaware that we are fighting a spiritual war and, in order to win, we must fight using the weapons of spiritual warfare. Unfortunately, most American patriots cannot grasp the possibility that Evil exists as a spirit opposed to God and his creation. As the great Baudelaire put it:

“One of the artifices of Satan is, to induce men to believe that he does not exist.” But, as C.S. Lewis rightly pointed out, Christians must be aware that there is a civil war on, a rebellion, “and we are living in a part of the universe occupied by the rebel.” [13]

Christians should not keep thinking that all the evil in this world could be explained just by the evil of men. Actually, there is a true, objective presence of evil in this world which we must confront. This evil, if we take the Great Battle seriously, is the Enemy himself and, if we want to win this battle, we have to strongly stand against evil in our private lives.

During the years Obama was in power, the globalist conspirators purged thousands of Christians from key positions in the military, judiciary, law enforcement, business, education and the mainstream media. Currently, under the pretext of fighting extremism, this process has increased and currently the number of Christians purged may have reached millions. Evidently, Biden has fully accomplished Obama’s dream: the creation of a civilians para-military force larger and more powerful than the U. S. military —just the IRS plans to hire 86, 852 new agents. This force is heavily armed, fully devoted to oppress the American people, and they are itching for a fight.[14] Currently, America is a fully developed totalitarian police state.

But the question remains: why did Joe Biden openly reveal the globalist conspirators’ agenda in his Satanic speech?

There is a process in the occult called the “revelation of the method.”[15] It is a sort of in-your-face admission, openly telling you the true source of their evil plans on the knowledge that you are totally incapable of defending yourself and fighting back. It is the ultimate proof that you are fully under their evil control because the satanic cryptocracy knows that exposing their methods and people involved in the crimes they have committed will not stop them.

Evidence shows that revelations of their crimes —9/11, Coronavirus, Epstein, vote fraud— has never conducted to arrests, much less to prosecutions and convictions. Actually, the reputation of the satanic cryptocrats has been enhanced by the revelations. As Michael A. Hoffman II has observed in his book Secret Societies and Psychological Warfare, “Exposure without action against the perpetrators of the crimes revealed, devolves into a kind of perverse advertisement for the prowess of the cryptocrats, who are seen as having performed fantastic feats of criminal enterprise with a genius that renders them immune from the consequences.

This entire process as a whole smacks of that familiar occult control device of grotesque mockery of the principle touted, in this case of the notion of exposure leading to punishment or retribution.”[16]

So, to win this battle Christians must transcend the political Left/Right paradigm. For sure, Christians need to fight this evil power that exploits, harms and crushes the weak of spirit. But they cannot win this battle fighting with their votes, not even with their guns. If true Christians want to win this battle they must fight it with their minds and heir hearts.

For many years the New World Order conspirators have been working hard to establish a global dictatorship. Eventually, they will find the man, or the woman, who will sell his/her soul to Satan to become the King of the world during a period of crisis. The ancient prophesies of the Bible call this coming world dictator the “Antichrist,” and he/she will lead the world during the terrible times the prophets call the Great Tribulation and the globalist conspirators call The Great Reset. Unfortunately, America has led the way in the creation and development of the ideology and the institutions whose secret goal is to impose this anti-Christian New World Order upon the peoples of the world.

Today’s Americans are steeped in materialism and immorality. They ignore the truth because they are incapable to recognize that evil knows no bounds and the Devil has been working hard on humanity’s destruction since the days of Adam and Eve.

The Apostle Paul’s description of what he called “the last generation,” cannot be more accurate: “But mark this: There will be terrible times in the last days. People will be lovers of themselves, lovers of money, boastful, proud, abusive, disobedient to their parents, ungrateful, unholy, without love, unforgiving, slanderous, without self-control, brutal, not lovers of the good, treacherous, rash, conceited, lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God.” (2 Timothy 3:1-4)

Currently, the New World Order conspirators are engaged in a tremendous effort to destroy Russia. The true motive for the strong anti-Russian sentiment is not because the Russians are still communists, as the conspirators claim, but because the Russians have successfully brought back their country to their Christian roots and faith and they are strongly opposing the Luciferian globalists’ neo-Fascist New World Order —a disingenuous name for the Fourth Reich.[17]

In any event, apparently, Satan’s goal is to reduce America to rubble, and he is working hard to use Russia as the unwitting tool to accomplish this deed. Or maybe Russia is the tool selected by God to fulfill his will to destroy the New Sodom that is poisoning the world.

Servando’s book: Psychological Warfare and the New World Order: The Secret War Against the American People, censored by Amazon, is still available at the NWV store. Order your copy today before it is gone.

© 2022 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

[1]. Albert Pike, Morals and Dogma (Supreme Council of the Thirty Third Degree of the Scottish Rite, 1871), p. 567.

[2]. As mysteriously as it had appeared the monument was demolished in 2022.

[3]. Kubrick’s Eyes Wide Shot is a good example if this.

[4]. See “Satanic Marches Planned in U.S. Cities This Weekend,” Intercessors for America, June 20, 2020. On Satanic aspects of the Coronavirus pandemic, see Stephen Flurry, “The Cure is Killing Us,” The Philadelphia Trumpet, May-June 2020, p. 11.

[5]. Kushner is the guy who paid a record-setting $1.8 billion in 2007 to secure the ownership of a building on Manhattan’s 666 Fifth Avenue.

[6]. Researcher Nicholas Stumphauser just recently discovered that, many years ago, Fauci’s mother ordered a designer to create her own family crest. I depicts a serpent eating a small child under the caption “Abys.” See, “Fauci Family Snake Pit Unveiled: Watch the Water Editor Reveals Demonic Research Findings,” The Stew Peters Show, https://www.brighteon.com/d4bd8484-af50-4ea6-bbd1-da207eb672d7. On the evil origin of Covid see Joe Oltman, https://www.brighteon.com/d41ca889-9faf-44de-861f-860d04cbc79b. See also, “World Events Review Of What Has Happened And Is Happening In Our World Between Good And Evil,” TruthSeeker.

[7]. The word “democracy does not appear in the Declaration of Independence, the Constitution or the Bill of Rights. The Founding Fathers knew that democracies eventually become tyrannies, that’s why they created a Constitutional Republic.

[8]. The phrase was convenient expurgated from the official version published by the White House. Still, the full-fledged fascists calling their opponent “half-fascists” is a typical case of the pot calling the kettle blak.

[9]. See “Biden’s Diabolical RED Speech,” The Phaser, September 13, 2022; also, Wes Rhinier, “There was a diabolical brilliance to Biden’s speech,” NC Renegades, September 12, 2022.

[10]. Jim Pietrangelo, “President Biden resembled Adolf Hitler at Philadelphia rally” The Conway Daily Sun, Sep 7, 2022.

[11]. See, I. e., Jean- Michel Angebert, The Occult and the Third Reich (New York: Macmillan, 1974), Dusty Sklar, The Nazis and the Occult (New York: Dorset, 1989), Peter Levenda, Unholy Alliance: A History of the Nazi Movement Involvement with the Occult (New York: Continuum, 2002).

[12]. According to a September 13, 2022, Pew Research Center report, the number of Christians of all ages in the U.S. is shrinking at a growing pace.

[13]. C.S. Lewis, Broadcast Talks (London: Geoffrey Ble, 1942), p. 46.

[14]. Andrew Miller, “Why You Can’t Bear Arms but the IRS Can,” The Philadelphia Trumpet, October 2022, pp. 15-19.

[15]. See Michael A. Hoffman II, Secret Societies and Psychological Warfare (Coer d’Alene, Idaho: Independent History & Research, 2001), pp. 51-53.

[16]. Ibid. pp. 53-54.

[17]. On August 10, 1944, Nazi officials secretly met at the Hotel Rotes Haus in Strasbourg and ordered an elite group of German industrialists to work on a plan for a coming Fourth Reich. Karthick Nambi, “The Nazi party plan for a Fourth Reich -The Red Report,” History in Bites, May 10, 2020. See also Des Griffin, Fourth Reich of the Rich (Clackamas, Oregon: Emissary, 1976

By Bradlee Dean

September 28, 2022

[DISCLAIMER: The opinion in this article is the sole opinion of the author and is not necessarily the opinion of NewsWithViews.com, it’s employees, representatives, or other contributing writers.]

“How do you help a people that refuse to help themselves?”

If Florida Governor Ron DeSantis is not getting standing ovations from the American people for importing illegals into their own backyards, then he is setting fund raising records to the equivalent of up to 177 million dollars. Yes, you heard me right. All of this is for setting himself up as the one to stand against Joe Biden and his criminal administration’s agenda (Hosea 4:6).

The problem here is that most people are not aware of the fact, or they are simply not paying attention, that Ron DeSantis is executing the Joe Biden agenda by dispersing illegals (Marxist communists) into America.

Pay attention, he is IMPORTING them into America, not deporting them (Jeremiah 5:21). Thus, he is endangering the lives of the American people, as the American people praise their destroyers (Deuteronomy 28:43).

[Rumble Video]

On his heels is Texas Governor Greg Abbott outdoing Ron DeSantis in IMPORTING over 11,000 illegals into America since April.

Fox News reported, by playing divide and conquer with the unconstitutional 2 party system (Mark 3:25):  Texas buses have transported more than 11,000 migrants to sanctuary cities.

AUSTIN, Texas – Texas Gov. Greg Abbott’s office says more than 11,000 migrants have been transported to cities run by Democratic mayors since April.

The governor gave the new numbers as part of an update on the progress of the governor’s border security-focused Operation Lone Star.

The governor’s office says more than 8,000 asylum seekers have been sent to Washington, D.C. since April, more than 2,500 to New York City since August 5 and more than 600 Texas migrants have been bused to Chicago.

The program requires asylum seekers from the border to volunteer to take the trip across the country. Gov. Abbott’s office says the program is “providing much-needed relief to our overwhelmed border communities.”

On Thursday, 2 buses of migrants from Texas arrived outside of Vice President Kamala Harris’ residence in Washington, D.C.

“The Biden-Harris Administration continues ignoring and denying the historic crisis at our southern border, which has endangered and overwhelmed Texas communities for almost two years,” said Gov. Abbott. “Our supposed Border Czar, Vice President Kamala Harris, has yet to even visit the border to see firsthand the impact of the open border policies she has helped implement, even going so far as to claim the border is ‘secure.’”

Gov. Abbott’s border plan has led to harsh criticism from Democrats.

Abbott’s challenger in November’s election, former Congressman Beto O’Rourke, tweeted on Friday “Abbott is all stunts, all the time. I’ll be a governor who is focused on solutions and on delivering for the people of Texas.”

Take note that Fox News reported these as mere migrants, not illegal immigrants.

Conclusion: What I have seen over the last 21 years in this country is not only the unbelievable, but also the unthinkable as to what the American people have allowed their politicians to do with their blood bought freedoms. IMPORTING illegals into their own backyards and yet, they are being praised for it. How do you help a people that have become so willfully blind (Jeremiah 5:25)?

© 2022 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

by Kathleen Marquardt

September 27, 2022

Amatai Etzioni, futurist and communitarian told us, “To make our physical environment more community-friendly, our homes, places of work, streets, and public spaces – whole developments, suburbs, and even whole cities – need to be designed to enhance the Communitarian nexus.”

Don’t know how communitarians think? In simple words, groupthink is vital; individualism is to become extinct (no, we will not all comply). You like your pink house on a 1/3-acre yard? Too bad, the group want to walk, live, eat, shop, think in tandem. Well, the plebians and useless eaters need to understand that is the way they “will now think, or else”. The Global Elite may also think in lockstep – but, for themselves, their groupthink is big mansions, 6 airplanes and a helicopter, caviar, foie gras, Wagyu beef, and Petrus or Romanee-Conti wine – while they devise the next weapon to do away with more of us until they reach the magic number – somewhere around 500 million, max.

Why this rant? What part of Cancel Culture am I so displeased with now?

According to Smart Cities Dive, a website for everything having to do with Smart Cities,[1] thanks to the COVID-19 outbreak and the lock-down, people loved it so much they are going to lock themselves down permanently in the ultra-smart cities being built.

The COVID-19 outbreak enhanced the popularity and growth of live-work-play buildings, up to a high of 49,100 new units completed during the height of the pandemic in 2020. This building style appeals to renters because it offers daily activities — living, working and entertaining — under one roof, according to report author Andrea Neculae. 

The development of new multifamily units as part of mixed-use “live-work-play” properties, which combine residential, office and commercial/entertainment uses at one site, has quadrupled in the past decade, according to data from Yardi Matrix. New unit completions in this category per year have risen from 10,000 in 2012 to 43,700 in 2021.[2]

This is straight out of The Ideal Communist City, written in 1968, for Communist East Germany, “built upon the rich heritage left by Soviet architecture and urbanism in the twenties (Unlike Western architecture which constantly turns to the past and is pseudo-conservative) . . .. The city embodies the highest achievements of our material and spiritual culture. As an inclusive organization, it connects residence and factory, past and future, individual and society. [3]”

Up until Agenda 21/ Sustainable Development was dumped on us, Marx and Lenin were universally and justifiably vilified. Now Marxism is making a comeback via other evil-minded men and women trying to take control of the entire World.

Back to The Ideal Communist City: “It is the special and historical claim of communism to be a work of conscious creation based on theory. We must begin to look at the prevalent forms of social relationships and to inquire into the effects they should produce historically on the whole spatio-temporal structure of communist life. This means that we should analyze the basic communist premises of society as elaborated by Marxist-Leninism and also the contemporary social realities that reflect these premises.” [4]

Mary Salmonsen/Multifamily Dive, data courtesy of Yardi Matrix[5]

Smart Cities Dive noted that Manhattan “has the most multifamily units in ‘live-work-play’ (i.e., Smart Cities/Stack-n-Pack housing) buildings in U.S. And, Washington, D.C. “has built more live-work-play units than any other city, with 17,300.” [6] So, if you live there, your home will be on one of the residential floors, you may work upstairs on another floor, your shops, dry cleaners, restaurants, theaters, etc. will be on the ground floor. The school, library (if needed in computer age), will be nearby. And the park, called green space, also will be in walking distance. There will be no garages – you can walk, bike, bus or stay home. You are much more controllable this way.

What we are watching is the destruction of individuality; the building of those ‘60s an ‘70s ultra-boring boxes that were painted different colors so you could find your home; and the Great American Dream being replaced by Oceania and Ingsoc.

People all over America are now saying “NO!” We aren’t yet slaves or dead, so it isn’t too late. Freedom Pods[7] (go here to learn) are starting up across the nation. You can join or start one now and Roar with the Lions.

© 2022 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koipolloi@protonmail.com

Footnotes:

[1] https://www.smartcitiesdive.com/news/the-top-us-cities-for-live-work-play-development/632245/

[2] Ibid.

[3] Baburov, Gutnov, et al. The Ideal Communist City, Preface

[4] Ibid.

[5] Smart Cities Dive

[6] Smart Cities Dive

[7] https://americanpolicy.org/2021/10/18/what-is-a-freedom-pod/

By Kelleigh Nelson

September 27, 2022

Sometimes the people you’d take a bullet for are the ones behind the trigger. —Taylor Swift

Not everyone can be trusted. I think we all have to be very selective about the people we trust. —Shelley Long, Actress, singer, comedian

An honest enemy is always better than a friend who lies.  Pay less attention to what people say, and more attention to what they do.  Their actions will show you the truth.  —Unknown

Be careful who you trust.  The devil was once an angel. —Ziad K. Abdelnour, author of Economic Warfare

We need to remember that a false friend is often more dangerous than an open enemy, and that’s surely true of both Kellyanne Conway and Mike Pence.

When President Trump chose Kellyanne as senior advisor and campaign manager, and then as Senior Counselor to the President, I thought, Uh-oh, here’s another one like Pence.

I was right.  During the Trump administration, many reporters alleged that Mike Pence and others, especially Kellyanne Conway, were leakers.  There were news stories alleging Kellyanne often had loose lips after too many adult beverages at DC parties.

And wouldn’t you know, Kellyanne and Mike are very close friends. Interestingly enough, she worked for Pence when he was a congressman and they’ve been friends for years.  Pence’s nephew actually married Kellyanne’s cousin, so there is a family connection.

Early Signs

In February of 2017, Kellyanne was kneeling on the couch in the Oval Office as the photo shows, heels on and her legs bent underneath her.  She claimed she was trying to get a good picture.  I was astonished at the lack of decorum while so many guests were meeting with the president.

Most people thought nothing of it.

Kellyanne Conway is not a teenager who lacks proper comportment; she is an adult woman representing the leader of the free world while heads of historically black universities were meeting with the President.  I don’t buy her photo excuse.  This isn’t her living room, it’s the people’s house.  Dignity in the White House, and especially the Oval Office is expected from all personnel.

Her lack of class was an embarrassment, just as degrading as when Obama put his feet up on the Resolute desk.  Few people know that history.

The desk hails back from November 23^rd, 1880, a gift from Britain’s Queen Victoria to President Rutherford B. Hayes. Even its construction is special. It was built with wood from the sunken Arctic Rescue Ship, the HMS Resolute.

The 1300 lb. desk was first used by Rutherford B. Hayes after his contested 1876 election.  There were wide allegations of electoral fraud, election violence, and other disfranchisement of predominately Republican Black voters. (Sound familiar?) The southern states had been told to vote Republican if they wanted northern troops removed, ending 12 years of martial law.  Hayes won by one electoral vote.  The outcome of his becoming President did result in the final effective abandonment of federal Reconstruction.

But back to Kellyanne Conway.

She worked for Ted Cruz prior to joining the campaign of Donald Trump, and disparaged Trump wholeheartedly along with Cruz who insulted Trump numerous times before finally endorsing him.  During one televised debate, Rubio and Cruz showed their lack of civility and maturity by commenting on the size of Trump’s hands.

Clowns on parade.

Kellyanne and the Kochs

In June of 2017, 16 of 23 senior white house officials had ties to the Koch brothers, including Reince Priebus, Kellyanne Conway, Jeff Sessions, Mick Mulvaney, Rob Porter and Don McGahn.  Even Treasury Secretary Mnuchin helped them out with a change in tax laws.  The Trump administration was packed full of Koch brother operatives, brought in by their water boy, Mike Pence and their former consultant, Kellyanne Conway.

The Intercept wrote that, Kellyanne consulted for Americans for Prosperity’s national foundation in 2016, as well as for the Michigan and Ohio chapters of the group. Conway also served as a board member for the Independent Women’s Forum, a Koch-backed group whose goal is “increasing the number of women who value free markets and personal liberty.”

Here is a shocking list of the Trump transition team Koch beneficiaries.  There were dozens of Koch affiliates in Trump’s administration. Why? The Kochs hated Trump; Charles Koch once likened the contest between Donald Trump and Hillary Clinton to being asked to choose cancer or a heart attack.

Nevertheless, the Koch affiliates were there to help Koch Industries get what they needed from the President, and basically they did with the help of Senior Advisor, Kellyanne Conway and VP Pence.

Marc Short served in the role of Director of Legislative Affairs for Trump (before becoming Chief of Staff to Mike Pence).

Short was previously an executive at Koch Industries, a private company run by billionaire Charles Koch who has been setting up political front groups for four decades. Short went on to become President of a Koch-related dark money group called Freedom Partners from 2011 to 2016.

Peter Navarro told us the truth about Marc Short.  He said, “Marc Short, VP Pence’s Chief of Staff, worked with Pence in allowing the Big Steal to move forward – He’s “not a good guy.”

Today, Short is busy bashing Trump’s claim about presidential declassification powers and noted that Pence never operated under that premise.

Koch Industries

Who did Kellyanne Conway actually work for?  The 45^th President or Koch Industries?  Kellyanne and her Trump hating husband, George Conway are members of the Federalist Society and she made sure the Society created a list of nominees for Supreme Court Justices.  Her good friend, VP Mike Pence, made sure the Heritage Foundation also suggested nominees.  Both groups are controlled opposition.

Charles and David Koch, the latter now deceased, are anathema to Trump’s 2016 stated beliefs.  The Kochs are pro-abortion, pro-open borders (cheap labor), pro-gay marriage and pro-Constitutional Convention.  They are members of and fund the con-con promoting, American Legislative Exchange Council (ALEC), an affiliate of Heritage Foundation founded by Paul Weyrich who was the first President of Heritage.

David Koch was on the board of Trustees of Rockefeller University. Phyllis Schlafly called the Rockefellers and their ilk the kingmakers.  “Highly placed New York kingmakers,” she wrote, “work toward ‘convergence’ between the Republican and Democratic parties so as to preserve their America Last foreign policy. . .”

Koch was also on the board of Earth watch Institute, an environmental, sustainability, Agenda 21 group and the board of the globalist new age Aspen Institute formerly headed by now deceased new age environmentalist Maurice Strong.  Strong, Club of Rome member, devout Bahai, founder and first Secretary General of United Nations Environmental Programme (UNEP), was the driving force behind the birth and imposition of UN Agenda 21, now UN Agenda 2030.

Stem-cell research is supported by the Kochs and they also signed onto an amicus brief for the supreme court supporting gay rights and gay marriage.  Running as the Libertarian Party vice presidential candidate in 1980, David Koch backed a platform calling for the full legalization of abortion.

The billionaire Koch brothers 2018 ad campaign for amnesty shows they are open border, mass immigration, and mass amnesty for illegal aliens, despite opposition from the American people.  The ad pushes amnesty by using the words of the Washington, D.C. political establishment, which is unified not only on mass immigration, but also on endless free trade, and foreign interventionism.  Former House Speaker Paul Ryan was with them. Koch money even supported Andrew Cuomo as Governor of New York, who has publicly stated, “America has never been great.”

Koch Industries and Charles Koch masquerade as conservatives while financing the destruction of America and our Constitution.

2020 Election

Kellyanne Conway, who stepped down in August of 2020 from serving as an official adviser – said despite Trump’s efforts to fight the results, that he lost the election.

“If you look at the vote totals in the Electoral College tally, it looks like Joe Biden and Kamala Harris will prevail,” Conway told “The 19th.”  Conway admitted Donald Trump lost the 2020 presidential election –

“I assume the electors will certify that and it will be official.”

From the December 4^th 2020 US Sun article:

Kellyanne Conway admitted Donald Trump lost the 2020 presidential election – and added that she would work with Joe Biden’s campaign if she were asked.

The comments from the former Trump campaign manager and adviser to the president came in an interview with The 19th that aired on Friday.

The longtime Trump defender – who stepped down in August from serving as an official adviser – said despite Trump’s efforts to fight the results, that he lost the election.

There are millions of Americans who highly doubt President Trump lost the election. Vote fraud in America in nothing new, but in the 2020 election it was on steroids.  How many documented movies do we need to prove the massive skullduggery?

Conclusion

So many of us wrote to President Trump while he was in the White House, and more than once!  I know of no one who received a response.  Perhaps Kellyanne and Mike, or their fellow Koch members, made sure important messages were never delivered.  We’ll probably never know.

It’s doubtful Trump ever knew about the Koch Trojan Horse within his administration.  Certainly, the Koch kingpins were Kellyanne Conway and Mike Pence.

Reminds me of Ferlin Huskey’s old song…Money Greases the Wheels.

© 2022 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

By: Devvy

September 26, 2022

I’ve covered the massive carnage taking place here in the U.S. as well as around the world regarding the COVID-19 experimental gene editing technology injections being passed off as vaccines so many times what more is there to write?  If you haven’t read my Sept. 19, 2022, column, FACTS: Experimental COVID Injections and SADS, please take the time as it is filled with critical information the prostitute media, politicians, public “health” officials and the rest of the pro-vaccine cult don’t want you to know.

So many lawsuits by Americans who refuse to be used as guinea pigs.  Informed Americans, not zombies who believe everything they read or hear coming from social media that are just as ignorant as the listener/reader.  Some successful wins but too many dismissed:

After 1,000 fired/New York judge rules COVID vaccine mandate for NYPD union members invalid – Please remember U.S. Postal Workers, also a huge union, were not forced to take those injections.  Congress also made themselves and staff off limits for mandatory jabs although many have to “set a good example”.  Nancy Pelosi: ‘We Cannot Require Someone to Be Vaccinated. That’s Just Not What We Can Do’, Nov. 4, 2021

Health Care workers win a $10 million dollar settlement – jab or job – against North Shore University Health System  //  Vaccine Mandate Ruled ‘Invalid’ for Police Association Members in New York, Sept. 24, 2022

Every day I receive so many emails about the number of deaths accelerating and Americans now struck down, thousands permanently disabled after taking those experimental injections.  32 Young Canadian Doctors “Died Suddenly” in the Past 16 Months While Fully COVID-19 Vaccinated, Sept. 20, 2022  // Worse than Monkeypox? Multiple Cases of Skin Diseases Following COVID-19 Vaccination Start Appearing in the Medical Journals, Sept. 22 2022  – Go look at the photos.  There’s also dozens and dozens of pages of the dead and those whose lives are ruined because they took the injections.

EU forced to begin Europe-wide Investigation into 700% to 1600% increase in Excess Deaths among Children since EMA approved COVID Vaccine for Kids thanks to Exclusive Investigation carried out by The Exposé, Sept. 18, 2022.  “An exclusive investigation carried out by the team here at The Exposé has forced the European Union’s official statistics department to begin a Europe-wide investigation into why there has been a significant increase in excess deaths among children aged 0 to 14 since the European Medicines Agency approved the Covid-19 injection for children.

“On the 29th of August 2022, we exclusively revealed that official mortality figures for Europe showed a shocking 691% increase in excess deaths among children up to week 33 of 2022 since the European Medicines Agency extended the emergency use authorisation of the Pfizer Covid-19 vaccine for use in children aged 12 to 15 in May 2021.”

READ:  Moderna’s CMO Believes Spikes from the mRNA Vaccine Get to the Heart, Sept. 23, 2022 – “Moderna CMO Believes Spikes from the mRNA Vaccine Get to the Heart. They don’t just believe, they knew all along.  Are they conspiracy nuts too now?”

This video is a montage (23:46) that is worth the time to watch;  it opens with Mark Stein who I hoped would take the late Rush Limbaugh’s slot.  Towards the end are the actual documents Pfizer tried to hide for 75 years but a court said no and so a massive number of documents have been released that were never supposed to be seen by the public.  To read them just stop the video and then proceed.  At the end Pfizer says the risk-benefit analysis of their experimental technology injections are safe so they will go forward.  What a monstrous lie.

Push back from around the world is starting to turn the tide as there’s just too much data and FACTUAL scientific evidence those COVID experimental injections are killing massive numbers of people, causing tens and tens of thousands of people developing serious medical issues that will kill them within a few years and it was all planned well in advance.  The heat got too great:  Following US Navy’s Change to Vaccine Mandate Policy, US Marine Corps Follows, Sept. 18, 2022

There are more lawsuits coming; one I know of in particular (civil) but I can’t say more about it at this time.  I now refer you back to my last column which is a short read because I cite a 57-page document that IS the COVID-19 story EVERYONE should read.  Bombshell: Sars-Cov2, Those Responsible by Name and How it Was Done

I’ve read just about every lawsuit filed I could find over the past nearly two years.  What I don’t see is the Nuremberg Codes used.  Why?  I’m not a lawyer and have no legal training but what I believe the reason is everyone assumed from the beginning those COVID experimental gene editing injections are vaccines which they are NOT.

I wrote about this back on July 25, 2022, but bears repeating:  “What about American law and the Nuremberg Codes? I wrote about this several times. This is a VERY important read as the Nuremberg Code IS the basis for many successful lawsuits here in the U.S.

The Significance of the Nuremberg Code, April 4, 2021 – “The universal right of Informed Consent to medical interventions has been recognized in US law since at least 1914.

1. That year, the New York Court of Appeals established the right to informed consent to medical intervention in a case involving non-consensual surgery. Schloendorff v. Society of New York Hospital 105 N.E. 92, 93 N.Y. (1914) Justice Benjamin Cardozo articulated the court’s reasoning:  

• “Every human being of adult years and sound mind has a right to determine what shall be done with his own body; and a surgeon who performs an operation without his patient’s consent commits an assault for which he is liable in damages.”

1. The 1947 Nuremberg Code is the most important legal document in the history of medical research ethics. It established 10 foundational principles of ethical clinical research.

• The first and foremost principle is unequivocal: “The voluntary consent of the human subject is absolutely essential”.

“It prohibits research to be conducted on human beings without the informed consent of the individual.” And further into the article:  8. In 2013, the US Supreme Court reiterated the legal principle of informed consent in a case involving a citizen who refused to consent to a blood test. A blood sample was taken against his will on orders of a police officer. In a 6 to 3 ruling, the Supreme Court ruled in favor of the plaintiff — even as the justices recognized that both privacy and harm were minimal. Missouri vs McNeely, 569 US 141 (2013)

• “this Court has never retreated from its recognition that any compelled intrusion into the human body implicates significant, constitutionally protected privacy interests…”

“The destruction from those COVID experimental injections is hardly minimal.”

To me, every single individual whether private sector, military or county, state or federal, in order to keep their paycheck by refusing to take those experimental injections are victims being used as guinea pigs for experimentation.  So many lawsuits based on religious exemptions are all based on those experimental injections being passed off as vaccines.

Many scientific experts with impeccable credentials and decades of experience have come forward and have outright said those experimental injections are bioweapons.  Response from the prostitute media:  conspiracy nuts.  Response from health officials and politicians:  Crickets.  This video is very, very important:  Doctor testifies under oath of perjury that COVID was created as a bio weapon, August 4, 2022. “Cardiologist, Nuclear Cardiologist, Physicist, PhD, MD and JD, Dr. Fleming under oath describes the Spike protein bio weapon timeline and the parties involved in its development.”

Dr. Francis Boyle Creator Of BioWeapons Act Says Coronavirus Is Biological Warfare Weapon – Interview.  “Francis Boyle is a professor of international law at the University of Illinois College of Law. He drafted the U.S. domestic implementing legislation for the Biological Weapons Convention, known as the Biological Weapons Anti-Terrorism Act of 1989, that was approved unanimously by both Houses of the U.S. Congress and signed into law by President George H.W. Bush.”

Pfizer Whistleblower Warns New Data Proves Vaccine is Bioweapon, March 5, 2022

“Ethically Unjustifiable” – Scientists from Harvard & Johns Hopkins Found Covid-19 Vaccines 98 Times Worse Than the Virus, Sept. 12, 2022

Doctors, Scientists and Professionals from More than 34 Countries Declare “International Medical Crisis” due to Diseases and Deaths Caused by COVID-19 Vaccines, Sept. 10, 2022 – “The large number of sudden deaths in previously healthy young people who were inoculated with these “vaccines”, is particularly worrying, as is the high incidence of miscarriages and perinatal deaths which have not been investigated.

“A large number of adverse side effects, including hospitalisations, permanent disabilities and deaths related to the so-called “COVID-19 vaccines”, have been reported officially.
The registered number has no precedent in world vaccination history.” (Billions of human beings on this planet have tragically been injected multiple times. Bold emphasis mine.)

Audio or video interview:  New Bombshells, Justice is Coming as they Panic w/ Tom Renz, August 28, 2022

Regular readers of my columns know I’ve referenced Dr. David Martin many times.  He first introduced evidence regarding patents.  This “pandemic” was planned long ago.  These are important short video clips featuring Martin:  Dr David Martin: Suing and Destroying Pfizer and Moderna –  Fraud cancels indemnity, and opens the feeding frenzy (3:22)  //  Big Pharma killing children, and one surprising and twisted reason behind it.  (2:34) “Dr Martin explains that these injections will kill more children than abortion ever has; and one twisted reason why Big Pharma pushed for urgent approval to inject them.”

Martin has a web site called Prosecutenow.  We are far, far down the road.  All the paper trails and evidence has been exposed for nearly two years. This is an interview with Martin in which he states again he is working with three law enforcement agencies to bring criminal charges against certain individuals. It appears to be prior to May of this year but I’m not certain.

I know time is a crunch for all of us.  We’re all tired and enraged because America is under assault in so many ways.  BUT, these are crimes against humanity and the only way to really get this front and center are criminal prosecutions.  I sincerely hope we see them soon.  COVID-19 Patents: State Little RICO Acts Prosecution? July 19, 2021.  Criminal prosecutions must happen.

Winter is almost upon us and while the Demorats and too many GOP governors happily went along with shutting down their state and enforcing draconian “mandates” such as those dangerous masks and absurd 6’ distancing have let up because of the Nov. 8^th elections, don’t for a minute think they won’t try again.  COVID cases are rising!  Masks!  The hyped hysteria will start all over again to take people’s eyes off those guilty of this horror show.

People are still wearing those worthless masks (enriching China manufacturing them) and children in parts of the country are still being forced to wear them at age 2 & up.  German Neurologist On Face Masks: ‘Oxygen Deprivation Causes Permanent Neurological Damage’, Oct. 21, 2020 – And people wonder why school children have had such bad test results after being muzzled for 6-7 hours in school going on two years?  Not to mention parents dragging them around the grocery store (here in my city) muzzled.  It makes me sick.

Pathogenic Bacteria and Fungi Found on Masks: Study, July 31, 2022  //  American Academy of Pediatrics Defends Mask Usage on Children: They ‘May Still Be Needed to Keep Kids Safe’, Aug. 29, 2022.  SHAME ON THEM.

In the interview Martin talks about the Utah case, Griner v Biden, et al, which can be read in full here.  Page six, please read it; that argument is being made by legal counsel for the defendants.  “So, as the Court is aware, under the Jacobson decision from the Supreme Court, which is a 1905 decision of the Supreme Court, which is still good law today, there is no due process right to avoid vaccination.”  Good law my foot.  Look what’s been done to the people of this country being forced to take the jab or lose their paycheck, being labeled anti-vaxxers and worse and being used as guinea pigs in this grand experiment for population reduction and trillions in profit over time. (Jacobsen analysis)

Of course, the recurring theme is those “vaccines” are safe and protect you from getting COVID which is a proven LIE.  The plaintiffs argue those injections are not vaccines and that is absolutely a proven fact.

Doctors, nurses and scientists around the world have suffered greatly over the past two years who’ve spoken out about those deadly injections.  Careers and reputations ruined, threats to take away their licenses while the media, politicians and “health” officials at every level lie every time they open their mouth – Dr. Death Fauci at the top of the list.

Hearings have been held at both the state and federal level about “adverse events”.  Popular conservative talk shows like Clay & Buck who took Rush Limbaugh’s spot but none have exposed the massive number of deaths and the tens of thousands here in the U.S. who can no longer work or have developed severe issues like myocarditis – especially in 12-2o year-olds.

As Martin says:  PROSECUTE NOW.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related:

The Covid-19 Contracts The U.S. And PHARMA Do Not Want The Public To See, Sept. 5, 2022

12,500 VAERS Records Deleted Past 9 Weeks, Injuries And Deaths Just Vanished (Video)

Why are so many dying? Record excess deaths in Europe – Dr. John Campbell

Three California Hospitals Sued For Using Remdesivir (Run Death Is Near) (Video), Sept. 18, 2022

Why ‘Ventilator Frenzy’ Swept the White House During Early Days of COVID – “The estimates of the percentage of COVID-19 patients who died because they were put on a ventilator range from 30% to 80% — for vast numbers of people, getting intubated was a death sentence.”  (Thank you, Jared Kushner, Trump’s son-in-law.)

Exhaustive Study of German Mortality Data Finds Excess Deaths Tightly Correlated With Mass Vaccination, August 29, 2022

17-Year-Old High School Student Dies Suddenly After Suffering ‘Critical Medical Emergency’ During Flag Football Game, Sept. 23, 2022

They haven’t failed in their mission and that is gene editing technology.  CDC Discloses Just How Fast mRNA Boosters Fail

46 Somalis Charged in $250 Million COVID Fraud, Sept. 23 2022 (In U.S.)

(Perfectly healthy) Woman drops dead at pharmacy within 15 minutes of booster shot, Sept. 22, 2022

Man Died From Pfizer COVID-19 Vaccine: New Zealand Coroner, Sept. 20, 2022

Biden Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin Ignored DOD IG Memo for 3 Months that Alleged Wrongdoing with COVID Mandates, Sept. 17, 2022

By Paul Engel

September 26, 2022

• How far will pro-abortion politicians go to get others to comply with their agenda?
• Can California require churches to pay for abortion coverage in the health insurance they provide to their employees?
• In the battle between religious freedom and those who wish to promote abortion, who will win?

“By hook or by crook” seems to be the sentiment of some who promote abortion in this country. When they could not get their way by federal law, they engaged the federal judiciary. When the judiciary abandoned them, they went back to using state law to get their way. And when state law didn’t get them all they wanted, they used regulation to “back door” themselves around the law. Such seems to be the case in California.

In 2014, the California Department of Managed Health Care (DMHC) sent letters to several private health insurers, directing that they remove any limitations or exclusions regarding abortion care services from their health care coverage. It seemed that the agency had approved plans with such limitations, which the DMHC’s Director believed to be in error.

Several churches, Foothill Church, Calvary Chapel Chino Hills, and Shepherd of the Hills Church, after receiving the Director’s letters, asked if they could receive exemptions as religious organizations. They requested health care insurance coverage that did not cover all legal abortions. Specifically, they requested that their policies either excluded abortions or only covered abortions where the pregnancy unquestionably threatens the life of the mother. They were told by two insurers that they understood the DMHC letter to preclude even religious exemptions. This was incorrect. The DMHC had previously determined that religious employers could legally restrict abortion coverage consistent with their beliefs. The DMHC would later approve a request to exclude abortion care services for religious employers, except when the abortion was necessary to save the life of the mother. However, these churches were unable to secure coverage that aligned with their beliefs, leading to the case of federal district court Foothill Church, et al., v Mary Watanabe, in her official capacity as Director of the California Department of Managed Healthcare (Foothill Church v. Watanabe).

After nearly three years of litigation, the churches requested a religious exemption from DMHC. California’s Attorney General stated that:

DMHC could only consider granting exemptions to health plans, not employers or other plan customers.

Foothill Church v. Watanabe

As of the issuing of the court order in Foothill Church v. Watanabe, no plan had asked for approval for an exemption for abortion coverage from DMHC.

In 2019, the District Court for the Eastern District of California dismissed the churches’ claims. The Ninth Circuit affirmed the District Court’s dismissal of the Establishment Clause claim, but sent the case back to consider the plaintiff’s free exercise and equal protection claims. The court has reviewed the case, including an additional amicus (third-party) brief from the California Catholic Conference. Let’s look at the two claims separately, starting with the Free Exercise Claim.

Free Exercise Claim

The Free Exercise Clause of the First Amendment, which applies to the states through the Fourteenth Amendment, … provides that “Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof,” U.S. Const. amend. I. However, the right to freely exercise one’s religion “does not relieve an individual of the obligation to comply with a ‘valid and neutral law of general applicability on the ground that the law proscribes (or prescribes) conduct that his religion prescribes (or proscribes).’”

Foothill Church v. Watanabe

I know, Congress did not make this law, but the courts have been ignoring that little fact for decades. Even looking at the section of the First Amendment being quoted shows problems with the court’s interpretation. The Constitution says Congress (which the courts have extended to all governments), shall make no law prohibiting the free exercise of religion. Yet here, the court says that is not entirely true. The court claims, based on previous opinions from the Supreme Court, that your right to freely exercise your religion “does not relieve an individual of the obligation to comply with a ‘valid and neutral law of general applicability on the ground that the law proscribes (or prescribes) conduct that his religion prescribes (or proscribes).’” Doesn’t that mean that governments can coerce you into violating your religious beliefs as long as the law was neutral and generally applicable? Don’t give up on this judge yet though.

Scrutiny

A law is not generally applicable if it “‘invite[s]’ the government to consider the particular reasons for a person’s conduct by providing ‘a mechanism for individualized exemptions.’” … Nor is it generally applicable if it includes “a formal system of entirely discretionary exceptions . . . .” …

A valid and neutral law of general applicability must be upheld if it is rationally related to a legitimate governmental purpose. … In contrast, laws that are not neutral or are not generally applicable are subject to strict scrutiny. …. Under strict scrutiny, laws “must be justified by a compelling governmental interest and must be narrowly tailored to advance that interest.”

Foothill Church v. Watanabe

If you’ve followed The Constitution Study for any time, you shouldn’t be surprised that the question of “scrutiny” would come up in this case. Like most federal courts, rather than following the supreme law of the land, their standards seem focused on allowing government to meddle where the law does not allow. This is most easily shown by the standard of judicial review, or scrutiny, the court assigns to a case.

In U.S. constitutional law, when a court finds that a law infringes a fundamental constitutional right, it may apply the strict scrutiny standard to nevertheless hold the law or policy constitutionally valid if the government can demonstrate in court that the law or regulation is necessary to achieve a “compelling state interest”.

Strict Scrutiny, The Free Legal Dictionary

Notice, scrutiny, also known as standards of judicial review, is not based in the Constitution of the United States, but in “constitutional law”, which is nothing more than the opinion of judges about the Constitution. Whenever you hear the term “scrutiny” in a legal case, understand that what the court is doing is deciding how hard the government must work in order for the court to allow it to infringe on your rights. In this case, the judge says the claims are subject to strict scrutiny, which is the highest level of effort the government must show to violate the Constitution.

Getting back to the case and the Free Exercise Claim:

The Churches argue “the mere ‘creation of a formal mechanism for granting exceptions renders a policy not generally applicable, regardless of whether any exceptions have been given,’” …, and thus challenge the “State’s decision to enforce the Abortion Coverage Requirement against the Churches’ healthcare plans in the first place.” … The Director argues the Churches are challenging her refusal to “extend an exemption to [p]laintiffs because they are not entities subject to regulation by DMHC under the [Knox Keene Act].” … In other words, the Churches argue the Director would not extend a religious exemption to them, while the Director claims she did not because [she] could not.

Foothill Church v. Watanabe

Seems like a bit of a “He said, She said”, but not really.

Nonetheless, as the court was careful to confirm at the hearing, the Director now concedes that the existence of a “system of individual exemptions” in the Knox Keene Act subjects her decision not to expand the plan exemption framework to the Churches to strict scrutiny. … Accordingly, the court must decide whether this policy “advances ‘interests of the highest order’ and is narrowly tailored to achieve those interests.”

Foothill Church v. Watanabe

Now everyone in the case agrees that the law under which the Director of DMHC acted is subject to “strict scrutiny”. That means the court, and specifically this judge, will determine if the interests advanced by this law are sufficient to deny the people of California their rights protected under the Constitution. Does anyone else see how insidious this is? You have a government actor, the judge, determining whether or not a government’s interest is sufficient to infringe on your rights. This is exactly what the Bill of Rights was created to prevent.

While all parties in this case agree that the state needs to meet the highest burden of proof that they can infringe on your rights, the state still needs to make that case.

Director explains her decision not to make an exception at the Churches’ request by citing her policy not to entertain requests for exceptions unless they come from a plan. She cites three compelling government interests.

Foothill Church v. Watanabe

The Director of DMHC gives three reasons why the state should be allowed to infringe on the rights of these churches and their members. I want to look at them individually.

First, the policy prevents “a flood of exemption requests from over 26 million enrollees” who may object to their plan’s covered care services.

Foothill Church v. Watanabe

Look at the very first concern the Director brings up. She does not seem concerned with the impact on the people, or the infringement on their rights, but on how much work it might make for her department. Think of the arrogance that shows. In her mind, you should be forced to support the murder of unborn children because allowing you an exemption might make too much work for her department.

Second, it prevents “significant third-party harm to enrollees,” which may occur if employers opt out of legally mandated healthcare coverage.

Foothill Church v. Watanabe

I’m not an expert in the California Constitution, but I am pretty sure the mandate the Director is referring to is not legal. Did the citizens of California delegate to their government the authority to regulate healthcare coverage? A quick search of the state’s Constitution showed:

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Constitution or existing law, a person elected to or serving in the Legislature on or after November 1, 1990, shall participate in the Federal Social Security (Retirement, Disability, Health Insurance) Program and the State shall pay only the employer’s share of the contribution necessary to such participation.

Constitution of the State of California, Article IV, Section 4.5

Beyond the members of the legislature, I could find no power delegated by the people to the State of California to place requirements on their healthcare coverage. Furthermore, by mandating that citizens of California purchase healthcare that meets certain requirements, they are depriving them of the liberty to choose a plan that best meets both their needs and beliefs. This violates the Due Process Clause of the constitution of both California and the of the United States.

Persons may not twice be put in jeopardy for the same offense, be compelled in a criminal cause to be a witness against themselves, or be deprived of life, liberty, or property without due process of law.

California Constitution, Article I, Section 15

No person shall … be deprived of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment V

The Director’s last argument is:

Third, it appropriately restricts DMHC’s jurisdiction as authorized by the California State Legislature.

Foothill Church v. Watanabe

The Director seems more worried about the restrictions put in place by the Legislature than the Constitutions she took an oath to support. Thankfully, none of these arguments persuaded the judge.

None of these interests are sufficiently compelling, nor is the department’s rigid approach narrowly tailored.

Foothill Church v. Watanabe

Equal Protection Clause Claim

What about the church’s claim of a violation of the Equal Protection Clause?

The Equal Protection Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment prohibits a state from “deny[ing] to any person within its jurisdiction the equal protection of the law,” U.S. Const. amend. XIV, which essentially “direct[s] that all persons similarly situated should be treated alike,” … A viable Equal Protection claim must also “show that the defendants acted with an intent or purpose to discriminate against the plaintiff based upon membership in a protected class.”

Foothill Church v. Watanabe

The question the judge is trying to answer is, did the Director target these churches because they were religious organizations? In other words, was the Director of DMHC attempting to discriminate against them. Here, the judge was not convinced.

This court previously dismissed the Churches’ Equal Protection Clause claim for two reasons. …. First, the Churches did not allege facts giving rise to a reasonable inference that the Director treated them differently than “similarly situated” persons and businesses. … The court noted “the challenged letters apply to [p]lans, not purchasers, and do not make any classification with respect to purchasers.” … Second, the Churches did not allege facts showing that defendant acted “at least in part because of, not merely in spite of,” plaintiffs’ religious beliefs.

Foothill Church v. Watanabe

Conclusion

The judge in this case split the decision. She granted summary judgment for the churches on their free exercise claim, but found for DMHC on the Equal Protection Claim. The case, however, is not over. While this order is in place, the judge also ordered both parties to provide supplemental briefings.

While this case moves forward, and whether you live in California or not, I want you to consider this: The only reason this judge found for the churches is she did not believe the Director made a sufficiently compelling case to infringe on the rights of these churches. Think about that for just a minute. Yes, this case was about the free exercise of religion, specifically whether or not churches could be forced to provide abortion coverage in their employee’s health insurance, but the underlying jurisprudence came down to scrutiny and how hard government had to work to overrule the Constitution of the United States. Also, it seems that the reason the judge granted judgment to the Director on the Equal Protection Clause claim was because the state did not apply its rule to the churches directly, but got private third-parties to do it for them. Is this what passes for justice in America today? Is this what people call the rule of law? The protection of your rights determined by a single judge? How safe do you feel when the protection of your rights comes down to how a judge feels about a “compelling government interest”? What about the compelling government interest laid down in the Declaration of Independence?

That to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed, 

Declaration of Independence

Doesn’t the current abuse of judicial review, making the rights of the people subject to government interest, turn the purpose of government upside down?

© 2022 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

September 26, 2022

Part 6: How will this anti-Western Culture end up?

“We are already destroying meritocracy,” said Victor Davis Hanson. “We are reverting to tribal racial branding. We are strangling energy and food production because of green superstition.

“We are unleashing the criminal upon the weak and innocent. (Look at Chicago every weekend.)

“Destroy the bounty that produced and empowered the woke decadence, and we won’t have anything—the woke included. Wokeism is, for now, an affordable irrelevancy that rests on the wealth and lessons produced by those long dead and now much rebuked. But it won’t remain affordable.

“Instead, we will learn what woke itself produces—barbarism, chaos, poverty, and civilization in reverse.”   Victor Davis Hanson

What do you do with that absurd “woke” philosophy?  What kind of mind devolves to such lunacy?

“I always ask: When did a diverse country/empire exist which was not extremely authoritarian? Soviet Union, Yugoslavia? Roman Empire? Diversity is not our strength, it is our imposed weakness, if not total destruction. Just imagine our DIVERSE/WOKE  military involved with a war with a peer military. Our military leaders are not chosen for military competence, but for their PC.” Best, R.J. (Notice the total incompetence of pulling out of Afghanistan and leaving $90 billion in military hardware.)

We are being diversified to death and multiculturalized to death, and immigrated to death by the hands of our own Congress and this president. Reality: we don’t need one single more immigrant added to our country, period.  In fact, every new immigrant added is another brick of destruction that will crumble as they invade our society.

Samuel Huntington said, “…for centuries civilizations have been kept apart by distance and serious geographical obstacles. However, modern technologies are eroding these obstacles and as civilizations begin to interact on a more regular basis they will find each other so repugnant they will be unable to resist trying to slaughter one another.”

“Immigrants devoted to their own cultures and religions are not influenced by the secular politically correct façade that dominates academia, news-media, entertainment, education, religious and political thinking today,” said James Walsh, former Associate General Counsel of the United States Immigration and Naturalization Service. “They claim the right not to assimilate, and the day is coming when the question will be how can the United States regulate the defiantly unassimilated cultures, religions and mores of foreign lands?  Such immigrants say their traditions trump the U.S. legal system.  Balkanization of the United States has begun.”

Here Is What You Don’t See Happening Across the USA and Canada 

• Fort McMurray will have the Largest Mosque in North America upon completion.
• $50 million complex.  150,000 sq.ft. The largest mosque currently is in Dearborn, Michigan (92,000 sq ft) wherein Islam has infiltrated all levels of gov’t and society, taking over businesses and out-numbering citizens through higher birth rates. Muslim takeover in Dearborn, Michigan.  This is unfolding precisely according to the Explanatory Memorandum  wherein Silent Jihad is instructed… the only way to stop it is to ban all manifestations of Islam. Nations around the world are recognizing this as the only option.  Trying to separate so called progressives (good Muslims) from bad Muslims is an impossible task and one in which Canadians should not be held hostage by some false moral obligation. The enormity of such a task is comparable to trying to take a silo filled with salt and sugar and then be instructed to separate the two.
• We are under siege by a crafty enemy who is using self-victimization, manipulation and strategically maligning our Charter of Rights to use against us.  Islam is not a religion but a dangerous set of political ideologies intending to dominate the World.  The burden to protect so called progressive Muslims becomes even more complicated when you consider Taqiya…Muslims directive to lie …as instructed in the Quran, to advance their agenda.  We are losing our freedoms and democracy just as we see rapidly unfolding throughout Europe and the UK.
• Muslims will never ever assimilate. For their Religion/boring/harsh/strict way of life, not any fun allowed, prevents them/forbids them from assimilating. Like no booze, no dancing/no music/no smiling/ total segregation of men & women/no any fun allowed & the more boring & miserable life you lead, the better Muslim you are; is the mindset.

The Islamic religion-political system: a highly emotionally infectious, contagious, repugnant and debauched ethnic disease masquerading as a religion–added to a diabolical Sharia Law mandate.  It warps minds of all adherents and forces them toward brutal, violent, cruel, vicious and insane behavior toward men, women and children.  It creates suicidal maniacs and insensate intellectual morons.  Humans under its spell lose their sensibilities, rational values, dignity and minds.  They resort to wanton acts of murder, cruelty, perversion and barbarism.  Because of mass immigration into first world countries, this insane religious disease floods into every corner of the planet—and with it a complete destruction of women’s rights, children’s rights, intellectual rights, gay rights, free speech, free choice of religions, dress, free choice of spouse, killing of gays, honor killings of women and a complete loss of humanity by Islam’s adherents.  If not stopped by the willpower and force of first world countries, it will ravage the free world back into the Dark Ages.  FHW

Loss of culture will absolutely KILL America.  We must fight to maintain it. THE AMERICAN WAY OF LIFE must be preserved at all costs, at all junctures, and for all future generations.  It matters little what your color is…you are lucky as hell to be an American in our Western Culture.

“People growing up in the West today remain among the luckiest people in human history,” said Douglas Murray, author of The War On The West.  “But luck is not an entirely abstract thing, and nor is it a complete  lottery. Societies are not simply lucky. As  Branch Rickey said, “Luck is the residue of design.”  We in the West are  lucky because men and women before us worked hard to make it so and performed feats extraordinary and mundane to see that luck was what we got.”

Historians will write 30 years from now, “Why didn’t  the American people understand their predicament as they allowed themselves to be invaded, and once the invaders reached significant numbers to overwhelm American culture, the Americans became victims of their own stupidity.”

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

by Rolaant McKenzie

September 25, 2022

Many of us, whether we live in the United States or one of many other countries around the world, have heard of the board game called Monopoly or have enjoyed playing it with family and friends. This is a game I have played and enjoyed since my years in college. Derived from a board game called The Landlord’s Game invented in 1903 by Lizzie Magie, its popularity has continued for more than a century. It is currently licensed locally in more than 110 countries and printed in more than 40 languages.

In a typical game, players roll two dice to move tokens around the game board, buying and trading properties, developing them with houses and hotels once properties with the same color are acquired, and collecting rent from their opponents. Money can also be gained or lost through Chance and Community Chest cards, and tax squares. Players can end up in jail, where they cannot leave until one of several conditions have been met; and the game has a variety of customized house rules that can be used. The winner of the game is the person who has driven his opponents into bankruptcy.

A few years ago, I purchased an online version of this game for my mobile device. I was very pleased with its design, for it looked exactly like the board game, all the way down to the dice and player tokens. It was very easy to play using the official rules, customized rules, with friends online, or against the artificial intelligence (AI/computer). While I have played with family online, I have often played against the AI.

According to the creators of this online version, the algorithms controlling the game’s chance mechanics are statistically random. But I have noticed that the AI, from seeming craftiness, often skips its token over the properties I own, while seemingly making sure my token often lands on its properties or incur tax penalties. However, I noticed a pattern in games with the AI. Its “greedy tendencies” were the means for its defeat. When going around the board, if I made sure I gained a property in all of the eight street blocks, even if some properties had to be bought from the AI at an exorbitant price, the AI would be unable to get a monopoly of a street block and develop them with houses and hotels to gain higher rent revenue from me. With patience, over time I would be able to get a few monopolies of street blocks and develop them. No matter how long the AI may avoid them on the board, or how many setbacks may occur to me in the game, inevitably the AI would go bankrupt and lose the game.

Life can often seem like a Monopoly game. We work to build wealth and provide for ourselves and our families as we deal with the ups and downs of living in a sinful world. We have joyous times such as the birth of a new child or a promotion at work; or we go through terrible times such as illness, unemployment, or the death of close family or friends. Along with this, occasions too often arise where injustice on the national and personal level seems to be rewarded and being righteous brings punishment.

The prophet Habakkuk struggled with these issues of life on earth. He struggled with how God could allow wicked individuals and nations to prosper as they oppressed those unable to defend themselves against them. He said:

“How long, Lord, will I call for help, and You will not hear? I cry to You, ‘Violence!’ Yet You do not save. Why do You make me see iniquity, and cause me to look on wickedness? Yes, destruction and violence are before me; strife exists and contention arises.” (Habakkuk 1:2-4)

Many of us can relate to Habakkuk’s feelings of frustration and despair as we see similar things take place in our lives under the sun. It is even tempting at times, as Asaph expressed in Psalm 73, to join the wicked since they seemingly are not held accountable for their evil deeds, but instead, profit fabulously from them.

Yet, the hopeful message given by the Lord to Habakkuk was that terrible times or oppression do not last forever (though it may seem like it sometimes). In His perfect time and way, the Lord will set things right. We just need to trust Him and wait for the outworking of His plan.

“Then the LORD answered me and said, ‘Record the vision and inscribe it on tablets, that the one who reads it may run. For the vision is yet for the appointed time; it hastens toward the goal and it will not fail. Though it tarries, wait for it; for it will certainly come, it will not delay. Behold, as for the proud one, his soul is not right within him; but the righteous will live by his faith.'” (Habakkuk 2:2-4)

Living by faith in God helps to provide endurance through the happenings of life. It provides a true hope, a sustaining anticipation especially when things are generally not going very well. That is how Habakkuk could end his book with this affirmation:

“Though the fig tree should not blossom and there be no fruit on the vines, though the yield of the olive should fail and the fields produce no food, though the flock should be cut off from the fold and there be no cattle in the stalls, yet I will exult in the LORD, I will rejoice in the God of my salvation.” (Habakkuk 3:17-18)

The apostle Peter expresses this same wonderful message. All who trust in Christ alone receive an inheritance that He earned through His life, death, and resurrection. It cannot be lost or stolen. It is incorruptible, undefiled and does not fade away.

“Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who according to His great mercy has caused us to be born again to a living hope through the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead, to obtain an inheritance which is imperishable and undefiled and will not fade away, reserved in heaven for you, who are protected by the power of God through faith for a salvation ready to be revealed in the last time. In this you greatly rejoice, even though now for a little while, if necessary, you have been distressed by various trials, so that the proof of your faith, being more precious than gold which is perishable, even though tested by fire, may be found to result in praise and glory and honor at the revelation of Jesus Christ; and though you have not seen Him, you love Him, and though you do not see Him now, but believe in Him, you greatly rejoice with joy inexpressible and full of glory, obtaining as the outcome of your faith the salvation of your souls.” (1 Peter 1:3-9)

Many of us are familiar with the Hall of Faith in Hebrews 11. Often more attention is given to the blessings received by those who followed the calling of God and accomplished great things. But the last several verses speak of those who went through severe persecution and hardship yet maintained their faith in God and looked forward to His promises. In the midst of their suffering, they had hope in the Lord, who never fails to fulfil His promises.

“For time will fail me if I tell of Gideon, Barak, Samson, Jephthah, of David and Samuel and the prophets, who by faith conquered kingdoms, performed acts of righteousness, obtained promises, shut the mouths of lions, quenched the power of fire, escaped the edge of the sword, from weakness were made strong, became mighty in war, put foreign armies to flight. Women received back their dead by resurrection; and others were tortured, not accepting their release, so that they might obtain a better resurrection; and others experienced mockings and scourgings, yes, also chains and imprisonment. They were stoned, they were sawn in two, they were tempted, they were put to death with the sword; they went about in sheepskins, in goatskins, being destitute, afflicted, ill-treated (men of whom the world was not worthy), wandering in deserts and mountains and caves and holes in the ground. And all these, having gained approval through their faith, did not receive what was promised, because God had provided something better for us, so that apart from us they would not be made perfect. Therefore, since we have so great a cloud of witnesses surrounding us, let us also lay aside every encumbrance and the sin which so easily entangles us, and let us run with endurance the race that is set before us, fixing our eyes on Jesus, the author and perfecter of faith, who for the joy set before Him endured the cross, despising the shame, and has sat down at the right hand of the throne of God. For consider Him who has endured such hostility by sinners against Himself, so that you will not grow weary and lose heart.” (Hebrews 11:32-40; 12:1-3)

Do not lose hope or drop out of the race. God is faithful and cannot lie. He is utterly reliable and will keep all the promises that He has made. Because of this we can have the absolute assurance that nothing with which we struggle in this life will prevent God from keeping us on the path to heaven and getting us there. It is not our performance that determines His faithfulness, but His character.

So how does this relate to a Monopoly game app? The ups and down of the game, the setbacks, the frustrations at the AI “cheating” at times, are reminiscent of the events of life. In its own way the game has taught me patience and hope. For example, when the AI is unable to get a monopoly of a street block, winning the game is assured. Likewise, Jesus has gone ahead and defeated the devil’s attempt to monopolize my life, bankrupt and destroy it by dying for all of my sins on the cross and rising again from the dead. The faith He has granted as a gift carries me through the joys and sorrows of life, the triumphs and the tragedies, because the victory Jesus won beforehand assures my own in the end.

We can go through hardships in life patiently and with a joyful hope because Jesus has already won the victory at the cross, making the victory of all who trust in Him alone certain.

© 2022 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/

By Roger Anghis

September 25, 2022

I believe that America has come to a strategic inflection point.  We have to take back the politics of this country and get rid of all the corruption and knavery that is so deeply rooted in both political parties. The left was able to steal the 2020 election with massive fraud like we’ve never seen before with the full knowledge of Joe Biden.  He even stated: ”We have put together I think the most extensive and inclusive voter fraud organization in the history of American politics.”[1] There are those say that quote was taken out of context but it wasn’t.  I listened to the speech he gave when he said it. That is exactly what he said and meant. In a speech in Michigan, he even stated that he didn’t need to voters to get elected but he needed their help after he gets elected.[2] You have to ask why he didn’t need the voters to get elected.  George Soros in an interview said that Trump may win the popular vote but Hillary will win the presidency, that’s already been decided. I would like to know who made that decision. The people are supposed to do that not a group of political elites.

Don’t be fooled. The Deep State has made inroads into our election system so far that they have the capability to control every election. They are terrified of Trump because he can and will expose them.  Trump exposed them and in a second term, he could and will destroy them.  That’s why they are doing everything they can to keep him off the ballot. They are pushing the Great Reset now because they can’t take the chance that he might run and win. They will fail.

The Deep State anti-American traitors have spent decades laying the foundation to take complete control of the elections.  Franklin Roosevelt stated: “In politics, nothing happens by accident. If it happens, you can bet it was planned that way.”[3] This is evidence that the Deep State has been at this for a long time. There are several methods the left uses to commit voter fraud. One of the easiest ways is to use mail-in ballots.  Colorado was a red state but two years after initiating mail-in ballots we went blue, Surprise, surprise.  Our Secretary of State,  Jena Griswold, is a puppet of George Soros. I could do a couple of columns just about what she did to help the fraud.  We had over ten counties with 100% plus voter turnout which having one county with 100% voter turnout which having one county with 100% voter turnout is a statistical impossibility. One county had a 150% turnout. Republicans fought these numbers but the courts allowed every vote. It doesn’t help your cause when the courts won’t even uphold the laws.

Pennsylvania sent out around 186,000 ballots but got back around 250,000. The article I had on that has been pulled from the internet.  I even remember a USPS driver declaring that he took around 100,000 plus ballots from New York to Pennsylvania. Why did New York have 100,000 plus ballots for Pennsylvania?  The driver never saw his trailer again and was refused whistleblower status by Attorney General Willian Barr. Nothing to see here, move along. Mail-in ballots are a boon to those committing voter fraud. You can use the names of dead voters, voters that have moved away.  It has numerous possibilities and the liberals take advantage of all of them.

I could list story after story on mail-in ballots changing the outcome of an election but I think you get the point.  Now I want to talk about something most people don’t know much about if anything about.  ERIC.  Electronic Registration Information Center. Just like the electronic vote counting machines from Dominion it is a gold mine for those seeking to commit voter fraud. ERIC is a membership organization ostensibly created for voter roll maintenance. In reality, it is a massive data-gathering operation which adds bogus “voters” to the system of every member state. Millions of inactive, ineligible, and “phantom” voters with undeliverable addresses appear on member states’ voter rolls. These names are used for mail-in ballot fraud, ballot box stuffing, and machine adjustments in real-time.

ERIC was started in 2012 using Soros funds donated through the Pew Charitable Trust. It was conceived and organized by a highly unethical leftist named David Becker, who has spent a lifetime trying to defeat the conservative agenda in America.

Becker also played a role in the Wisconsin fraud of 2020, and has been openly named for more unethical and illegal activities, by Michael Gableman, former Wisconsin Supreme Court Justice, author of the Wisconsin Election Review. Here is the link to Gabelman’s report.

Others have termed Becker a “partisan progressive”. I don’t have the patience for fancy names. I invite you to learn more from the Hon. Michael Gabelman and from the site below. Then, decide for yourself what YOU would like to call David Becker.[4]

As I stated earlier, liberals have more than one way to cheat the American people out of a fair election and they will use everyone they need to to keep themselves in power. States are required to ‘clean-up’ voter rolls I believe every 5 years but during the Obama administration whenever a state began that process Attorney General Eric Holder sued them to stop it. Think about it, if they cleaned up the voter rolls then the Democrats wouldn’t have bogus names to issue mail-in ballots to. You can call me a liar but you can’t prove me wrong. The Gateway Pundit had an article about ERIC that Has some very interesting information. For decades the Democrats and leftists have fought ferociously to prevent the cleanup of State voter registration rolls. Recognizing a potential niche, left wing activists created ERIC to clean voter rolls their way, using their rules. So in 2012 the Electronic Registration Information Center (ERIC) was formed as a membership organization primarily for blue States. ERIC is essentially a left wing voter registration drive disguised as voter roll clean up. But it’s been gaining traction in Red States too. Originally funded by the Soros Open Society, it is now responsible for cleaning the voter rolls in 31 States, plus D.C. A top election official from each member State is appointed a seat on the ERIC Board or as an Officer, all unpaid positions.

ERIC located 17 million new voters for the 2020 election, the most in the history of their organization. For comparison, they only found 5.7 million in 2012, Obama’s reelection.

The ERIC database is comprehensive and would be one of the most coveted by bad actors looking to influence an election. Member States must not only submit all details on inactive and active voters to ERIC every 60 days. But they must also provide every individual in their states Motor Vehicle Department database, both licensed and ID recipients. This combo of data is breathtaking. It’s everyone who could generate a legal ballot. It includes those approaching voting age, even those here illegally yet issued an ID by their left leaning State. This data includes names, addresses, DOB, License #, last 4 of social #, voter activity, phone, email, title and type of citizenship documentation, and much more!⁵

First, I want to say that anything that George Soros supports is NOT good for America. Second, I need to emphasize that we cannot set back and watch. We must become engaged in elections.  Run for office, support someone who supports the Constitution, hold elected officials’ feet to the fire, and know what your elected official is doing.

© 2022 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

1. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WGRnhBmHYN0
2. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=v3mv6XOUBdM
3. https://www.brainyquote.com/quotes/franklin_d_roosevelt_164126
4. https://newswithviews.com/eric-the-epicenter-of-voter-fraud/
5. Cleaning-voter-rolls-soros-founded-funded-eric-now-used-31-states/
6. Defining America’s Exceptionalism, Roger Anghis (Westbow Press, 2011) pp. 36-37

By Cliff Kincaid

September 25, 2022

[DISCLAIMER: The opinions of those who write for NewsWithViews are theirs and do not necessarily reflect the values and opinions of NWVs, it’s owners, employee, other contributing writers and advertisers. Free speech – next to our Second Amendment – is the bedrock of our free nation. One can agree or disagree with a writer but if NWVs starts censoring content they or even one bot doesn’t like, NWVs would become no different than CNN, MSNBC, SPOTIFY, FACEBOOK, TWITTER and all the other Fascist America hating corporations Americans continue to support when there are so many other alternatives. You read, you decide. Thank you.]

Joe Biden says the COVID-19 pandemic is over, even though it’s not. The data on deaths and cases “runs counter” to what Biden is saying. In other words, on a matter of life and death, he’s lying.

Biden lied and people died.

“I’m never going to raise the white flag and surrender,” he said. “We’re going to beat this virus. We’re going to get it under control, I promise you.”

Now, with the lie about the pandemic being over, he lies again.

Dr. Jerome Adams, former U.S. surgeon general in the Trump Administration, notes that “outraged doctors and health officials” are pushing back. What’s more, liberal news organs and personalities are sounding the alarm. Consider the following:

• The New York Times headline blared, “Biden Says the Pandemic Is Over. But at Least 400 People Are Dying Daily.”
• NBC News says “Covid Will Be A Leading Cause Of Death Indefinitely In The U.S.”
• Anthony Fauci says the COVID death rate is too high for the pandemic to be over.

But Biden is now saying what prominent figures in the MAGA movement want him to say. These supporters of former Republican President Trump never took the pandemic seriously and are still leading the opposition to the vaccines, even mocking those who take them.

Politics makes strange bedfellows.

I have taken the vaccines, including the boosters. I just took the new booster designed to provide increased protection against the Omicron BA.4 and BA.5 subvariants.

It’s a fact that life is returning to a sense of normal in many areas of the country for most people. But many senior citizens who are still getting COVID-19 are avoiding serious illness and death because of the mRNA vaccines that were authorized by Trump.

I was one of those people. I got COVID and survived.

However, a new study finds that around 500,000 people have left the work force because of illness caused by COVID-19.

Adults aged 65 and older are getting the vaccines in overwhelming numbers and are likely to get the boosters for the variants. These people tend to vote Republican. But they have been turned off by the irrational opposition to the vaccines from some MAGA supporters.

Although the bizarre claims that the COVID-19 vaccines are made with “Mark of the Beast” microchips have mostly disappeared, these self-proclaimed MAGA spokespeople have moved on to a new bogeyman – transhumanism, described by one of Steve Bannon’s “War Room” guests as “satanic” or “demonic.”

It is the new scam.

Conservatives are now being told by some commentators that Joe Biden’s new spending scheme, the “National Biotechnology and Biomanufacturing Initiative” is a sinister attempt to create a state religion. In fact, it is another lie from the Biden Administration, as Biden claims his order on biotechnology and bioengineering will somehow cure cancer.

However, the new technologies, especially those using mRNA technology, do hold out the hope and potential over time for finding treatments for cancer, ALS, Alzheimer’s and many other debilitating and fatal diseases.

Ironically, Biden’s initiative credits former President Trump for focusing government support for biotechnology that “can quickly produce solutions, as seen with the first-of-their-kind mRNA vaccines during the COVID-19 pandemic.” Such action was taken because of the impact of the China virus, which has killed more than 1 million Americans and still takes the lives of more than 400 Americans a day.

The number of virus-positive Americans currently entering the hospital each day is more than 4000.

Like any vaccine, especially in its infancy, the COVID-19 shots have side-effects and don’t always work as advertised. Some serious injuries have occurred. But claims they contain microchips or “Mark of the Beast’ technology have faded away, to make room for the new “transhumanism” scare campaign. It is another money-making scam.

What’s more, it is generally conceded that Communist China is resorting to its Zero-COVID policy and COVID lockdowns because its own scientific establishment was unable to develop effective homegrown mRNA vaccines and was reluctant to buy them from the United States.

“Many other mRNA-based vaccines and therapeutics are now in the clinic,” declares the sponsors of an upcoming conference. “Thus, we have officially entered the age of mRNA medicines!”

Those in the MAGA movement who resist the march of science and spend their time attacking life-saving vaccines and now “transhumanism” will be seen by most Americans as irrational Luddites opposed to technological progress.

Too many people are still getting sick and dying. We should not move on from this devastating disease. China and its collaborators must still be held accountable for this crime against humanity. Our only advantage in this struggle is the American-based technology that the communists desperately want to steal.

© 2022 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By Rob Pue

September 24, 2022

How do you think things are going so far with the “Build Back Better” plan of the Great Reset?  Are you better off today than you were four years ago?  Are you more optimistic about the USA and the world than you were four years ago?  Or are you seeing looming doom on the horizon?

According to recent surveys, only about 17% of Americans say the country is headed in the right direction.  That’s roughly about the same number of people who get their news from MSNBC, and I’d guess the demographics are very similar.

Many today speak of the “Global Elites” — those wealthy few who control everything, those who orchestrate the never-ending manufactured “crises” that require them to acquire more and more control — and curtail more and more freedoms for citizens of Planet Earth.  These are the ones who consider themselves above the law, and indeed, they ARE above the laws of man, untouchable, unaccountable to anyone but the devil they serve…for now.

So what about them?  Are they better off today than they were four years ago?  In many ways, one could say “yes,” as their plans for world domination are moving forward at warp speed.  But it appears many of them are concerned about what their futures may hold as well.

In early September, Gustavo Arnal, the 52-year-old CFO of Bed, Bath and Beyond, committed suicide by throwing himself off the 18th floor of a Manhattan office building after massive layoffs at the company, and amid a $1.2 billion lawsuit in which he was charged with allegedly inflating the prices of company stock shares.

In the month of August alone, 2,150 corporate executives sold off huge amounts of shares in their own companies.  And the super rich are now preparing for a soon-coming “apocalypse” by installing underground bunkers.  According to an article in The Guardian, the “Rising S Company,” headquartered in Texas, builds and installs underground bunkers and tornado shelters, for as little as $40,000 for an 8’ X 12’ prefabricated steel unit.  But they also offer what they call “The Aristocrat,” which is a luxury series underground bunker, large enough for a family to live very comfortably in, complete with a pool and bowling alley.

And according to The Guardian, “A company called Vivos is selling luxury underground apartments in converted cold war munitions storage facilities, missile silos and other fortified locations around the world.  Like miniature resorts, they offer private suites for individuals and families — and larger common areas with pools, games, movies and dining.”  These facilities, which cater to the billionaire class, feature imitation natural sunlight, “sun-lit” natural garden areas, wine vaults and other amenities to make the wealthy feel at home.

Clearly, these so-called “Elites” are preparing for the consequences of their “Great Reset” plan in ways that are simply not available to us peasants.  Despite the current administration’s claims that we’re not in a “recession,” more than a third of US families who work full time, year-round, cannot afford to pay their bills now.  For “low income” families — those who earn less than $52,000 a year, it’s 78% who can no longer make ends meet in their monthly budgets.  One in six American households are now behind on their electric bills, and 3.8 million renters are facing eviction before winter, because they can’t afford to keep up with their rent.

On a recent trip to the grocery store, even I was surprised to find many of the shelves empty of items that had always been there before.  I was able to purchase the essentials of what I needed, but it cost over $40 for two small plastic bags of items.  The White House may be right — perhaps we’re not in a “recession,” but more likely, at the start of a full-blown depression, as the cost of goods and services continue to rise, more businesses are closing their doors, and those that remain open are begging for employees that simply can’t be found.

Meanwhile, homelessness continues to increase, as tent cities are exploding across the country.  Violent crime is out of control, along with illicit drug abuse, sexual deviancy, the brainwashing of our young children into sexual and moral perversion and hatred for their country, history and heritage, and extreme hopelessness.  What else should we expect in a nation that has rejected God and where most of our pastors have become self-help gurus rather than bold preachers of the whole Word of God?

Michael Snyder, writing for Sons of Liberty, quoted a reporter who recently visited some of the most exclusive parts of San Francisco:

“I saw complete hopelessness in the eyes of haunted souls, dragging themselves down the street looking for their next ‘fix.’  I saw men and women of all ages hunched over on the sidewalks with open wounds all over their bodies.  I saw the filthy tent cities, stinking with human excrement and strewn with needles and pipes. I saw children staring in horror at people dying right in front of them.”

Note: this is not in the “bad” part of town — this is in some of the wealthiest parts of San Francisco.  Another recent report revealed that 50% of residents of San Francisco have been victims of crime in the past year alone.  In Seattle, which voted to defund the police, that city has lost nearly 500 police officers — 125 just this year — and that city now resembles a third-world country as well. The same can be said of cities like Chicago, Detroit, St. Louis, Baltimore, and New York.

California has experienced rolling blackouts, as the energy grid cannot keep up with the demand for electricity to charge the “green” vehicles now owned by just 1% of that state’s population.  Yet the government there has doubled down on their “green” commands — further dooming their own people.  In Colorado, residents with “smart thermostats” were locked out of operating their air conditioners, the thermostats locked at 78 degrees, in the midst of a summer heat wave.

The news from Europe is even more dire.  In Germany, electric bills suddenly surged to over $2000 per month on average.  Those who cannot pay, have their electricity disconnected.  Homes without power are then deemed “uninhabitable” by city officials and the property is seized by the government.  People are warned of coming blackouts this winter, and urged to find alternative ways to heat their homes.  Wood has become a priceless commodity as people scurry to find what they can to stay warm.

This Great Reset is Communism on steroids, and here in the US, every one of our government agencies has been weaponized against the citizens.  The FBI raided Trump’s residence, then set their sights on all patriotic, conservative Americans.  Biden went on national television to declare at least half the country as “enemies of the state.”  Steve Bannon was arrested on the same day that 35 other patriots were either arrested or subpoenaed.  Even Mike Lindell was “swatted” by the FBI at a Hardees restaurant in Minnesota and had his cell phone confiscated by the New American Nazis.

I have several personal friends who’ve already been visited by the FBI — some multiple times — because of statements they’ve made, people they know or for Christian activism, like street preaching, sidewalk counseling at abortion centers or being in DC on January 6th.  None are violent.  All are committed Christians.  Yet they’ve been targeted by the FBI.  Honestly, I’m surprised my own front door hasn’t yet been broken down, because of the truth we publish in our newspaper and broadcast on radio and TV.  Wisconsin Christian News HAS been noted in court documents related to the January 6 rally because of statements made on our TV program, “WCN TV.”  No visits yet, but there are plenty of weaponized 3-letter agencies that have my name and number and it’s only a matter of time for me too.

But we must remember that this is a global takeover — not just an American one, and not just caused by Biden.  Biden is nothing more than a puppet to his Globalist New World Order masters.  Millions of illegals are flooding across our southern border — but most are not from Mexico.  Ironically, a majority are from Venezuela, fleeing the horrors of communism there.  I say “ironically,” because that’s the same system currently being installed here — and across the globe.  Why don’t the well-educated Leftists, Feminists and “Soy-boys” understand this?

I was recently speaking with a citizen of Mexico, and he related how the Mexican people are so angry with the policies of the US government, allowing the free flow of illegals — because to get to the US, they must pass through Mexico, and this person told me, they’re also destroying that country as they pass through, “like locusts,” he said.  No one can blame people seeking freedom from communism in countries like Venezuela.  But here we have a current-day, real-life example of what communism is and does, and yet we’re inviting it, implementing it’s policies, and adopting it’s ideologies in every area of society and government, while dismantling and destroying everything good in the USA in the process.

Meanwhile, the hypocrisy of the Left is stunning.  Recently, when fifty illegal immigrants were sent to Martha’s Vineyard, the governor of Massachusetts called up 125 National Guardsmen to respond to what was called a “Humanitarian Crisis.”  Texas and Arizona have also been sending illegals to Democratic strongholds that have declared themselves to be “sanctuary cities” — but the “sanctuary city” title seems to be no more than another attempt at virtue signaling by the Left, because the minute the illegals show up, the compassionate liberal mayors like Lori Lightfoot and Muriel Bowser become outraged and scream, “Not in MY back yard!”  Think of it: 50 illegals in Martha’s Vineyard — vacation-land for the rich and famous — is call for panic and rage.  But two million in Texas and Arizona border towns is “someone else’s problem.”

Where I live, I’m somewhat insulated from the madness we hear about in the bigger cities.  We’re not overrun with lawlessness, though our crime rate is notably rising.  We’re also not experiencing the deadly drought that the western 2/3 of our country is currently going through.    We can enjoy the green grass, wildflowers, lakes, hills, forests and abundant wildlife of God’s creation. But the decadence and decay of the Leftist/Communist agenda is invading here too,  it’s just more hidden.  Just like in the big cities, our small town libraries are featuring child pornography in children’s books.  Our schools are still sneaking the LGBTQP+ propaganda into the curriculum, along with critical race theory and  revisionist history.  Our pulpits are still silent on matters of critical urgency as the pastors continue to preach soft things to soothe peoples’ consciences, never taking a stand for righteousness, even though God’s Word is clear on all these matters.  This is what’s happening nation-wide and now the demons are targeting even the smallest of towns with perversion and filth.  So while many may not see it here as openly as you do in other places, there’s literally no place left in the USA that this evil hasn’t permeated.

Recently, someone asked me what the Holy Spirit was telling me.  I responded, “He’s saying, ‘it’s good that you’re preparing for what is to come, to protect and provide for your family the best you can.  But know and understand that nothing you can do will ever fully prepare you, because you will never be fully prepared.  What’s coming is unlike anything you can imagine now and you cannot adequately plan for it.  You will have your faith and your strength severely tested and you will face fiery trials.  You will have to learn to rely on God, and God alone, like never before.  He is your only hope, and the only hope of all humanity.  Prepare for tribulation.  And never forget that we overcome the enemy by the word of our testimony, the blood of the Lamb and loving not our own lives, even unto death.”  THAT is what the Holy Spirit has been telling me, in case you wanted to know.  And also, “Do not grow weary in well doing,” which I must admit, is becoming a real challenge for me these days.

© 2022 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Audio CDs and text versions of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 372.

by Karen Schoen

September 24, 2022

New add for police? NO! for the IRS!

Until we recognize that the Globalists are our enemy, that they are in both parties, and call them our enemy, we lose. These people are NOT American. They want the destruction of America and for the past 60 years they have been teaching our kids that Americans and America is the enemy.  Slowly these globalists have turned America’s bureaucratic agencies into the private military Obama wanted. Who will IRS agents, Agricultural agents, Educational agents etc. shoot? Why Americans of course. After all Americans, MAGA, are the enemy.

What do they think of us? “The common enemy of humanity is man. In searching for a new enemy to unite us, we came up with the idea that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine and the like would fit the bill. All these dangers are caused by human intervention, and it is only through changed attitudes and behavior that they can be overcome. The real enemy then, is humanity itself.” – Club of Rome, premier environmental think-tank, consultants to the United Nations.  Where are these kids today? In government, media and Wall St. Who is their enemy? Americans

What do Globalists believe: “Global Sustainability requires the deliberate quest of poverty, reduced resource consumption and set levels of mortality control.” – Professor Maurice King, Agenda 21

Americans  are the enemy. They are too rich, have to many luxuries and must be cut down to the rest of the world. They want us controlled, impoverished, enslaved or dead. They will stop at nothing to maintain power. So they merged agencies and armed them while taking away Americans means of protection.  When I say that I am constantly asked, “what American will fire on another American to collect delinquent taxes?  Do you think any illegal with Obiden papers, who has no allegiance to America and Americans, working for the government will just follow directions and shoot? What if these illegals become police or soldiers or the private army Obama kept calling for.

All policies in the Green Broke Deal can be found in UN Agenda 21.

This document is over 300 pages, 40 chapters of total control over the means of production and distribution of all means of human activity. Today this document goes by many names i.e: Great Reset, Green New Deal, Build Back Better, Agenda 2030, Sustainable Development, Resilient Cities. But remember a name change is not a content change. They all lead to one place, the destruction of America and the western freedom.

Who are these Globalists? Where did they get their ideas? Remember as I said before, these people are not Americans. They want the destruction of America and will make it happen. Globalists follow their leaders. The original elite were educated in the Frankfort School, today the Aspen Institute, UN, and WEF are carrying the agenda.  Sadly Globalists take the worst from each ideology, merge them together into an illogical, incoherent overly expensive policy designed to destroy American values and culture.  Here are a few of their leaders and what they promote:

John Maynard Keynes – Keynesian economics 1883-1946.  Keynes stated that if Investment exceeds Saving, there will be inflation. If Saving exceeds Investment there will be recession.  “For the engine which drives Enterprise is not Thrift, but Profit.” businesses and people tighten their belts and spend less money. Lower spending results in demand falling further and a vicious circle ensues of job losses and further falls in spending. Keynes’s solution to the problem was that governments should borrow money and boost demand by pushing the money into the economy. Once the economy recovered, and was expanding again, governments should pay back the loans. Keynes’s view that governments should play a major role in economic management marked

Karl Marx – 1883  Communism, Das Kapital.  While many equate Karl Marx with socialism, his work on understanding capitalism as a social and economic system remains a valid critique in the modern era. In Das Kapital (Capital in English), Marx argues that society is composed of two main classes: Capitalists are the business owners who organize the process of production and who own the means of production such as factories, tools, and raw material, and who are also entitled to any and all profits.

The other, much larger class is composed of labor (which Marx termed the “proletariat”). Laborers do not own or have any claim to the means of production, the finished products they work on, or any of the profits generated from sales of those products. Rather, labor works only in return for a money wage. Marx argued that because of this uneven arrangement, capitalists exploit workers.

Fabian – 1884  Fabianism became prominent in British socialist theory in the 1880s. The early Fabians rejected the revolutionary doctrines of Marxism, recommending instead a gradual transition to a socialist society. When Fabianism emerged in the United Kingdom during the 1880s, collectivism was widely considered necessary for human flourishing. believed that substantial state intervention would be necessary if ordinary individuals were to prosper. That dominant position also involved collective responsibility for children’s education and nutrition, housing, and employment, along with support for care of the sick and aged.

Thomas Robert Malthues – 1766-1834 best known for his theory that population growth will always tend to outrun the food supply and that betterment of humankind is impossible without stern limits on reproduction. This thinking is commonly referred to as Malthusianism.  Population will always expand to the limit of subsistence. Only “vice” (including “the commission of war”), “misery” (including famine or want of food and ill health), and “moral restraint” (i.e., abstinence) could check this excessive growth.

Machiavellianism: named after the political philosophy of Niccolò Machiavelli,  In the field of personality psychology, Machiavellianism is a personality trait centered on manipulativeness, callousness, and indifference to morality. The political philosophy that, “the ends justify the means.” Those who follow this political concept are more likely to have a high level of deceitfulness and an unempathetic temperament.

Hegelian Dialectic: The ruling elite create the crisis. They let the crisis fester until it become normalized. Something other than the real cause is blamed. Once the crisis escalates, the people demand a solution. The solution is offered by the same elite who created the problem.  This process is repeated over and over and simultaneously until the desired elite agenda is achieved. [Link]

World Economic Forum WEF – Klaus Schwab “You will own nothing and be happy.”  The first thing to go is your private car.

WEF Dr Harari:  Just give the humans drugs and video games and they will be happy.

FBI terror list:  [Link]

‘Extremist’ symbols on the leaked FBI list include the so-called ‘Betsy Ross’ flag from 1777, The ‘Don’t Tread on Me’ Gadsden flag, the ‘2A’ abbreviation for the Second Amendment, and the ‘Tree of Liberty.’

Globalist believe that humans are nothing more than animals and should be corralled into cities where they will be easier to control. Electricity, energy, food, healthcare  mobility, housing, employment, education will be controlled by the government. They do not care about the damage they do to the people, because the people are the enemy. After they have destroyed MAGA, they will find another group to vilify. As the late, great George Carlin said, “They have a club and we ain’t in it.” As long as the Globalists are living la vida loca they do not care. We can rot. You can see their indifference and distain for the  illegals sent to Martha’s Vinyard.  Thanks to Obama’s parting gift of Exec order 12333, Expanding Surveillance Powers to spy on Americans all agencies are merging information and  are now armed to fight who, Americans?

How do they want us to live?

Sustainable Development: Sustainable Development means control. Humans will be forced off rural lands and forced into cities so rural land can go back to the animals and humans can be controlled.  They can’t get me you say. Have a smart meter? The globalists control the power in your house.

The Globalists know:

1. Everything in America today is connected.
2. There are no coincidences or random acts
3. Everything has a plan
4. All plans are based on lies.

Money Power, Control is their mantra.

Is America worth saving?

© 2022 Karen Schoen – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Karen Schoen: kbschoen@bellsouth.net

Website: http://www.karenschoen.com

By Shirley Edwards

September 23, 2022

(These are my views as a woman living in England, on how the culture and spirit of my country has changed over 50 years.   Why the country does not feel protected or strong any more, how it has lost, and is losing it values and decency, and how we are daily losing our free speech.)

This week I attended a Team Away Day from my place of work.  It was one of those events which attempts to bond strangers together.  We had ice-breakers, games, and then a buffet; we did craft and a ‘mindfulness’ exercise in the afternoon slot, before finally listening to a talk about Equality and Diversity in the workplace.  We also had a minute’s silence to remember Queen Elizabeth II who had recently died.

It was a strange correlation to the day.  I came away feeling somewhat ‘groomed’ before being plied with guilt at the end of the day, for my lack of awareness towards my fellow countryman.

However, the announcement on Thursday, 8^th September, 2022 of the death of Queen Elizabeth II has come as no surprise to me.

At 96 years of age, a long and relatively health filled life, cannot exist forever

Out of a respect for her passing some shops and local businesses in my area, which is 200 miles from London, have a portrait of Queen Elizabeth in their window and my local corporate supermarket, ‘Tesco’s’ is now playing classical music, instead of Jay Z, in the background whilst you quietly shop and pay alone at your unfriendly self-service checkout.   Aside from this, there is little change to the atmosphere.  Life carries on.

However, in some governmental workplaces, orders have been given not to post derogatory comments on social media about the Queen, and in my own organization where I work, ‘counseling’ is being offered to those who may be affected by her passing.    Some staff are really bewildered by this offer of help.

You see, the last two and half years have been revelational for some, but not for all people.   A plan to divide, conquer, and subject people to the humiliation of being masked and cruelly isolated from each other, even during the sickness and death of loved ones, under the disguise of a pandemic, which has now been proven to be nefarious in its statistics, to say the least, has revealed to a greater extent the plans for a global reset, a new world order, and a plan to de-populate the world through whichever means possible.

For those prepared to go down the rabbit-hole, they are now much more aware, more than ever during any time in history, of how a few people who call themselves the elite class, which includes royalty, controls ever single system in our society for their own benefit, and not ours.

They are aware that in the background, there are people who orchestrate everything, and who hate God and humanity.  Front men do their bidding.  A false image of nobility, voluntary work and caring for others veneers and glosses over the rotten core of the apple.

During my life I have always instinctively known this.  As a child it was always strangely uncomfortable to me to have to stand and pay homage to an anthem whose words honoured a queen and not a country or God.

National Anthem | The Royal Family

Back then, the hymn “I vow to thee my country” would have been a more suitable and humble offering in my opinion.

The horrendous mistakes and fear mongering during the past two and a half years have been conveniently swept under the carpet now that a sense of patriotism is attempting to re-install itself.  Suddenly, we all need to come together.  It is like a game of mental Tai-Chi.

I don’t personally believe that after the funeral the acceptance of the Prince of Wales who is now King Charles III, will work.  Similarly, pushing an equality and diversity agenda along with gender issues is still creating division rather than any type of unity.   Many people are also waking up to how these issues are being used against us all.  They know they are being continually ‘played’.  They know they have had enough.

The mourning for the Queen, which I believe is much more evident in London than the rest of the country, is not comparable to the one person who really did change the image of the monarchy, and whose legacy will not quietly vanish or go away.

Diana – The Princess of Wales.

The grief and the memory of Diana’s death in my country was quite different to the one we are experiencing now.  It was announced 25 years ago on 31^st August, 1997.

Dermot Murnaghan Remembers The Chilling Moment He Had To Announce Princess Diana’s Death | LK – YouTube

Her age and the incident itself meant more people identified with the sadness of losing someone.   There was a genuine grief and a shock across the whole of the country.   I understood the grief that others were visibly displaying just about everywhere.

However, Diana was also no angel, but people related much more readily with her vulnerability and her humanity than any other royal they believed they knew.

She stood apart from the rest, not just with her beauty, but by the admission of her infidelity and eating disorders, due to the rejection she had always experienced.  Many people identified with her and felt they knew her more personally which I feel explained the overwhelming sadness which was experienced back then.

There was also a lot of suspicion around the details of her death which she even foresaw and predicted herself.

During those days, there was also much anger towards the monarchy, who made no public announcements to comfort people, did not fly the flag at half mast, and showed little to no acknowledgement about her passing until they were advised to.

Similarly, during the last two and a half years there have been no public messages of comfort or re-assurance from the Church or the Monarchy other than to promote a vaccination.  It is reported that the Queen thought those who did not want to be vaccinated were ‘selfish’.   The doors of the churches were also firmly closed.

The Queen: People who refuse vaccine should think of others, rather than themselves (telegraph.co.uk)

The country, in my view, has survived on the humanity of ordinary people who have also attempted to care for each other whilst ever effort has been made to divide, isolate, and conquer them.

Nothing is as it Seems

The UK is still divided and it is not united in grieving for the Queen which is being fashionably reported throughout mainstream media.

The history which we were once proud of and which certainly should not be eradicated, was built upon much more solid values and a decency which supersedes our present-day values.  It would be nice to hold on to these images and pretend things are as they were, but they are not.

To date, I have not listened or watched any coverage that our mainstream media is portraying towards the monarchy.  I am aware that beyond every image is another story.

The Queen has a very respectable image for many people, but these days I can only go on what I physically see and experience for myself.

My disappointment is in the loss of our free speech, the demise of decency and values, and the total destruction of all we hold dear, including the attacks on our children.   Those are issues worth grieving and fighting for.

Let us never erase history or forget it.   The Good and the Bad are important lessons.

The last two and a half years should have revealed to everyone how we are disrespected and hated.  Children and Adults died completely alone.  Dedicated nurses were threatened and persecuted with the loss of a job for not being vaccinated.  People were blackmailed and bribed into medical interventions which have now been proven to not be at all safe.  Many people have died and have been injured.

This Royal family have not been a rock, a comfort or a watchman or spokesperson on my behalf as currently being depicted through our mainstream media.  It will be a time in history I will not forget.

May God Save us All……..

Queen dead aged 96: World grieves Britain’s Elizabeth II | Daily Mail Online

© 2022 Shirley Edwards – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Shirley Edwards: eshirley02@gmail.com

By Sidney Secular

September 23, 2022

I assume that you know that the “great replacement” was not just a conspiracy theory. We nationalists, rationalists, and realists have noticed and talked about it for a long time. Sadly, our knowledge has made very little – if any – difference in the matter. The mass media stifled the matter until it became so apparent with the invasion of the illegals and the constant war against Whites waged by the Deep State here and abroad that it became impossible for them to keep a straight face about the issue of race replacement. But someone, somewhere knowing the power of memes in advancing schemes had the sense or presence of mind to create a term for it – and that’s the only way it could be crystallized in the minds of the oblivious and intellectually mindless. It can now be bandied about as a concrete concept to examine, and determine its origins and the evil behind it so it can be properly opposed.

The evil godfather of the momentous movement to displace/replace/erase Whites that has been continuously moving forward and is now gaining momentum even as it is revealed, was one Richard, Count Couvenhove-Kalergi (1894-1972). Kalergi’s father was an Austro-Hungarian diplomat who was stationed in Japan; his mother was a Japanese noblewoman. In 1922, he wrote a book in German, “Praktischer Idealismus” — “Practical Idealism” in English, introducing and propounding a special version of the Great Replacement. He also founded the “Pan European Movement” in 1922 to promote a personal sense of being European from a political and cultural standpoint, the starting point for the much later European Union.

Kalergi was especially well connected. Big Jewish bankers gave him lots of money (Paul Warburg gave him 60,000 gold marks). He was supported by the likes of Bernard Baruch, Albert Einstein, B’nai Brith, the New York Times and Winston Churchill (you now know who the traitors and enemies of Western Civilization were at least at that time). He was a very active Freemason in the Vienna lodge – surprise, surprise! He envisioned a Europe without borders. There would be no French, Germans or Italians, etc. as we know them because they would be eventually “whited out” or “whitewashed” out of the gene pool and replaced by a new type of European man consisting of an African-Oriental admixture. Kalergi believed this new man would look something like the ancient Egyptians but he must have flunked anthropology because the ancient Egyptians were White before they “amalga-mated” with the surrounding and invading Browns and Blacks, a matter that caused Egyptian civilization to gradually decline and become actually rather “third-worldy.” Ruling over this new mixed European race would be a moral aristocracy of Jews, untainted by racial admixtures, of course.

Interestingly enough, this particular strategy had already been publicly voiced, though generally ignored when, on January 12^th, 1952, one Rabbi Emmanuel Rabinovitch, speaking to an assembly in Budapest, Hungary declared: “We will openly reveal our identity with the races of Asia and Africa. I can state now with assurance that the last generation of White children is now being born. Our Control Commission will, in the interests of peace and wiping out of interracial tensions, forbid the Whites to mate with Whites. The White woman must co-habit with members of the dark races, the White man with Black women. Thus, the White race will disappear, for mixing dark with White means the end of the White man, and our most dangerous enemy will become only a memory. We shall embark upon an era of ten thousand years of peace and plenty, the PAX JUDAICA, and our race (the JEWS) will rule undisputed over the world. Our superior intelligence will enable us to retain mastery over a world of dark peoples.

Of course, that was not the way the European Union (EU) was sold to the people of Europe. It was sold as a way to reduce travel and trade barriers, and facilitate commerce among European nations. But as the EU bureaucracy became entrenched and ever more powerful by the 1970s, it began to gradually implement Kalergi’s vision. Mass immigration was the vehicle for transformation, turning Europe “inside out,” so to speak. All the current Western European leaders are committed to massive, nearly unrestricted Third World immigration into Europe while their own people are forced by law and custom to cut their birth-rates and reject their national pride. These politicians and the supporting cast of media, academia, and big business with their New World “orderlies” are the driving forces of the cult of Kalergi. The Cult is dedicated to the eradication of nationalities and sovereign states and maintains control of the levers of power in the US, Canada, Australia, New Zealand and most of Europe. It is also gradually encroaching into other areas, using puppet states like the Ukraine as it would love to devour Russia, the last bastion of White Christianity in the world and bring that nation under its power.

Part of the ecstatic enthusiasm that greeted Donald Trump in 2016 was his willingness to talk about at least some aspects of the immigration issue and as well, Trump came across as sort of a White knight about to slay the degenerate Dems and the vile Deep State. The undercurrent of his popularity – that is, his rejection of Kalergi’s cult – apparently neither Trump nor the leaders of the “Stupid Party” (GOP) understood or, in the alternative, they discounted. This was especially true for Trump with his Jewish family members. If one doesn’t understand the position of the Jews in the Cult, one cannot understand the Cult. Meanwhile, good Americans can’t quite admit to themselves that they are targets of genocide though they are desperate to stop the descent into the present overwhelmingly dysfunctional “diversity” and its attendant depravity. The derogatory label “racist” invented by Leon Trotsky to sow discord in the West between the races along with all the associated emotional baggage created by generations of political correctness, freezes their resolve to turn the situation around and their will to resist evaporates. In consequence, their neighborhoods are becoming replicas of third world cesspools via mass migration and Black infiltration with the eventual takeover of the country by its sworn enemies.

All the while, America’s small-to-mid size towns are being hollowed out, their main streets deserted, their businesses transferred to the big box and chain stores stuffed with cheap Chinese junk or “knockoffs” of the decent products made by former major American manufacturers. Their jobs have been lost or they have been replaced by local illegals or third-worlders who find themselves in their natural habitat (an American third world). The gigantic volume of ocean traffic bringing in the foreign junk is polluting the world’s waterways as the ships run inefficiently on polluting diesel fuel while clogging up the supply chains that the COVID mandates convoluted into a monstrous mess. Mention of this problem in the media or government is “deep-sixed” so that the junk can flow without any environmental concerns or the huge shipping charges or untoward delays in international commerce.

All the while, the elites brazenly lie and shout that the Whites, especially the MAGA multitudes are the biggest threat to American “democracy,” by which they allude to their generations of oligarchic rule. Meanwhile, “Affirmative Action” has lost its traction as a sop to Blacks. Why? Because, today’s “White privilege” is too strong for the oppressed to overcome even with affirmative action and therefore it cannot be relied upon the create the “diversity” that is said to be our greatest strength as our founding White population is too defective to carry us forward into the Utopian World of Diversity and Equity. Of course, “diversity” in any context has been shown to be an economic, social and cultural wrecking ball.

Meanwhile, so-called mainstream Republicans – addicted to accumulating dollars faster than that dollar loses value – are willing to follow the Demonrats’ lead in printing the unlimited quantities needed to pay the invaders under the table to stay ahead of the game. As a result, they do all they can to invite maximum numbers of illegals and foreigners to displace domestic labor, sometimes under the phony guise of inviting guest or temporary workers who soon become permanent.

The Demonrats are only too happy to invite and permit the entire population of the Third World to invade America and displace the native population in accordance with the Kalergi cult concept to assure their permanent political dominance. Remember, nobody is a more sure supporter than the fellow who owes you something! The two political parties play musical chairs with our elections and prey on the public’s foolish sympathies to enrich themselves. The leaders of both parties salivate over the prospect that by 2041 the European people who founded and settled this great nation will be a despised minority in the land they built and made great.

“Black Lives Matter” we are told but nothing is done to actually help Blacks that really matters. Meanwhile, it is Whites who are overwhelmingly the victims of inter-racial crime and the percentage of victims of White on White crime is minuscule compared to White victims of Black criminals, whose depredation in usually senseless, unpremeditated and savage. Big city Black mayors and their equally Black factotums blabber and blather about making changes but wind up playing musical chairs with other Blacks in top political positions with nothing being accomplished in the end except more victims, many of whom are themselves Black. Why? Because anything done must be in accordance with outmoded socialist concepts that don’t strengthen either the Black family or the desire for law and order, both of which are necessary prerequisites for improvement.

What is our man(?) Biden’s position on the replacement of Whites? In August 2016, at the “White House Summit on Countering Violent Extremism,” then Vice President Joe Biden hailed the swiftly approaching replacement of the nation’s founding stock as a “strength” and a good thing. Even an amoeba fights for its own survival, but deranged puppet Biden lacks even that lowly organism’s basic instincts, serving only as a devilish clown that many in the clueless and insouciant American masses find attractive.

The year 2015 saw the wholesale invasion of Europe by Third Worlders, mainly Muslims and Blacks, variously described as “refugees” or “migrants.” Unlike the bedraggled refugees we used to envision, helpless women and children, the old and the ill, these were mainly robust young men, well dressed, chattering on their cellphones. They had the money to pay greedy gangsters and smug smugglers for their transport and support during sometimes hazardous journeys. By land and sea, they swarmed into, hapless, helpless Greece and angrily battled with police forcing their way to the handout capitals of Europe – Germany, Switzerland and Sweden – where they became infamous for raping White women and rightly earned the moniker, “rapefugees.” The colluding Commie authorities in these areas of settlement even handed out brochures in true Kalergi-like fashion advising the “newcomers” how to come on to the White women to get their friendship – and so much more whether the White women wished to give it or not! Germany accepted over a million and a half of these freeloaders and fornicators who added to the misery of the long-suffering German taxpayers who ponied up an average of $13,500 to support each “migrant.”

The depredations of these devils reached a crescendo at the New Years’ Eve public gatherings in Cologne, Hamburg, Vienna, Salzburg and Stockholm. The police and media tried to downplay the fact that the attackers were organized Muslims. However. social media allowed the assault scenes to go viral. In a kind of “prelewd” to envisioned future dispossession per the Kalergi plan, there were reports of Germans expelled from their apartments to make room for the invaders. YouTube videos showed Muslims molesting bathers, male and female, in public pools, and defecating in the water. In true leftist blame-the-victim fashion, the authorities advised women to dress modestly and cover their heads with scarves so as not to “turn on” the feral predators. According to the media, the real villains were members of the “extreme right” who protested the outrages of these unwanted “guests.” Police visited outspoken critics of the invasion who had posted their views on Facebook, threatening them with the loss of their jobs or even the loss of their children!

Is there any rational way to explain the communist Chancellor’s decision to welcome useless and dangerous Third Worlders (other than addiction to the Kalergi cult mandate) at a time when there were no jobs for them (the unemployment rate in Germany was still 6%), and most of the invaders had no marketable skills? Yes. German Chancellor Angela Merkel was a former Communist leader before the fall of the “Wall” then known as Angela Kasner when she was propaganda secretary of the Young Communist League in East Germany. In 2010, she received the “Coudenhove-Kalergi Prize” for welcoming the hordes of Third Worlders into Germany whose population has a below replacement level birth rate. Many of the African and Middle Eastern invaders have families of 5 or more children.

Since the 8th Century, Europe has been repeatedly invaded by militant Muslims. For centuries, they raided European coastal areas and kidnapped millions of Europeans to be taken to Turkey and North Africa as slaves. Rich Jews were kidnapped for ransom money. As recently as 1863, the Turks were at the gates of Vienna, but the invasion was halted by a large Pan-European army spearheaded by a cavalry charge of 20,000 horsemen! Now, the Muslims are invited to invade without any threat of resistance. Former “French” (actually Hungarian) President Nicolas Sarkozy was explicit in a December 2008 speech. He insisted that sex between the French and Third Worlders is not just desirable, but should be made mandatory! He enthused over a future of “metissage” or race mixing and warned that if people did not do it voluntarily, the “Republic” would have to resort to more forcible methods.

Present French President Emmanuel Macron is another “SOB” son of Kalergi, having asserted that “bombshell” population growth in Africa means Europe is entering an unprecedented age of mass migration. He also attributes this to “great poverty,” “climate change,” and geopolitical conflicts all of which are the fault of Whites! He could have added deliberate starvation caused by destruction of food supplies and shrinkage of farmlands in accordance with Green New Deal mandates – but he didn’t. Duke University Professor Stephen Smith, an expert in these matters, estimates that the number of Africans living in Europe will grow from the present 9 million to between 150 and 200 million within the next 30 years! Smith adds that the migration will be facilitated by the West financing the would-be journeys from Africa, so the smugglers can be smug as well as well compensated for their efforts. It is also necessary to remember that a lower IQ population does not find its own IQ raised when it invades countries with a higher IQ. Rather, as is the usual case in nature, everything sinks to the lowest common denominator and the formerly more intelligent people become less so with the increase of their more stupid invaders. Indeed, this is the very reason for the Kalergi cult. As the good Rabbi said, “Our superior intelligence will enable us to retain mastery over a world of dark peoples.”

The great majority of Europe’s elites, both Christian and secular, are committed to Coudenhove-Kalergi’s goal of replacing European man. It will be left to populists and right-wingers like Victor Orban of Hungary, Marine LePen of France and hopefully many more patriots that will arise to save White Europeans and Christians from the invasion and extermination that has been planned and enabled by the elites and is already well underway. Of course, the same situation exists in other White areas of the globe such as North America, Australia and New Zealand. It would seem that the only White sanctuary not presently under direct siege is Iceland and that country is apparently taking the matter very seriously indeed as any investigation of the country’s “immigration” policies will make clear!

Below is an illustration of what is desired. It was not a cover of the magazine National Geographic, but it certainly illustrates the mindset of its editors. Time is growing very short to save Western Civilization, that White culture that took Man from the cave to the Stars.

© 2022 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

Andrew C. Wallace.

September 23, 2022

We must resist this unconstitutional occupation by a private, foreign corporate entity pretending to be our National Government in every LAWFUL way! The following is what I am doing. I pray that American Citizens have the courage to emulate me. Our failure to resist will lead to destruction of all we hold dear, and will result in massive bloodshed, as History has proven.

I WILL NOT COMPLY with any Presidential Executive Orders, for they have no Constitutional authority over me.

I WILL NOT COMPLY with Common Law unless it has Constitutional compliance with my Protected Rights.

I WILL NOT COMPLY with Judicial rulings at any level that attempt to make law, as this is the role of the Legislative Branch.

I WILL NOT COMPLY with laws made by unelected bureaucrats who have no authority over me.

I WILL NOT COMPLY with a majority of Federal Laws that are unconstitutional because they are beyond the scope of the Limited and Enumerated Powers in our Constitution.

I WILL NOT COMPLY with unconstitutional edicts requiring me to submit to faux vaccine injections or other protocols.

I WILL NOT COMPLY if unconstitutionally ordered to surrender my firearms, nor will I relinquish the right to use deadly force in defense of life and property.

HOWEVER, I WILL HONOR MY OATH OF ALLEGIANCE AND COMPLY WITH ALL CONSTITUTIONALLY-COMPLIANT LAWS. THE PURPOSE OF THE CONSTITUTION IS TO PROTECT OUR RIGHTS!

GOD BLESS AMERICA

© 2022 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

by Lee Duigon

September 22, 2022

Why the United States armed services should have a “chief of diversity and inclusion officer” is well beyond my imagination. What does an eternal round of grievance-collecting have to do with successfully fighting a war? Is our top brass so confident that we’ll never have to fight again, that they can waste time on stuff like this?

And as if that weren’t foolishness enough, the gork they named to that post now has to be “investigated” for her over-the-top racist, anti-white tweets. Don’t worry—they’ll find “nothing wrong here,” as usual.

Here’s one of those tweets. They will keep posting their drivel on social media for everyone to see.

“This lady [a white woman] actually had the CAUdacity to say that black people can be racist, too [oh, gee—really?]. I had to stop the session [don’t ask] and give Karen the BUSINESS…”

“CAUdacity” is a word for “Caucasion audacity,” and “Karen” a derogatory term for a white woman. Nope, nothin’ wrong here. No hate here.

And then they wonder why recruitment is way down!

Stories like this are a dime a dozen in the nooze. Somehow we have wound up being governed by people who hate us. Our government is riddled with them.

But it’s not just the government. According to a Harvard poll, 73 percent of Democrats (wow!) believe “tens of millions of dangerous MAGA Republicans” pose “a threat to our democracy” and are “trying to overthrow the Constitution”. That would be the same Constitution that guarantees us a republican form of government, not a “democracy.” The same Constitution that Democrats routinely characterize as “racist.” But then everything these days is “racist,” isn’t it?

Tens of millions of us, who actually voted for Donald Trump’s re-election as president—what do you do with tens of millions of voters who threaten our non-existent “democracy”? A Democrat U.S. senator who does not want his name to be used because people make rude noises when they hear it has suggested a massive compulsory sensitivity training course for some 75 million of us. “Lock ‘em all up until their minds are right!” he says.

Or they could just lock us all down and make us wear masks until someone invents an anti-Trump vaccine and then they could “mandate” all of us to get another “jab.” The mandate would only apply to us democracy-threateners.

Who to blame? Well, of course the Democrat Party itself, big-time. And public schools and colleges and teachers’ unions. Hollywood. Our Free & Independent In-the-Bag-for Democrats nooze media. They’ve all worked very hard to drag us to this point. But if anyone on our side got up in front of the TV cameras, with a red light in the background and two Marines flanking him like Pretorian Guards, and called all these libs “dangerous” and “a threat to our republic”… why, he or she would be called a “hater.” And probably a racist, too, even if he or she never mentioned race at all.

It’s only wrong if we do it!

Take the kids out of the teachers’ unions’ public schools. Don’t send your sons and daughters to Far Left universities. Don’t fork over your hard-earned money to Hollywood so Disney can make movies celebrating sexual aberrations.

And by all means never, never, never vote for any Democrat, ever again.

Because they hate us.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and drop in for a visit before they send us all to Uighur Camp. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2022 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By Frosty Wooldridge

September 22, 2022

Part 5: You cannot escape the numbers. What do you do about the cultures?  How will you solve what cannot be solved once it manifests? Islam’s only intention in the West.

First of all, let’s repeat Joe Biden’s speech from 2019. Let it sink into your mind, heart and soul.  Then ask yourself, do you want “his”  future manifested on your children and our country?

Joe Biden said, “We want an unrelenting stream of immigration. Non-stop. Non-stop. Folks like me who were Caucasian, of European descent, for the first time, we’ll be an absolute minority in the United States of America. Absolute minority.  Fewer than 50 percent of people in America, from then on, will be of white European stock. That’s not a bad thing.  That’s the source of our strength.” (Biden speech, Washington DC. April 26, 2019)

In reality, instead of immigration being our source of strength, that kind of a future will be the complete and total unraveling and/or destruction of our society.  You have to wonder about Biden who has lived on the public dole his entire life as a politician…who has never worked a real job…who is 80 years old and TOTALLY out of touch with history…who carries a mindset that fails to comport with reality—how did such a sidewinder rattlesnake like Biden claim the White House?

Once he made the presidency, he’s been an absolute abysmal failure on multiple fronts.  He and/or his handlers possess NO comprehension of what he or they are doing.  He does not understand what he’s causing.  He created $5.00 a gallon gas prices.  He created an invasion of our  southern border that has rendered us a “destination” for millions of refugees from around the world.   He’s inviting fentanyl and dozens of drugs across the border to be  distributed to our children.  Note: as reported on major networks, fentanyl kills 220 Americans every single day of the year.  He’s piling millions of refugees onto our welfare rolls to the tune of billions of our tax dollars for illegal migrants.  He’s doing NOTHING for our 540,000 homeless Americans and veterans.  He’s making a mockery of our laws by not enforcing them.  He’s leading our country into a lawless, no-man’s-land with endless murders every weekend in Chicago, NYC, Detroit, St. Louis, Baltimore, San Francisco, Denver, Houston and many more.

Somewhere along the line, there will be no escape for the American people.

At some point, there’s no way for our country to handle the immigrant load.  At some point, they  will be living in refugee tent cities in our country.  At some point, they will be marauding our cities, our schools, our children and our lives.  At some point, they will recreate their own poverty and misery in our country—because there is no way we can pay for them, feed them, educate them or save them.

This past week’s example of Martha’s Vineyard dealing with 50 refugee immigrants shows you exactly what’s transpiring.  The rich will not tolerate the immigrants in their midst.  In my travels around the world, I discovered that there are always “rich” people in every country. They isolate and insolate from the poor people—and don’t care about their misery.  They shun them.  Martha’s Vineyard people shipped all 50 illegals out within 24 hours…saying they couldn’t house them. Yet, they professed to be a “sanctuary city.”  What  a crock!

At the same time, Biden invited over 2,000,000 illegals already this year, with another 1,000,000 waiting to cross.  Again, the numbers lining up at our border will continue into the millions. That’s how nasty it is out there in the third world.

But the more we import the third world people into America, the more the United States will become a third world country itself.  So, what happens when all those millions who cannot speak English, are totally illiterate, possess no viable skills, and simply cannot function in this first world society—grow their numbers to a point where we cannot feed, house or work them?

With these numbers and these realities facing us, do you think our culture can survive?  How?  Who will maintain our Western Culture?

Again, we remain on course to add 100,000,000 immigrants to the USA by mid-century. This is what it looks like in sheer numbers. Every American should see this video because this is what’s coming:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!”  www.NumbersUSA.org

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=muw22wTePqQ

If we remain on this course set by Biden and Congress, those numbers will manifest.  Those refugees from around the world with all their  incompatible religions and cultures, along with their languages—will manifest in our Western Culture.  But they won’t mesh with our culture because they can’t.  Absolutely for certain, Islam cannot and will not mesh with Christianity, period.  There’s no middle ground for Muslims.

“Islam isn’t in America to be equal to any faith, but to become dominant. The Qur’an should be the highest authority in America, and Islam the only accepted religion on Earth.” Omar Ahmed, director of Council on American Islamic Relations.

“It is the nature of Islam to dominate, not to be dominated, to impose its law on all nations and to extend its power to the entire planet.” -Hassan Al-Banna 

Mary Ann Frieling said, “Between 2000 and 2010 the number of Mosques in the US doubled to 2,500. All of the money to build these Mosques has come from Saudi Arabia. Most of these Mosques are being located in areas where there are no Muslims….in the strong-hold heart of America. These are seeded areas for Muslim groups to cluster….and spread from there. Mohammed Muslimseed will spread across our great land.”

“For Muslims, Islamic Law has Allah as its author. Any other legislator is illegitimate.”  Mohammed Hocine Benkheira, Le Point, 3/21/2016

There you have it.  They  spell it out for  us.  And we keep importing them until they simply destroy our Constitution and our Western Culture.

Part 6: Conclusion, violence, dissension, poverty, failed society, Jarod Diamond’s  book: Collapse: How Societies Choose to Fail or Succeed.

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

September 22, 2022

I was reminded the other day of a statement a friend of mine made a couple of years ago.

“Being a Christian is a lot like being a vitamin.  You simply have to B1.” 

Simple statement, but meaningless, actually.

How do you recognize a Christian?  Does calling oneself a Christian actually make it so?

I brought this up on my daily show (www.CoachDaveLive.com) last week in an attempt to get the folks in my “huddle” to actually think.

An entire book in the Bible is called ACTS.  It is a record of some of the activities that the 1^st Century Christians found themselves involved in.  It is a fascinating recitation of the “acts” of the Apostles.  Their faith cost many of them their lives.

Webster defines ACT as “That which is done; a deed, exploit, or achievement, whether good or ill.”

TO ACT connotes movement…production…exertion of energy…accomplishment.

People are defined by what they DO…not simply what they are.  As I once heard someone ask “if they charged you with the crime of being a Christian would there be enough evidence to convict you?”  Action leaves evidence.  Evidence suggests complicity.  Complicity implies quilt.

Let me ask you again…what is it that Christians DO?

Plumbers fix pipes.  Singers sing songs.  Truckers drive trucks.  Preachers preach, cooks cook, cleaners clean, dancers dance.  Every category of human endeavor is defined by what the doer actually does.

Except for Christians.  Christians simply are…sort of like vitamins.

But even vitamins DO something.  They are imperative for the proper functioning of a body.

Some plumbers are Christian.  The same with butchers, bakers, and candlestick makers.  Being a Christian identifies the values that one possesses…the standard by which they live their lives…but it does not demonstrate exactly what it is that their Christianity causes them to DO.

The Bible teaches us that “they will know that we are Christians by our love?”  But what does that mean?  Love should produce action.  Love should provide evidence of belief.  The Apostle Paul said that what we DO is evidence of what we believe.  Action produces the fruit of belief.

What is it that your Christianity causes you to do?

No one can earn or work their way into Heaven. Salvation is by grace alone…through faith alone…in Christ alone. But works are evidence of belief. The idea of WORKS has gotten a bad rap in the church. Works are the evidence of the living out of the Christian Faith.

James 2 “What doth it profit, my brethren, though a man say he hath faith, and have not works? can faith save him?  If a brother or sister be naked, and destitute of daily food, And one of you say unto them, Depart in peace, be ye warmed and filled; notwithstanding ye give them not those things which are needful to the body; what doth it profit?  Even so faith, if it hath not works, is dead, being alone.  Yea, a man may say, Thou hast faith, and I have works: shew me thy faith without thy works, and I will shew thee my faith by my works.  Thou believest that there is one God; thou doest well: the devils also believe, and tremble.  But wilt thou know, O vain man, that faith without works is dead?

Was not Abraham our father justified by works, when he had offered Isaac his son upon the altar?  Seest thou how faith wrought with his works, and by works was faith made perfect?  And the scripture was fulfilled which saith, Abraham believed God, and it was imputed unto him for righteousness: and he was called the Friend of God. Ye see then how that by works a man is justified, and not by faith only.  Likewise also was not Rahab the harlot justified by works, when she had received the messengers, and had sent them out another way?  For as the body without the spirit is dead, so faith without works is dead also.

Prayer, alone, is not works.  Prayer empowers action.  Action produces works.  Works are evidence of belief.  Belief is the incubator of action.  Church attendance alone is not action.

According to Revelation 20 we will all appear at the Judgement Seat of Christ.  It is there that we will be required to produce evidence of our Christianity.

“And I saw the dead, small and great, stand before God; and the books were opened: and another book was opened, which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books, according to their works.  And the sea gave up the dead which were in it; and death and hell delivered up the dead which were in them: and they were judged every man according to their works.”

Is simply BEING a Christian all that is required of the Lord?  Was my friend, right?  Is the Christian Life really similar to a vitamin?  Just B1?

I am reminded of the Parable of the talents where the man who had only ONE buried it for fear of not stacking up.   Jesus called him a “a wicked and slothful servant.”

When you and I stand before the Lord will we simply be judged by what we BELIEVE or will we be judged by what we did with what we believed?

How is your Christian-exercise program going?  What action is your faith producing?

Just what is it that Christians are supposed to DO?

© 2022 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com

By Devvy

September 21, 2022

Americans following the mystery of COVID-19, how it originated and where has been a topic of discussion since the insanity began of locking down this country, dangerous mask mandates and the rank stupidity of six feet distancing now have proof and evidence of the major players and how this criminal act was pulled off thanks to the amazing research and hard work of Tom Renz, his team and Make Americans Free Again.

Renz is an attorney involved in several lawsuits including the one I cited in my last column.  Lawsuits involving victims of those experimental gene editing technology injections being passed off as vaccines.  I also wrote at the bottom of my column:  “Will those responsible for this massive crime against humanity – SARS-CoV-2 and those injections ever be held accountable?  Will the truth finally be revealed?   Yes, and soon which is all I can say for now.”

Well, Renz just released for the public what I consider to be the BOMBSHELL document:

BREAKING: The Origins of SARS-COV2Fauci, Wuhan, EcoHealth & More – “Renz Law in collaboration with Make Americans Free Again have put together a report presentation documenting 133 Citations, Declaration of an employee of EcoHealth under penalty of perjury, months of research and consulting with experts. Below you find a copy of the presentation and the full report.”

This is a 57-page document that must be read in its entirety.  It is the story of SARS-CoV-2 from start until now.  Criminal acts by named individuals paid for by you and me.  You will be absolutely shocked regarding intelligence agencies and guess whose name pops up in that document?  Hunter Biden.

Not speculation but hard scientific facts and evidence, some of which has been provided by a whistleblower on the inside with impeccable credentials.  I suspect we’ll see more to come in the way of those wanting to do the right thing or…the old tactic of the first one who sings gets the best deal.  Better hurry up as the iceberg is dead ahead.

To read – and you must (I’ve read it twice), go here.  Scroll down to the September 12, 2022 date for the 57-page report just released.

There will be another development very soon so stay tuned.  The day of reckoning is here for the guilty and that includes unnamed individuals in the alphabet soup agencies.  They all need to be indicted, tried, convicted and sent to a federal SuperMax prison locked down for 23 hours a day until they all die.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related:

On page 36 of the document above you will see the name Christian Drosten.  Dr. Reiner Fuellmich (attorney in Germany and licensed in California) filed a Cease and Desist letter against Prof. Drosten:  “In a 3 October statement on Crimes Against Humanity, Reiner Fuellmich describes in detail how Christian Drosten invented a prototype Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) test to purportedly detect live-and-infectious SARS-CoV-2 virus which became the model for the worldwide PCR test:”  Rest at link here.

FACTS: Experimental COVID Injections and SADS, September 19, 2022 (Mine)

By Bradlee Dean

September 21, 2022

“ONCE A GOVERNMENT IS COMMITTED TO THE PRINCIPLE OF SILENCING THE VOICE OF OPPOSITION, IT HAS ONLY ONE WAY TO GO, AND THAT IS DOWN THE PATH OF INCREASINGLY REPRESSIVE MEASURES, UNTIL IT BECOMES A SOURCE OF TERROR TO ALL ITS CITIZENS AND CREATES A COUNTRY WHERE EVERYONE LIVES IN FEAR.” -PRESIDENT HARRY S. TRUMAN

If you remember right, on October 26, 2001 the unconstitutional Patriot Act was pushed forward in spite of the fact that not one representative had an opportunity to read it.  It was laid on their desks at 3:30 am.

[Rumble Video]

[Rumble Video]

If you also remember right, the United States did not know who to attack after September 11, 2001.  So, they decided to attack Iraq and, in turn, Vice President Dick Cheney profited to the tune of 39.5 billion dollars (Proverbs 17:15).

[YouTube Video]

If you also remember right, for 18 years, the American people were told by the mainstream media that the Muslims were a threat to this country at every given step.

Now, they attack Americans in defending those who are here to conquer illegally.

Truth be told, the very ones that are allowed to set the narratives here are the very ones setting up their political opposition within the borders of this country (Ephesians 4:14).

Friends, those who were originally accused for the Twin Towers coming down could have never dreamed of what it is that the American government has done to its own people to date (Leviticus 26:15-16). Therefore, America will never be destroyed from the outside.  If we falter and lose our freedoms it will be because we destroyed ourselves (Numbers 32:23).

[Rumble Video]

[Rumble Video]

To add insult to lying injury after lying injury, we now have the unconstitutional Department of Homeland Security Gestapo head Alejandro Mayorkas, and right on que, accusing the American people of being the “domestic extremists.” We all saw this right after the 72 definitions from the DHS came out publicly (Revelation 12:10).

[Rumble Video]

[Rumble Video]

MSNBC recently highlighted Mayorkas saying, “The threat landscape has evolved considerably over the last 20 years,” and that foreign terrorism has now taken a back seat to domestic extremism.

“We are seeing an emerging threat, of course, over the last several years of the domestic violent extremist,” said the DHS chief.

“The individual here in the United States radicalized to violence by a foreign terrorist ideology, but also an ideology of hate, anti-government sentiment, false narratives propagated on online platforms, even personal grievances,” he added.

As Chris Menahan highlights, Mayorkas has wielded a pretty broad brush when it comes to defining what behavior qualifies as ‘domestic extremism’.

“Mayorkas said last year that white extremists are the greatest threat to America and put out terror alerts painting opponents of covid lockdowns and people who don’t trust the Biden regime as potential domestic terrorists.”

[YouTube Video]

President James Madison warned long ago: “If Tyranny and Oppression come to this land, it will be in the guise of fighting a foreign enemy.”

© 2022 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Zack Strong

September 21, 2022

We live in dark and confused times. Our Founding Fathers also lived in dark and uncertain times. Today, we turn to them for inspiration. Only light expels darkness and these words of encouragement from our noble forebears are pure light scorched with the holy fire of Freedom.

Days prior to the Battle of Long Island in 1776, General George Washington issued a challenge to his fighting men. Said he:

“[T]he hour is fast approaching, on which the Honor and Success of this army, and the safety of our bleeding Country depend. Remember officers and Soldiers, that you are Freemen, fighting for the blessings of Liberty—that slavery will be your portion, and that of your posterity, if you do not acquit yourselves like men: Remember how your Courage and Spirit have been dispised, and traduced by your cruel invaders; though they have found by dear experience at Boston, Charlestown and other places, what a few brave men contending in their own land, and in the best of causes can do, against base hirelings and mercenaries—Be cool, but determined; do not fire at a distance, but wait for orders from your officers—It is the General’s express orders that if any man attempt to skulk, lay down, or retreat without Orders he be instantly shot down as an example, he hopes no such Scoundrel will be found in this army; but on the contrary, every one for himself resolving to conquer, or die, and trusting to the smiles of heaven upon so just a cause, will behave with Bravery and Resolution: Those who are distinguished for their Gallantry, and good Conduct, may depend upon being honorably noticed, and suitably rewarded: And if this Army will but emulate, and imitate their brave Countrymen, in other parts of America, he has no doubt they will, by a glorious Victory, save their Country, and acquire to themselves immortal Honor” (General Washington, General Orders, August 23, 1776).

What are we fighting for today? Are we fighting for power, control, dominion, wealth, or fame? Are we fighting for a political party or faction? Are we fighting for conquest and empire? Or, alternatively, are we fighting for “the safety of our bleeding Country,” our “own land,” and the “blessings of Liberty”? Is our cause so just that it merits the “smiles of heaven”? Are we “Freemen” resisting slavery and rebuking tyranny? Unless we fight for our Faith, Families, and Freedom, or cause is unjust and will fail. To win, we must know who we are, why we are fighting, and make our appeal to the God of this covenant land, who is Jesus Christ.

When the Declaration of Independence was signed, the fiery patriot John Adams wrote to his beloved wife Abigail, stating:

“You will think me transported with Enthusiasm but I am not. — I am well aware of the Toil and Blood and Treasure, that it will cost Us to maintain this Declaration, and support and defend these States. — Yet through all the Gloom I can see the Rays of ravishing Light and Glory. I can see that the End is more than worth all the Means. And that Posterity will tryumph in that Days Transaction, even altho We should rue it, which I trust in God We shall not” (John Adams to Abigail Adams, July 3, 1776).

Do we look forward through the mists of swirling darkness and glimpse the “Rays of ravishing Light and Glory” that are our destiny as a People? Do we hold in remembrance the sacred mission that the Pilgrim and Puritan forefathers and our Founding Fathers set for us; namely, the creation of an asylum for Liberty and a new Zion of our God? With our eyes on this most glorious prize, triumph will be ours with His divine aid.

A year later, Mr. Adams wrote again to Abigail, telling her:

“Do our People intend to leave the Continent in the Lurch? Do they mean to submit? or what Fatality attends them? With the noblest Prize in View, that ever Mortals contended for, and with the fairest Prospect of obtaining it upon easy Terms, The People of the Massachusetts Bay, are dead.

“Does our State intend to send only half, or a third of their Quota? Do they wish to see another, crippled, disastrous and disgracefull Campaign for Want of an Army? — I am more sick and more ashamed of my own Countrymen, than ever I was before. The Spleen, the Vapours, the Dismals, the Horrors, seem to have seized our whole State.

“More Wrath than Terror, has seized me. I am very mad. The gloomy Cowardice of the Times, is intollerable in N. England. . . .

“Posterity! You will never know, how much it cost the present Generation, to preserve your Freedom! I hope you will make a good Use of it. If you do not, I shall repent in Heaven, that I ever took half the Pains to preserve it” (John Adams to Abigail Adams, April 26, 1777).

As bleak as the situation looked in the moment, John Adams nevertheless looked above and beyond the sacrifices and pain and toil to the “noblest Prize” of Freedom and Independence. As we look around us and see former friends fall by the wayside, turncoats show their true colors, and a cabal of traitors try to overthrow and subjugate this great nation, we must remember what Mr. Adams knew; namely, that the prize we fight for is worth all our efforts, blood, sweat, and tears.

The Father of the American Revolution, Samuel Adams, threw down the gauntlet for the men of his day. His words apply with equal force to our generation:

“The truth is, all might be free, if they valued freedom and defended it as they ought . . . If, therefore, a people will not be free, if they have not virtue enough to maintain their liberty against a presumptuous invader, they deserve no pity, and are to be treated with ignominy” (Samuel Adams, Boston Gazette, October 14, 1771).

Another time, Samuel Adams spoke just as clearly and bluntly, challenging patriots everywhere to join the cause:

“Contemplate the mangled bodies of our countrymen, and then say, What should be the reward of such sacrifices? Bid us and our posterity bow the knee, supplicate the friendship, and plough, and sow, and reap, to glut the avarice of the men who have let loose on us the dogs of war to riot in our blood, and hunt us from the face of the earth? If we love wealth better than liberty, the tranquillity of servitude, than the animating contest of freedom – go from us in peace. We ask not your counsels or arms. Crouch down and lick the hands which feed you. May your chains set lightly upon you, and may posterity forget that ye were our countrymen.

“. . . The calamities were at our door. The rod of oppression was raised over us. We were roused from our slumbers, and may we never sink into repose until we can convey a clear and undisputed inheritance to our posterity. This day we are called upon to give a glorious example of what the wisest

and best of men were rejoiced to view, only in speculation. This day presents the world with the most august spectacle that its annals ever unfolded. Millions of freemen, deliberately and voluntarily forming themselves into a society for their common defence and common happiness. . . .

“Our Union is now complete; our constitution composed, established, and approved. You are now the guardians of your own liberties. We may justly address you, as the Decemviri did the Romans, and say – “Nothing that we propose can pass into a law without your consent. Be yourselves, O Americans, the authors of those laws on which your happiness depends.”

“You have now in the field armies sufficient to repel the whole force of your enemies, and their base and mercenary auxiliaries. The hearts of your soldiers beat high with the spirit of freedom – they are animated with the justice of their cause, and while they grasp their swords, can look up to heaven for assistance. Your adversaries are composed of wretches who laugh at the rights of humanity, who turn religion into derision, and would, for higher wages, direct their swords against their leaders or their country. Go on, then, in your generous enterprise, with gratitude to heaven, for past success, and confidence of it in the future. For my own part, I ask no greater blessing than to share with you the common danger and common glory. If I have a wish dearer to my soul, than that my ashes may be mingled with those of a Warren and Montgomery – it is – that these American States may never cease to be free and independent!” (Samuel Adams, “American Independence,” August 1, 1776).

It has been inspiring the past several years to witness a speedy awakening from coast to coast. The deliberately engineered national calamities that have hit us one after have jolted millions awake. Now, our ranks are swelling. We have an irate minority of Liberty-loving, America-first patriots steeling themselves for the battle for their rights. They proudly wave the American flag and they acknowledge that America is exceptional.

More importantly, many of our number have inclined their hearts toward God and are petitioning Him for a just redress of our grievances against the “rulers of the darkness of this world” (Ephesians 6:12). We are grateful to Heaven for its bounties. We are filled with love and respect for our Founding Fathers whom the Lord prospered and inspired to set up a free nation and a beacon of hope for humanity. Today, it is our duty to carry forward our Freedom, regain what we have lost, and cement the standard of Liberty forever in America.

In his rousing writings, Thomas Paine encouraged the beleaguered Continental Army onward to a victory which he knew was certain. He affirmed:

“These are the times that try men’s souls: The summer soldier and the sunshine patriot will, in this crisis, shrink from the service of his country; but he that stands it now, deserves the love and thanks of man and woman. Tyranny, like hell, is not easily conquered; yet we have this consolation with us, that the harder the conflict, the more glorious the triumph. What we obtain too cheap, we esteem too lightly: It is dearness only that gives every thing its value. Heaven knows how to set a proper price upon its goods; and it would be strange indeed, if so celestial an article as FREEDOM should not be highly rated. . . .

“I have as little superstition in me as any man living, but my secret opinion has ever been, and still is, that GOD Almighty will not give up a people to military destruction, or leave them unsupportedly to perish, who have so earnestly and so repeatedly sought to avoid the calamities of war by every decent

method which wisdom could invent. Neither have I so much of the infidel in me as to suppose that HE has relinquished the government of the world and given us up to the care of devils. . . .

“. . . a generous parent should have said, “If there must be trouble, let it be in my day, that my child may have peace;” and this single reflection, well applied, is sufficient to awaken every man to duty. Not a place upon earth might be so happy as America. Her situation is remote from all the wrangling world, and she has nothing to do but to trade with them. A man can distinguish himself between temper and principle, and I am as confident, as I am that GOD governs the world, that America will never be happy till she gets clear of foreign dominion. Wars, without ceasing, will break out till that period arrives, and the Continent must in the end be conqueror, for though the flame of liberty may sometimes cease to shine, the coal can never expire. . . .

“. . . Say not that thousands are gone, turn out your tens of thousands; throw not the burden of the day upon Providence, but “show your faith by your works” that GOD may bless you. It matters not where you live or what rank of life you hold, the evil or the blessing will reach you all. The far and the near, the home counties and the back[country], the rich and the poor, will suffer or rejoice alike. The heart that feels not now, is dead: The blood of his children will curse his cowardice, who shrinks back at a time when a little might have saved the whole, and made them happy. I love the man that can smile in trouble, that can gather strength from distress, and grow brave by reflection. ’Tis the business of little minds to shrink; but he whose heart is firm, and whose conscience approves his conduct, will pursue his principles unto death” (Thomas Paine, The American Crisis, No. 1, December, 1776).

Are you prepared to doggedly pursue your principles unto death? Does the fire of Freedom burn in your bones? Does the light of Liberty shine in your soul? Is your supply of patriotic coal low or are you constantly nourishing the blaze of American Independence? God will bless those who enter into a covenant to serve Him on this special land. America is His outpost. He will defend us if we man up to exert ourselves for Him, for the Heaven-inspired Constitution, for our families and children, for our precious rights, and for our sacred Freedom.

When things get difficult, when war howls, when tyranny rages, when dissenters scoff, when the controlled press spews pessimism and defeatism, then is the time to press forward, redouble your efforts, believe in America, embrace the heritage of your ancestors, and show your faith by your works. God will not restore the Republic or deliver Liberty to you on a silver platter, for, as Thomas Jefferson said, “we are not to expect to be translated from despotism to liberty, in a feather-bed” (Thomas Jefferson to the Marquis de Lafayette, April 2, 1790). The great Sage also wrote: “[T]imid men . . . prefer the calm of despotism to the boisterous sea of liberty” (Thomas Jefferson to Phillip Mazzei, April 24, 1796).

Are we timid? Are we scared of the fight? Are we to servile to do our duty to protect and perpetuate our God-given rights? If we are, we have no hope. But our forebearers believed in the Lord. They believed in Liberty. They believed that America was special, that her people were chosen for the task of freeing the world through the force of their example, and that God would not fail us so long as we did not fail Him. Let’s exert ourselves like men, reclaim the title of freemen, and stand in the gap for Liberty.

Finally, we turn to the immortal rallying cry of Patrick Henry just prior to the shot heard ‘round the world at Lexington and Concord:

“If we wish to be free–if we mean to preserve inviolate those inestimable privileges for which we have been so long contending–if we mean not basely to abandon the noble struggle in which we have been so long engaged, and which we have pledged ourselves never to abandon until the glorious object of our contest shall be obtained–we must fight! I repeat it, sir, we must fight! An appeal to arms and to the God of hosts is all that is left us!

“They tell us, sir, that we are weak; unable to cope with so formidable an adversary. But when shall we be stronger? Will it be the next week, or the next year? Will it be when we are totally disarmed, and when a British guard shall be stationed in every house? Shall we gather strength by irresolution and inaction? Shall we acquire the means of effectual resistance by lying supinely on our backs and hugging the delusive phantom of hope, until our enemies shall have bound us hand and foot? Sir, we are not weak if we make a proper use of those means which the God of nature hath placed in our power. The millions of people, armed in the holy cause of liberty, and in such a country as that which we possess, are invincible by any force which our enemy can send against us. Besides, sir, we shall not fight our battles alone. There is a just God who presides over the destinies of nations, and who will raise up friends to fight our battles for us. The battle, sir, is not to the strong alone; it is to the vigilant, the active, the brave. Besides, sir, we have no election. If we were base enough to desire it, it is now too late to retire from the contest. There is no retreat but in submission and slavery! Our chains are forged! Their clanking may be heard on the plains of [Washington]! The war is inevitable–and let it come! I repeat it, sir, let it come.

“It is in vain, sir, to extenuate the matter. Gentlemen may cry, Peace, Peace– but there is no peace. The war is actually begun! The next gale that sweeps from the north will bring to our ears the clash of resounding arms! Our brethren are already in the field! Why stand we here idle? What is it that gentlemen wish? What would they have? Is life so dear, or peace so sweet, as to be purchased at the price of chains and slavery? Forbid it, Almighty God! I know not what course others may take; but as for me, give me liberty or give me death!” (Patrick Henry, “Give Me Liberty or Give Me Death,” March 23, 1775).

Are you willing to suit up for Freedom? Are you willing to risk it all in this noble cause? Are you willing to be called an “extremist” and do the revolutionary thing of defending Freedom? We don’t need a majority, but we need an active and vigilant core that appeals to Heaven, refuses to submit to slavery, and values dangerous Liberty more than tyrannical security.

We are not alone; the fight for Freedom is God’s fight. America was set up by Him and His divine power. We were established as His new Israel, His base of operations, His empire of Liberty. America is special in the divine economy and will never fail. A cleansing must occur, and blood must nourish the tree of Liberty, but a righteous remnant will prevail. There must be no doubt in our hearts of this crucial truth. Our destiny is Freedom forever!

© 2022 Zack Strong – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Zack Strong: zastrong@hotmail.com

By Lex Greene

September 20, 2022

Contrary to what most Americans think, there is no such thing as “Constitutional Rights.” The U.S. Constitution has nothing to do with the Natural Rights of U.S. Citizens. The Constitution isn’t even an enumeration of “protections” of all Natural Rights of the People. That document, the “Supreme Law of this Land,” only establishes the structure, duties, and authorities of our Federal Government. Nothing more or less.

Likewise, the Bill of Rights is not an enumeration of the Rights of the People. It’s an enumeration of additional limitations and prohibitions placed on government.

The Rights of the People do not come from any government or governmental body. In fact, the Natural Rights of the People are well beyond the reach of government in the USA, they are “inalienable.” – “All men have certain natural rights which are inalienable.”

In the USA, this foundation for freedom and liberty was established for all U.S. Citizens in the opening of our Declaration of Independence – “When in the Course of human events, it becomes necessary for one people to dissolve the political bands which have connected them with another, and to assume among the powers of the earth, the separate and equal station to which the Laws of Nature and of Nature’s God entitle them.”

All of our basic Rights as American Citizens are Natural Rights, “endowed by our Creator,” as established in our Founding Documents, known as our Charters of Freedom. All such Rights are “inalienable” by governmental bodies, any government body.

Our most basic Natural Rights are an inalienable Right to “Life, Liberty and the [individual] pursuit of Happiness.” Fundamentally, any human being who does not have a protected Right to Life itself, has a Right to nothing at all. Our 2^nd Amendment, “the Right of the People to keep and bear arms,” exists so that “the People” can protect these most basic Rights, no matter the source of the threat.

Natural Rights are different than Civil Rights. In the USA, Civil Rights have been established by government via Civil Rights Acts, a legislative process. Civil Rights are guarantees of equal social opportunities and equal protection under the law, regardless of race, religion, or other personal characteristics. Civil Liberties are something else yet again. Civil liberties are guarantees and freedoms that governments commit not to abridge, either by constitution, legislation, or judicial interpretation, without due process.

In contrast to Civil Rights and Civil Liberties derived from legislative process, based on man-made statutes, Natural Rights are based upon Natural Law, defined as “those that are not dependent on the laws, customs, or beliefs of any particular culture or government, (and therefore, universal and inalienable) were central to the debates during the Enlightenment on the relationship between the individual and the government.”

In the USA, our country was intentionally founded upon “The Laws of Nature and of Nature’s God,” not man-made statutes. We are designed to be a nation of laws, but those laws are constitutionally required to be consistent with and in furtherance of, our Natural Rights. As a result, our government is regulated by these laws and Rights, and prohibited from infringing upon these Rights for any reason, in any manner whatsoever.

Today, at least 80% of what our federal government and many state and local governmental bodies do, are direct infringements upon our Natural Rights, in direct violation of both federal and state constitutions. But most modern Americans don’t know it, or don’t care.

For the record, the U.S. Constitution is still the “Supreme Law of the Land,” and all State Constitutions are the Supreme Law in each state. Anything and everything a governmental body does that is at odds with those Supreme Laws, are themselves, “unlawful” and “unconstitutional.” Under such conditions, they have no force of law behind them whatsoever. They are NULL & VOID the second they are passed by any governmental body, Executive, Legislative or Judicial.

There is only one single purpose to the U.S. Constitution, and it is to “form a more perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic Tranquility, provide for the common defense, promote the general Welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity.”

When any governmental body in the USA acts at odds with this purpose, which they do daily now, they do so in direct violation of the Founding documents which created that government, and which they have all taken an oath of office to serve, protect and defend. They are therefore, engaged in acts of treason against the People, from whom all government powers are derived.

Unfortunately, most of what our federal, state, and local governments have enacted over many years, are unlawful and unconstitutional. The People either didn’t know, didn’t pay attention, or didn’t care as literally hundreds or thousands of infringements crept into our new norm.

Once a government grants itself such power, they will never relinquish that power willingly. They are likely to do whatever it takes, including scorched earth events, to retain the power they have stolen from the People.

The People have only three options in how they can retake the power that rightfully belongs to only them.

1. Remove the threat to Life and Liberty via elections, which is only possible with a well-informed and active electorate, and only in free, fair, honest election processes. We have neither in the USA right now.
2. Put down the threat via Judicial processes, designed to restrict governments to constitutional boundaries. Constitutional issues are meant to have “original jurisdiction” in Supreme Courts, allowing direct access to prevent the People from taking matters into their own hands. This is only possible with courts that uphold, enforce, and protect the Natural Rights of the People, which we also do not have today.
3. The last resort of the People is founded in our Declaration of Independence. Our Charters of Freedom were designed to forever protect the Natural Rights of the People and direct the People to remain “forever vigilant” against a destructive government and use all of their Rights to protect the future of freedom and liberty for all posterity.

“We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.”

“That to secure these rights, Governments are instituted among Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed, –That whenever any Form of Government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the Right of the People to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new Government, laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to affect their Safety and Happiness.”

Over the past 246 years or so, Americans had quite literally thousands of opportunities to “alter” the increasingly destructive nature of their government. But as our Founders so wisely warned…

“Prudence, indeed, will dictate that Governments long established should not be changed for light and transient causes; and accordingly, all experience hath shewn, that mankind are more disposed to suffer, while evils are sufferable, than to right themselves by abolishing the forms to which they are accustomed.”

In other words, so long as life seems mostly normal and comfortable, even tolerating a significant level of suffering, the People will be unlikely to ever confront evil in their governments. Only when conditions deteriorate to a broadly intolerable level, are People likely to react.

Because intolerable evils tend to be trust upon the People incrementally over an extended period of time, like a frog dropped into a pot of room temperature water and brought to a boil slowly, most will not notice the changes until they boil.

Those who do notice early in the process, are often labeled “conspiracy theorists” and “tin foil hat” folks. The labels are designed to prevent others from taking notice of events unfolding slowly, most of them unfolding right under their noses and in broad daylight.

When all else fails, return to the basics, stick to the fundamentals. The government approved “experts” are there to confound and confuse, making issues seem much more complicated than they actually are.

If we stick to the basics, we cannot be confounded, confused, or controlled by the government “experts.”

When our government becomes anti-Life, they have become destructive of all Natural Rights.

When government becomes anti-second amendment, they have become destructive of all Natural Rights.

It’s not the People, but rather government “experts,” responsible for driving every Citizen to trillions in national debt. The proven lies surrounding COVID19 over the past two years all came from government approved “experts.” Those responsible for the mass illegal invasion of our country are national security and legal “experts.”

As we have witnessed, only certain “experts” are recognized as such, specifically, those who carry water for the government, against the People.

Our Natural Rights, under the Laws of Nature and of Nature’s God are the foundation for every Right on earth. Fail to protect and defend those Rights, and you will have no other.

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Cliff Kincaid

John Solomon is a great reporter, but his article urging a new congressional Church Committee “to probe FBI abuses” is a recipe for more delay. Such hearings would be a complete waste of time and manipulated by the left-wingers.

A new film, “America on the Precipice,” captures the real essence of the problem and will have far more impact than any number of promised investigations from politicians who have allowed major institutions to fall under the influence and control of Obama-style Marxism.

The organization EPAC, standing for Ensure the Preservation of America and Our Constitution, uses this new blockbuster film to explain how the “fundamental transformation” has occurred and how Marxism can be purged from our beloved America. EPAC founder and patriotic businessman Hugo G. Goerner tells me the film’s premier will be on October 9.

Holding out the promise of more congressional investigations, John Solomon writes that, “A half century ago, Americans held grave concerns that J. Edgar Hoover’s FBI and other U.S. intelligence agencies had abused civil rights, improperly targeted enemies and illegally gathered evidence, so Congress set out on a great cleansing mission.” In fact, the Church Committee was named for a very liberal Senator, Frank Church of Idaho, whose purpose was to gut the ability of the FBI and CIA to fight communism at home and abroad.

Under J. Edgar Hoover, the FBI investigated totalitarian movements such as the communists, Nazis, and the KKK. Today, the FBI largely concentrates on groups designated as objectionable by the Southern Poverty Law Center. That includes Trump supporters and yours truly.

John Solomon should report on Hoover’s warnings in his book, Masters of Deceit, and then report on FBI informant Herbert Philbrick’s book, I Led Three Lives.

Another Philbrick book, Communism and Race in America, is also a good place to look. He discusses communist use of front groups and its “dialectical approach” to subversion that emphasizes how anything which creates tension in society “is a part of the path of progress,” from the communist point of view.

Years before the current crisis, Congress could have held hearings into what, if anything, FBI directors like Robert Mueller and Christopher Wray have done about investigating the communist networks on the streets of America. In terms of Congress, liberals abolished the House Internal Security Committee, the successor of the House Committee on Un-American Activities.

One member of Congress who publicly supported the recreation of the House Internal Security Committee, former Rep. Steve King of Iowa, was targeted with a well-orchestrated “hit” by the Leftist media and Republican establishment.

The FBI doesn’t investigate communist groups on American soil anymore because some of them are integrated into the Democratic Party. The Communist Party USA (CPUSA), once aligned with and funded by Moscow, openly supported Barack Hussein Obama for president in 2008 and 2012. Obama’s CIA director John Brennan voted for the CPUSA in college.

At the time that America’s cities were burning in 2020, Attorney General William P. Barr was warning that groups of “outside radicals and agitators” were exploiting the George Floyd situation “to pursue their own separate and violent agenda.” Barr added, “In many places, it appears the violence is planned, organized, and driven by anarchistic and far left extremists, using Antifa-like tactics, many of whom travel from out of state to promote the violence.”

What he didn’t say is that the FBI, under his jurisdiction, is clueless about who is planning and organizing the chaos. Barr joined Wray in dereliction of duty.

Filling the void more than a decade ago, we held a “Marxism in America” conference in 2010 and laid the groundwork for what needs to be done.

In fact, de-communization is already happening, as parents lead the campaign to stop communist brainwashing in the schools. In Frederick County, Maryland, running on the “Education Not Indoctrination” slate, Cindy Rose has declared that educators are now “training our children to be Marxist revolutionaries,” while neglecting intellectual achievement and structured learning.

Our 2010 “Marxism in America” conference included Professor Mary Grabar discussing the left’s favorite historian, secret Communist Party member Howard Zinn, and his brainwashing techniques.  America’s Survival, Inc. obtained Zinn’s FBI file and posted its contents.

Grabar wrote, Debunking The 1619 Project: Exposing the Plan to Divide America and Debunking Howard Zinn: Exposing the Fake History That Turned a Generation against America.

We also discussed the influence of Harry Hay, a Communist Party member who started the modern gay rights movement in America. He divorced his wife, after contracting a venereal disease, became a “radical fairy” with an interest in the occult, and marched for the cause of adults having sex with children. We obtained his FBI file as well.

Our book, The Sword of Revolution and the Communist Apocalypse, notes that Marx focused on workers when there were many others who could be considered “exploited” by the capitalist system. Added to the “workers” list from the twentieth century usage was a wide range of allegedly exploited individuals, including women, homosexuals, minorities, indigenous persons (Indians), immigrants, disabled persons, and animals. The earth itself has also been added to the list.

The Marxist theory of history (historical materialism) holds that history moves through the following stages: Slavery/ feudalism/Capitalism/Socialism/Communism. In their view, we are entering socialism, on the verge of communism. As the new film says, we are indeed on a “precipice.”

© 2022 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By Glynn Adams

September 20, 2022

We really need to get back to our Jewish roots. Leviticus 23:2 is clear in that God when speaking to Moses said, “The feasts of the LORD which you shall proclaim to be holy convocations, these are My feasts.” The Hebrew word “moed” that is translated feasts in Leviticus 23:2, would be best translated as divine appointments. God has prescheduled divine appointments with His people operating on a different calendar from the one the world uses. These feasts of God are relevant to Christians today!!!

We must pay attention to God’s prophetic calendar and His time schedule. In Genesis 1:14, God declares that He is creating the sun and the moon for “signs, and for seasons, and for days, and years.” On our Gregorian calendar we think seasons such as winter, spring, summer, and fall. However in Genesis 1:14, God is referring to the timing on God’s own prophetic calendar. The days mean holy days, like the new moon and the Sabbath, as well as the Spring Feasts of Passover and the Fall Feasts of Tabernacles. The term years refers to the Jubilee years, which occur every fiftieth year and the Shemittah years, which happen every seventh year.

When these feasts, God’s divine appointments, are celebrated, they are to be “dress rehearsals” to the very day and hour on God’s calendar when they would find their prophetic fulfillment of what God is going to do on that exact day and hour. There are seven feasts. The spring feasts have been fulfilled with the death, burial, and resurrection of Jesus and the day of Pentecost. The fall feasts of His second coming have not been fulfilled. So when you celebrate the “dress rehearsal” of the fall feasts this year, Jesus could come during that dress rehearsal. When you participate in these fall feasts, this is how you get ready and are prepared for His second coming.

It is very important for everyone to pay attention to these feasts and their “dress rehearsals.” In 33AD, the Jewish religious leaders, the Scribes and Pharisees along with a large Jewish religious crowd, who had rejected Jesus as Messiah and condemned Him to the cross, were across town in Jerusalem celebrating their dress rehearsal for Passover by placing a lamb on the altar to be slain for their sins for what they thought was a future event – at the same exact moment, Jesus was on a cross dying for the sins of the world. While the real Passover was being fulfilled, the religious crowed of Jewish leaders and religious people with all their years of dress rehearsals missed the real Passover!! Why? Religion does not prepare anyone for what God is doing. They drifted away from a relationship with their God while attending meaningless religious rituals and they did not recognize their visitation of God in the flesh.

This fall feast of God is all about new beginnings, a fresh start over, repentance, change, transformation, and hope. God is a God of restoration and the church in America needs a makeover from top to bottom. If we continue on our current religious track, I believe we will bring more and severer judgments of God upon ourselves and nation!!!

Do not be deceived about these fall feasts and their importance to YOU!!! These fall feasts are all about Jesus and what He is going to do in the future. These fall divine appointments are extremely important and has serious spiritual implications. This is why God has dress rehearsals to ensure we are on the same calendar with God, that we get every detail of these feasts correct and that we are ready and right with God!!! Sometime in the future these three feasts will usher in the second coming of Jesus Christ. He will be crowned LORD of Lords and King of kings, to set His millennial reign as King to judge the nations, all people and His enemies and to marry His Bride.

Jesus is coming back as the Conquering King and Warrior Messiah ben David with a sword in His mouth. He will operate on His truth not our modern-day vain imaginations of truth. He cannot be bought and He will not be impressed with how big is the church you build or any ones works. Revelation 19 describes Him as one who will smite the nations and He will rule with a rod of iron.

The first of the three fall feasts is Rosh Hashanah. So let’s unpack some truths behind the first of our fall feasts. To begin with it starts the Jewish New Year which starts on the 1st of Tishrei on God’s calendar and 6 Pm on September 25, 2022, our calendar. It is also called Tom Teruah (The Feast of Trumpets or the blowing of the shofar). Teruah which means “blowing” or “ to shout” as in a battle cry. This referring directly to the pre-approved day when God Himself will shout the battle cry as He comes to judge the earth and will blow the shofar to gather His troops. This is what the Apostle Paul was referring to when he wrote in 1 Thessalonians 4:16 that “the Lord himself will descend from heaven with a shout…and with the blast of God’s shofar. The dead in Messiah will rise first.” Will you be ready when the shout and shofar sound?

By the way, Daniel 12:1 speaks that Michael the angel of Israel, will stand up and there shall be a time of trouble such as never since there was a nation. One of the other names for Rosh Hashanah is “the Time of Trouble.”!!! Incredibly, another name for Rosh Hashanah is the “Opening of the Books”!! Whoever name is written in the Book will be delivered!! Daniel continues by saying that many of those who sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake, some to everlasting life and some to shame and everlasting contempt.

Rosh Hashanah is also known as Yom HaDin, the Day of Judgment. On this day it is believed the doors of the heavenly court are opened and court is in session. During the ten days to Yom Kippur, it is believed that God determines who will live and who will die the next year.

Yom Teruah is also known as the “day of remembrance.” So if you remember to crown God as King and sound the shofar on the Feast of Trumpets, God will remember you and save you from your enemies. Yom Teruah is the sounding of the alarm clock to tell the dead it is time to wake up!!! Hello church in America!!!! Rosh Hashanah is a new and fresh start, a clean slate, a do over from anything in our lives that we feel is wasted or unworthy.

Realize one of the keys to unlocking prophecy is understanding that these fall feast days are dress rehearsal for the days of events that will happen one day. Imagine each year the angelic hosts are rehearsing the coming of Messiah. At the same time here on earth, all those with understanding are simultaneously rehearsing the same event. We become one with what is going on in heaven at the very same time. Some year on that day, the dress rehearsal will become the reality and we shall simply instantaneously be translated to the party.

Ten days after Rosh Hashanah is Yom Kippur – the Day of Atonements on the 10th of Tishrei and it is a day of fasting. It is also a time of repentance and awe. Repentance is more than feeling sorry which can lead to conviction and remorse. True repentance is constructive resulting in a real change in the way we think, ultimately leading to a change in our actions.

“God set forth Jesus as an atonement through faith in His blood.”(Romans 8:21-22) As God mended our broken relationship with Him, He called us to be fixers, restorers, repairers of the world. Yom Kippur focuses on this reparation. We can’t experience the fullness of His joy if we don’t have His ability to forgive and be forgiven. Isaiah 58 teaches us about afflicting our souls during Yom Kippur.

The writer of Hebrews hammers home the significant of Christ’s atoning sacrifice, Jesus was not only the pure, spotless Lamb slain for our sins. He was also the high priest able to go into the true Holy of Holies in Heaven and offer Himself to God the Father as the perfect sacrifice for sin. (Hebrews 9:1114) Pray for Israel that their eyes will be opened and they will turn to Christ.

God made a provision on the cross for each believer to get right with God, to repent, to give forgiveness, and to walk in obedience. On this Biblical fast day and a day when many dress in white for holiness, let us Christians in America use this time to put everything we do in our lives, in our churches, and in our nation on the altar before God and under the leadership of the Holy Spirit remove everything that does not have its basis in the Word of God.

I am very concerned at the attitude American Christians and churchgoers as well as Pastors in their approach to God and the things of God today. We ought to be in Godly fear, humility, and repentance over what we have allowed to happen to this nation. We have allowed evil to capture this nation and we are ruled by Satan rather than God, and we have become a dwelling place of demons. Our children are being destroyed and we won’t take a stand against this tyranny and loss of freedoms and we turn a blind eye and ignore all of this evil overtaking our nation. We must repent and return to God!!!

The last fall feast is the Feast of Tabernacles. It is also called Sukkot or Feast of Booths. They were to dwell in booths or sukkots or temporary shelters during the festival mainly because God made them dwell in booths in the wilderness after He brought them out of Egyptian slavery. The Feast of Tabernacles was one of three pilgrimage feasts when the people were to come to Jerusalem and for a time, dwell or tabernacle with God there. God’s ultimate plan from the foundation of the world has always been to tabernacle with His people.

Why did God insist that Israel dwell in tabernacles or temporary dwellings places every year throughout all their generations as an eternal statute? God wanted to remind us all each year at this appointed time that both the earth and our mortal bodies are also only temporary dwelling places. The Greek word for tabernacle is “skenos” and refers to the human body which is taken down at death much as you would take down a tent after a camping trip. The Apostle Paul wrote in 2 Corinthians 5:1 that when our earthly house of this tabernacle is dissolved, there’s one waiting for us in the heavens built by God.

Sukkot is an eight day party of rejoicing. We rejoice and celebrate what God has done for us in the past and what God is going to do for us in the future. Sukkot is the party that recalls God’s presence, protection, and provision when our ancestors existed Egypt and wondered the desert for forty years.

Just how important is the Feast of Tabernacle? Scholars believe strongly that Jesus was born during the Feast of Tabernacles. We do well to get on God’s timeline rather than our timeline!!! “Sukkot” is the only Feast Day other than “Shabbat”, that is prophesied as the one that will be celebrated by all the nations in the Messianic Kingdom to come. The celebration of Sukkot expresses our expectation and desire for the Messiah and His Kingdom to come!!! Since Jews and Gentiles will celebrate Sukkot in the Messianic Kingdom, it only makes sense to celebrate it now as we await that day!!!

The Word says no one knows the day or hour of His coming. It is impossible to know the day or hour because there are twenty-four time zones and it can be two different days at any one time. However, we are to know the times and seasons, and as we have found out, the times and seasons specifically are referring to the appointed times!!! Paul told the Thessalonians, “Of the times and the season brothers, you have no need that I write to you.” Why? Because they already knew the appointed times – the feasts!!

Jesus went on to say that they know that the Day of the Lord would come as a thief in the night. But then read very slowly what He said next, “But you brothers are not in darkness that that day should overtake you as a thief” (1 Thessalonians 5:1-2, 4)

But I am here to tell you that most of the religious systems in America are deceived and are in darkness, and don’t know they are a prime people for Jesus coming to them as a thief in the night. . Only deceived religious people in darkness and disobedient to Jesus ignore the darkness operating in this nation and refuse to resist it. “Jesus said, “Satan does not cast out Satan.”

Was Jesus upset with the religious leaders and people of His day because they could not discern the signs of the times? (Mathew 16:3) Did Jesus weep over Jerusalem because the religious did not recognize the time of their visitation? (Luke 19:41-44) To whom does the Bible say that Jesus will come as a thief in the night? To the dead church at Sardis. (Revelation 3:1-3)

We also see in Revelation the lukewarm, wretched, miserable, poor, blind, and naked church of Laodicea. That church is told to put on white raiment that the shame of their nakedness doesn’t show and to anoint their eyes that they might see. Almost every church in America is dead, lukewarm, miserable, poor, blind and naked while they all say they can see.

The false pastors and religious in America are in darkness, deceived, and blind because they cannot see the evil overtaking this nation. So they tolerate evil and refuse to resist it. Jesus will come to the false pastors and religious in America as a thief in the night!!!! What an awful day that will be for the religious leaders of our day!!! Now you know why it is so important to know the times and season of the Feasts of God!!!

God bless, I remain His warrior and watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks to the late Dr. Chuck Missler, Rabbi Jason Sobel, and Pastor Mark Biltz for their excellent commentary on the Feasts of God)

© 2022 Glynn Adams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

By: Devvy

September 19, 2022

How many tens of millions of words have been written about SARS-CoV-2 commonly known as COVID-19?  Well, likely tens of thousands by so-called “fact checkers” since roughly April 2020 who have no shame about the lies they repeat on a daily basis regarding COVID-19 and those experimental gene-editing technology injections which legally are not vaccines.

Which is why I refer to them both here in the US and other countries as the prostitute media.  Like whores who walk the streets plying their trade, these so-called “fact checkers” are responsible for outright lying to the American people and keeping the truth from them for money.  Ruining the reputations of doctors and scientists around the world who were/are desperately trying to warn people about those mRNA injections.

Who Fact Checks the Fact Checkers? A Report on Media Censorship  // Facebook admits the truth: ‘Fact checks’ are really just (lefty) opinion

Back story regarding the use of the word vaccine because it’s critically important.  Can You Sue Employer: Mandatory COVID-19 Injections Death or Injury? (Mine, Dec. 6, 2021):

“Pfizer BioNTech filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Dec. 31, 2019.  See document here, pg 14 – 15:

“To our knowledge, there is no current precedent for an mRNA-based immunotherapy such as the type we are developing being approved for sale by the FDA, European Commission or any other regulatory agency elsewhere in the world. Although we expect to submit BLAs for our mRNA-based product candidates in the United States, and in the European Union, mRNA therapies have been classified as gene therapy medicinal products, other jurisdictions may consider our mRNA-based product candidates to be new drugs, not biologics or gene therapy medicinal products, and require different marketing applications.

“Any product candidates we develop may not be effective, may be only moderately effective, or may prove to have undesirable or unintended side effects, toxicities or other characteristics that may preclude our obtaining marketing approval or prevent or limit commercial use.”

Pg 16:  “Currently, mRNA is considered a gene therapy product by the FDA…Our product candidates may not work as intended, may cause undesirable side effects or may have other properties that could delay or prevent their regulatory approval, limit the commercial profile of an approved label, or result in significant negative consequences following marketing approval, if any.”

“Vaccines normally take 10-15 years before getting approval for mass distribution.  The first injections were rolled out in hospitals on Dec. 14, 2020.  That SEC filing was last day of 2019 before production began. Clinical trials are scheduled through 2023, so yes, humans on this planet are being used as test subjects.

“How about Moderna and their SEC filing, June 30, 2020?  “Regulatory requirements governing gene and cell therapy products have evolved and may continue to change in the future, and the implications for mRNA-based therapies are unknown…Currently, mRNA is considered a gene therapy product by the FDA.”

“Click on Table of Contents and go down to page 64; “Our pursuit of mRNA-1273, a potential vaccine for SARS-CoV-2, continues to be subject to completion of the required clinical trials and regulatory approval in the United States and elsewhere. We may be unable to produce a vaccine that successfully treats the virus in a timely manner, if at all…Currently, mRNA is considered a gene therapy product by the FDA.”

“On Moderna’s web site under EUA  it says, “The Moderna COVID‑19 Vaccine has not been approved or licensed by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA), but has been authorized for emergency use by FDA, under an Emergency Use Authorization (EUA), to prevent Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID‑19) for use in individuals 18 years of age and older. There is no FDA-approved vaccine to prevent COVID‑19.”

What Is Gene Therapy? How Does It Work? – “Recognizing this, scientists have been working for decades on ways to modify genes or replace faulty genes with healthy ones to treat, cure or prevent a disease or medical condition.”  *End* I did that column 10 months ago and look at the carnage – all those scientists and doctors, tragically have been right.

Moderna’s top scientist: ‘We are actually hacking the software of life’

Video interview with Dr. David Martin:  Key: Learn Why the 1986 Vaccine Protection Act Does Not Protect Covid-19 Injections (33:40) I watched that interview twice and highly recommend you find the time to watch it.

Prof. Dolores Cahill started warning back in January 2021:  Do not take those injections.  Prof. Cahill, prior to sounding the alarm, was one of the most highly respected Immunologist/Molecular Biologists in Ireland and other countries.  She was fired from her job.  Decades of experience and her life has been hell for the past two years.  Video (must watch, 12:37):  Professor Dolores Cahill Explains Why mRNA Vaccine is Bad for You, Jan. 11, 2021

Dr. Sherry Tenpenny, also a doctor with decades of experience has also been working tirelessly educating everyone about the science behind those experimental injections, from my Dec. 13, 2021 column quoting Dr. Tenpenny:  “It takes at least 6 weeks from the time you get your injection for the spike antibody to start to develop.  So, somewhere between 3 months and quite frankly 20 years.  The immunologist I spoke to said that over the next 10 years we are going to see this go on in perpetuity, because it can take anywhere from 2 years to 19 years to get full blown auto-immune disease.  I think we will see massive injuries and a lot more deaths starting somewhere between 4 and 18 months from now.   This Vaccine will permanently alter your immune system.

“When you get this spike antibody in your system it will permanently and irreversibly change your immune system.  The messenger RNA is the spike protein to develop an antibody against that spike protein.  It means next time you come in contact with a virus the antibody should block you from getting sick.

“However, not only does it not stop you from getting sick, the antibody itself is going to turn on your body and create havoc and massive auto-immune disease. It attacks your organs by molecular mimicry.  It is a genetic modification technology.”  This is an interview, August 28, 2022, with attorney Tom Lenz who discusses the above:  New Bombshells, Justice is Coming as they Panic w/ Tom Renz

Scientists conclude COVID Vaccines reprogram the Immune System causing Lymphocytes to attack Vital Organs, August 24, 2022

Since shortly after the roll-out of those experimental injections (we must stop calling them vaccines), people started dying and suffering from horrible injuries.  I’ve covered the verified numbers for what seems a lifetime ago.  Americans who want the truth have been watching videos on alternate video web sites (since You Tube censors all these doctors and scientists world-wide) have been getting the truth out there which is why there’s been such a massive resistance.

So many lawsuits filed by Americans to keep from losing their job and their life.  My dear friend, Larry Becraft, a constitutional attorney – that lawsuit he’s lead counsel on was filed in June 2021 and still hasn’t gone to trial.  A different one:  EXCLUSIVE: Pfizer Vaccine Whistleblower Responds to Motion to Dismiss False Claims Suit, August 25, 2022.

Killing off our workforce

The number of deaths is staggering.  When a vaccine is given approval by the Federal Death Administration (FDA) and a dozen people die, it’s pulled from the market or the manufacturer is given a warning.  Not for these COVID-19 experimental injections.  People should ask themselves why?  I can answer that:  Politics – as in governors, mayors, city, county and state health officials pushing them on everyone.  What are they going to say now – especially during an election year?

We keep hearing there’s not enough workers or people don’t want to work.  Millions of unfilled jobs so let’s employ illegal aliens in violation of federal immigration laws.  They can’t work because they’ve either died or are now being cut down with heart problems, blood clot problems, developing cancer and the list goes on.  Fifth Largest Life Insurance Company in US Paid Out 163% More for Deaths of Working People ages 18-64 in 2021 After COVID-19 Vaccine Mandates, June 17, 2022

With the number of sick and dying who is going to drive those trucks that deliver what we need to stores?  We’re already short about 80,000 truck drivers.  Electricians, plumbers, butchers, farmers, ranchers, hair dresser, barber, computer jobs of all kinds, airline pilots, our military.  What happens when they’re all too sick to work or have died?  I believe COVID was engineered to be endemic so it will go on year after year and people will continue taking those experimental injections – unless it’s stopped by a massive NO by the world.

How about the huge teacher shortage?  Yes, many refused to take the injections just like doctors and nurses who then quit their jobs.  But, when enough of them die or become too sick to work in job sectors of every stripe, what’s going to happen then?  Estimates are roughly 3.7 BILLION people on this planet have been given those injections.  Think about that.  I have.

I’ve done quite a bit of research on the robot industry.  If you’re going to depopulate a huge number of humans, you still need some way for businesses to operate – with the exception of heart surgery (altho’ robotics is already in use for some functions), dentists or lawyers.  Now even receptionists are being replaced with robots!  You get the idea.  May sound far-fetched until one thinks about the long game and believe me, in between praying a lot, I have.

Now, robotics can be a marvelous thing for things like prosthetics, but my money goes on replacing humans in as many job sectors as possible.  This is an interesting ad:  Invest In The Robots Bringing Manufacturing Back To The United States:  “The United States once dominated global manufacturing. But according to The Bureau of Labor Statistics, US manufacturing’s share of GDP has shrunk more than 50% in just the last 50 years.”  The mass sucking sound started with NAFTA then GATT/WTO and all these other “free” trade treaties.  “Free” trade killed our manufacturing, industrial and agriculture sectors which made America the wealthiest industrial nation in the world.  Once robots replace humans, where will they go for work?

Major U.S. airport deploys giant robots to catch unmasked travelers:  “In Houston, at the George Bush Intercontinental/Houston Airport and William P. Hobby Airport, there were six robots roaming around to disinfect areas, Dallas Culture Map reported.  The Houston Airport System spent close to $1 million for those six robots to go around cleaning surfaces like tables, chairs, doorknobs and keyboards.”  Jobs formerly held by humans.

I’ve seen estimates of 20 million manufacturing jobs worldwide will be lost to robots by 2030.  Hey – it’s great to cut down on the cost of production but what about those workers now out of a job?  What do they use for money to buy products?  How many jobs do robots really replace?

Down below are links – a tiny number as I save them, more than 400 items – because this is absolutely a conspiracy (Cornell Law: Conspiracy is an agreement between two or more people to commit an illegal act, along with an intent to achieve the agreement’s goal.)  The numbers don’t lie.  There are more whistleblowers than you know and they have the evidence.  As I written before, I firmly believe millions of Americans are afraid of the truth because if they believe the science and some of the best scientists and doctors on this planet, fear takes over.  They’ve taken the injections and do not want to even think about what that technology is doing to their body.  Yes, it is frightening.  I do pray for everyone.

I’ve asked this question since early 2021 after people started dying in large numbers:  When will enough dead be enough?  How about all those whose lives now destroyed from those injections (C19 Vac Reactions) – how many is it going to take before cities, counties and governors ban those injections?  Of course, the “fact checkers”, politicians, doctors, health officials will all say the deaths and injured have nothing to with those experimental injections.  BULL.

Every time I do a column on this it just sickens me to my very soul.  Of course, the “fact checkers”, politicians up for reelection and scared to death people who’ve been jabbed will continue to bellow about conspiracy theories.  The “vaccines” have nothing to do with the massive number of deaths and injuries.  BULL.  What’s going on is unprecedented.

I wonder if life insurance and health insurance companies might start going bankrupt or refuse to pay out as the numbers continue to climb?  COVID-19 Vaccines and Informed Consent, August 25, 2022:  “The Society of Actuaries collected and analyzed claims data from twenty life insurance companies that provide group term coverage in the United States, representing roughly 90% of the employer-based group term life insurance industry. All-cause mortality data for the pandemic period (April 1, 2020 through September 30, 2021) was compared to all cause mortality data for the baseline period (2017 through 2019).

“The analysis reveals a dramatic spike in deaths from all causes during the third quarter of 2021 (July 1 through September 30). During that quarter, excess mortality for all policyholders was more than 30% above baseline. The spike in deaths was even more dramatic for working-age people. Excess mortality for people ages 25 to 34 was 81% above baseline, excess mortality for people ages 35 to 44 was 117% above baseline, excess mortality for people ages 45 to 54 was 108% above baseline, and excess mortality for people ages 55 to 64 was 70% above baseline. The dramatic increase in deaths from all causes during the third quarter of 2021, particularly among working age people, undermines the claim that the COVID-19 vaccines are safe and effective…Continued in the PDF link below.”

 Here It Comes, Sept. 9, 2022:  “Another thing we know (this one for certain): a new leading cause of death throughout Western Civ in people under 60 is “Cause Unknown.” At least that’s the official designation because the officials running public health and the medical establishment don’t want to know what’s killing people. Or, more precisely, they don’t want you to know, so they pretend not to know.

“If they suddenly felt the itch of curiosity, they might discover that the mRNA shots were behind the spread of Sudden Adult Death Syndrome (SADS) — the interchangeable and equally ambiguous tag for this mystifying phenomenon.”

The links below are either articles or videos and not in any particular order.  Just remember:  According to the Center for Disease Creation (CDC), the NIH (National Institute of Hell),  health officials, the prostitute media, politicians – those “vaccines” are safe and shame on you for not getting one.  I guess that’s why Congress and their staffs have been exempted from getting them.  CDC Director Admits Agency Gave False Information on COVID-19 Vaccine Safety Monitoring, Sept. 13, 2022:  “Dr. Rochelle Walensky, the agency’s director, said in a letter made public on Sept. 12 that the CDC did not analyze certain types of adverse event reports at all in 2021, despite the agency previously saying it started in February 2021.”

SADS or Sudden Adult Death Syndrome isn’t just adults.   I could list another 50 pages.

High Schooler Has Six Feet Of Blood Clots Removed From Legs  //  16-Year-Old High School Football Player Collapses and Dies After Suffering Medical Emergency During Practice, Sept. 9, 2022 //  61,000 Millennials Aged 25 to 44 Died in 2021 After COVID Vaccine Mandates – 84% Increase in Mortality Rate, Sept. 9, 2022  //  8-Year-Old Boy Dies of Sudden Cardiac Arrest //  Seven Dead Doctors in 14 Days Don’t Lie. The Covid Vaccine is a Killer, August 17, 2022  //  LOOK:  SADS: “Sudden Adult Death Syndrome” Explodes as Young and Healthy Adults Die Following COVID Vaccine Mandates, Sept. 6, 2022  //  17-Year-Old High School Football Player Dies in His Sleep, Sept. 11, 2022 // Following the Science? – 159 Children dead, 1.2k disabled, 14.5k hospitalised & 55k injured due to COVID Vaccination in the USA according to CDC, Sept. 5, 2022

UFC Fighter & Harlequin Romance Cover Model Killed by Vax Induced Cancer (video) – whole set of videos of victims from Hollywood to politicians who pushed those experimental injections.  One is a doctor in shock by the increase in melanoma cancer YTY. // England Study Confirms 100 Myocarditis Deaths After COVID Shots – “In the largest study to date on myocarditis deaths related to COVID-19 vaccination, researchers found that 100 people in England died of myocarditis soon after receiving a COVID-19 vaccine.”  Sept. 15, 2022 //  Medicine Regulators admitted in October 2020 that they knew the COVID Vaccines would cause Heart Damage, Blood Clots, harm to Children & Death, August 27, 2022 // Breaking!!! Covid vaccine claims overwhelm Courts, June 14, 2022, video

American Heart Association Journal: Thrombosis, Cardiomyopathy, and Other Vascular Events Following Vaccination, Nov. 24, 2021:  “The journal Circulation is a well-respected publication. It’s 71-years-old, its articles are peer reviewed and in one survey it was rated the world’s no 1 journal in the cardiac and cardiovascular system category.

“I’m going to quote the final sentence of the abstract which appears at the beginning of the article. This is all I, you – or anyone else – needs to know.  “‘We conclude that the mRNA vacs dramatically increase inflammation on the endothelium and T cell infiltration of cardiac muscle and may account for the observations of increased thrombosis, cardiomyopathy and other vascular events following vaccination.’

“That’s it. That’s the death bell for the covid-19 mRNA jabs.  The endothelium is a layer of cells lining blood vessels and lymphatic vessels. T cells are a type of white cell.  We always knew these jabs were experimental. My video in December 2020, just under a year ago, warned about these specific risks. I read out a list of possible adverse events published officially by the American Government.  But now we have the proof of the link.  The mRNA jab is, remember, known not to stop people catching covid.  And it is known not to stop people spreading it. I don’t believe anyone disputes these facts.”

9-Year-Old With No Pre-existing Conditions Died 2 Weeks After Pfizer Shot, Latest VAERS Data Show, July 29, 2022 – “VAERS data released Friday by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention show 1,357,940 reports of adverse events from all age groups following COVID-19 vaccines, including 29,790 deaths and 247,686 serious injuries between Dec. 14, 2020, and July 22, 2022.”  VAERS (Vaccine Adverse Events Reporting System) is only about 1% data reported.  Do the math.  600% More Deaths Reported In Last 19 Months Than In Entire 32 Year History of VAERS Database, August 8, 2022

1,249 Athlete Heart Attacks, 847 Dead, Since Last Year, Sept. 9, 2022 //  30-Year-Old Rugby Player Dies Suddenly – Leaving Family and Friends “Completely Shocked”, August 23, 2022  //  37-Year-Old Pro Scottish Mountain Biker Dies in His Sleep Two Days After Winning Bike Championship, August 24, 2022  //  Breaking!!! Covid vaccine claims overwhelm Courts

I am not a doctor and this is not medical advice but if I had taken those injections (which isn’t going to happen), I would ask my doctor to order a D-Dimmer test.  Quoting from my column, July 26, 2021

Dr. Charles Hoffe Reveals Blood Clots in Majority of Vaccinated Patients and Speaks of “Permanently-Damaged Hearts”, July 21, 2021 – “This Vaccine is Quite Clearly More Dangerous Than COVID-19” – “Dr. Hoffe sent an open letter shortly after in April 2021 to the Provincial Health Officer in BC enumerating all his concerns and questions, something he describes on the Laura Lynn and Friends show (video linked below). In his letter he mentions the ruination of lives of patients now reporting chronic pain, neuromuscular weakness, serious neurological problems, and questions the continuing of the vaccine, when “this vaccine is quite clearly more dangerous than Covid-19…8. So my last question is this: Is it medically ethical to continue this vaccine rollout, in view of the severity of these life altering side-effects, after just the first shot? In Lytton, BC, we have an incidence of 1 in 225 of severe life altering side-effects, from this experimental gene modification therapy.”

“Dr. Charles Hoffe has found 62% of his patients experienced elevated D-dimer levels after the vaccine.  He’s administered over 900 doses. Dr. Hoffe did his own research to try and find out why his patients were exhibiting micro-blood clotting after getting one of those injections.  This is a must watch short video. This is a very frightening prediction:  Those who took the injection likely will die within three years.”

Dr. Hoffe went public not naming any patient.  The jack-booted medical thugs in Canada under maniac dictator Justin Trudeau have gone after that courageous man big time.  The modern day Stasi are ruling California:  California Lawmakers Pass Bill to Punish Dissenting Doctors for ‘Misinformation’

Sustained, As-Yet Unheard of Excess Mortality Trend Strikes Switzerland, Sept.10, 2022  //  Is it the shot? Deaths soaring in area with 95% COVID-vaccination rate, Sept. 11, 2022  //  Major nation bans COVID vaccine for children under 12, Sept. 7, 2022:  “In May, despite Pfizer trial data showing the chance of death in children from the shot is 107 times higher than death from COVID-19, the FDA approved Pfizer booster shots for children 5-11.”

UK Government Admits Covid Vaccinated Children Are 4423% More Likely to Die of Any Cause & 13,633% More Likely to Die of Covid-19 Than Unvaccinated Children, Sept. 12, 2022 //  The British Government Has Begun Paying $140,000 for COVID-19 Vaccine Damage Victims, August 26, 2022 //  Vaccines are taking an average of 5 months to kill people //  Landmark First Peer-Reviewed Study on Pfizer and Moderna Covid Vaccines Confirms ‘Excess Risk’ of Adverse Side Effects, Sept. 2, 2o22

Embalmer Sounds Alarm: Massive Increase in Strange Blood Clots and Cancer, ‘It’s not Normal, It’s Drastic’ (Exclusive Interview), Sept. 16, 2022 READ

Over Half of Babies, Toddlers Suffered ‘Systemic Reaction’ after COVID Shot, Sept. 4, 2022  // UK Gov. confirms 9 in every 10 COVID Deaths over the last year have been among the Fully/Triple Vaccinated, August 27, 2022:  “Official figures published by the UK Government reveal the fully/triple vaccinated population have accounted for over 9 in every 10 Covid-19 deaths in England over the past year, 91% of all Covid-19 deaths since the beginning of 2022, and 94% of all Covid-19 deaths since the beginning of April 2022.”

Medicine Regulators admitted in October 2020 that they knew the COVID Vaccines would cause Heart Damage, Blood Clots, harm to Children & Death, August 27, 2022  //  Trail of death: Latest actuarial data connects excess deaths to covid vaccine mandates, August 26, 2022  //  Just Remember how many colleges and universities in this country have demanded students get those injections or they’re kicked out.  All these healthy young people dying or injured is no damn coincidence.  She was only 21:  Northern Iowa Swimmer Passes Away, Cause of Death Not Released, July 30, 2022

‘Toxicity’: U.K. stops recommending COVID vax for pregnant women – Government cannot demonstrate that the shots are safe,  August 30, 2022  //  Outrageous:  Unvaxxed Coast Guard cadets ‘escorted out like criminals’ & 3 have nowhere to go; booted by Academy, Sept. 1, 2022  //  COVID Vaccine Propaganda Busted – High Deaths and Cancers, August 12, 2022  //  US Government Data Confirms a 143,233% Increase in Cancer Cases Due to COVID Shots, August 25, 2022  //  10,000% Increase in Cancers Following COVID-19 Vaccines as Doctors and Scientists Worldwide Sound the Alarm, August 2, 2022  //  Biden Claims mRNA ‘Gene Therapy’ Vaccines Will ‘Prevent Cancers’ In Bizarre Live Speech (It’s called propaganda.)

Covid Vaccine Destroys Natural Immunity, NEJM Study Shows, Sept. 12, 2022 (Which is why the person develops autoimmune diseases.  80 of them for which there are no cures.  Crimes against humanity.  A very important read.)  //  (Uh, oh) WATCH: EU MPs are fed up! – Big Pharma under cross-examination!  //  Silenced healthcare workers speak out publicly for the first time, August 26, 2022 //  Must Watch Steve Kirsch Analysis: the Covid Hoax is Collapsing – If you’re unfamiliar with Steve Kirsch, he has more money that we’ll ever see in ten lifetimes.  Bio:  “Steve Kirsch is a retired high tech serial entrepreneur based in Silicon Valley. See stevekirsch.substack.com for his Substack. Steve has started seven companies with a combined market cap of over $2 billion: Mouse Systems, Frame Technology, Infoseek, Propel, Abaca, OneID, Token, and M10. He received a BS and MS in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science from MIT in 1980.”

Covid vaccines have killed at least three-quarters of a million people in the United States so far, and the body count keeps growing, June 29, 2022:  “When will America finally reach the point of saying enough?”  //  CDC now says covid jabs causing myocarditis isn’t “misinformation” after all, after YEARS of Big Tech censorship for those who said it first, Sept. 14, 2022  //  “Ethically Unjustifiable” – Scientists from Harvard & Johns Hopkins Found Covid-19 Vaccines 98 Times Worse Than the Virus, Sept. 12, 2022  //  Mystery Clots Appear in 50–70 Percent of Deceased: Funeral Director, Sept. 6, 2022  //  VIDEO: Megi Bakradze- the First Nurse to Receive AstraZeneca Vaccine in 2021 — DIED 24 Hours Later //

Will those responsible for this massive crime against humanity – SARS-CoV-2 and those injections ever be held accountable?  Will the truth finally be revealed?   Yes, and soon which is all I can say for now.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related:

Watch these victims of the injections.  Real people.  Real horror.  Scroll down to The Highwire video.

COVID-19 Shots: The Dead Have Names, (Mine) April 26, 2021

Legal Challenges Begin in India: Bombay High Court Issues Notice to Indian Government, Bill Gates and Others in Connection to Vaccine Death, Sept. 4, 2022

Quite a bit of the film appears to be in China but there is much more in this video people should see.  The Line in the Sand… “Vaxxine induced” Sudden Adult Death Syndrome… Take a Stand and Make This Go Viral!

COVID-19: The Omega Brief (Mine, Sep. 13, 2021) filled with horrific proven data, information and facts

COVID-19: Weaponized Flu Designed to be Endemic (Mine, Dec. 13, 2021)

Digital Humanity Heading Toward a Digital World Reality: A Robotic and Distorted Environment Without Culture, Caring, or Intellect

By Kathleen Marquardt

Agenda 21/2030 use interlocking 3 Es – Economic Prosperity, Ecological Integrity, and Social Equity (or in ethical language Eugenics, Eviction, and Enslavement) to define the goal of Sustainable Development.

Economic Prosperity

To achieve the so-called Economic Prosperity required carry out the plan requires that those who control the world, in the words of the late Rosa Koire, they must first “inventory and control all land, all water, all minerals, all plants, all animals, all construction, all means of production, all energy, all education, all information, and all human beings in the world.”

To be able to control all human beings in the world means they will first have to reduce the population. There is no way the global elites would be able to control 8 billion people And, there is no way they could feed that many. But they have no plans to feed even half that many. To “cure” starvation” their answer is to get rid of those who are starving along with most of the middle class. We are no longer needed nor wanted. And, we are the class that will not go willingingly.

Overpopulation is a root problem of all the environmental issues. If you can control the population, you can control almost anything. Rinkesh Kukreja, Founder – Conserve Energy Future

It’s terrible to have to say this. World population must be stabilized and to do that we must eliminate 350,000 people per day. Jacques Cousteau speaking at UNESCO, Nov. 1991

A 2009 study titled “Reproduction and the carbon legacies of individuals,” looked at the relationship between population growth and global warming. It determined that the “carbon legacy” of just one child can produce 20 times more greenhouse gas than a person will save by driving a high-mileage car, recycling, using energy-efficient appliances and light bulbs, etc. “Clearly, the potential savings from reduced reproduction are huge compared to the savings that can be achieved by changes in lifestyle,” Global Population SPEAKOUT, Paris 2015

The preamble to Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development reads:

This Agenda is a plan of action for people, planet and prosperity. It also seeks to strengthen universal peace in larger freedom. We recognize the eradicating poverty in all its forms and dimension, including extreme poverty, is the greatest global challenge and an indispensable requirement for sustainable development. (emphasis mine).

The global elite feel quite certain that they will attain all 17 goals of Agenda 2030 in the allotted time. How do they plan to have poverty in all its forms and dimension, including extreme poverty, eradicated worldwide by 2030? We are watching it before our eyes.

• The annual abortion rate worldwide is 73 million.
• The UK Medicine Regulator has confirmed that over a period of nineteen months the Covid-19 Vaccines have caused at least 5.5x as many deaths as all other available vaccines combined in the past 21 years.
• This means, that when compared side by side, the Covid-19 injections are a shocking 7,402%/75x more deadly than every other vaccine available in the UK.
• Bill Gates, China, and other globalist parties (including BlackRock and Vanguard are buying up U.S. farm and ranch land.
• China has bought over 1 million hectares (over 2 ½ million acres) of ranchland in South and Central America.
• (What does buying up ranch and farm land have to do with population reduction? That land is now no longer and will not be producing for the general population.)
• Food production plants and agricultural operations are being burned down, almost daily.
• The World Economic Forum’s agenda is to stop growth and decide what industries to shut down. People out of work will starve sooner, but the rest of us are slated to be ashes, fertilizer for forests, or perhaps even soylent green for those not yet taken out.
• 87,000 new IRS agents are being sought who were to “carry a firearm and be willing to use deadly force” (yes, those words were on the IRS jobs webpage until the backlash spurred the IRS to remove the words (but is the requirement still there?). We should not be surprised that an unconstitutional amendment must be backed up by force.
• Because our country is being run by immoral liars and wannabe world tyrants, we, (mostly the middle class) are the only ones still ruled by a moral compass. Thus, we are the targets.

Quotes re eugenics:

The most important question in 21st-century economics may well be, ‘What should we do with all the superfluous people, once we have highly intelligent non-conscious algorithms that can do almost everything better than humans?‘ Yuval Noah Harari, assistant to Klaus Schwab

In order to arrest or reverse Climate Change you’ve got to stabilize the population, and hopefully, reduce the population by having a one child family for a hundred years. Get population back down to about two to two and a half billion people. Ted Turner

If you haven’t given voluntary human extinction much thought before, the idea of a world with no people in it may see strange. But, if you give it a chance, I think you might agree that the extinction of Homo sapiens would mean survival for millions, if not billions of Earth-dwelling species. . . . Phasing out the human race will solve every problem, om earth, social and environmental” Les U. Knight, Wild Earth, Vol. 1, No 2 (Summer1991), p.72

The Earth as we know it will not survive without drastic measures. . . .the only feasible solution to saving the Earth is to reduce the population to 10 percent of the present number. Professor Pianka, University of Texas, 2006

So, Economic Prosperity is not for the poor, or the middle class. And it probably isn’t for a lot of the upper class. With the few useful idiots the Global Elite need, combined with their robots and artificial intelligent, they expect to live happily ever after. They haven’t read the end of the book: Marxism only destroys. It can only destroy them, also. But I have hopes that they won’t get that far.

Ecological Integrity

Try to nail down the definition of Ecological Integrity. The closest I got is from Conservation Science and Practice, Volume 3, Issue4/e411”The integrity of ecosystems is a property that contemporary conservation biologists and restoration ecologists believe that they can observe and measure, and integrity is often cited as a good reason for taking specific actions, including protecting high-integrity areas and intervening to increase integrity by reintroducing lost species, removing non-natives, and adjusting abiotic elements.”

Under this label lies an enormous amount of anti-human action. The framework for “Ecological Integrity” is the Wildlands Project (brainchild of Dave Foreman[1]  and Reed Noss), now the Wildlands Network. Under the guise of saving endangered species. The legal framework for the plan is found in Article 8a-e of the Convention on Biological Diversity. Working in tandem with the Biosphere Reserve Program, a 1971 creation of the United Nations Educational, Scientific, Cultural Organization (UNESC0), the Wildlands Project gained an instant international position and became the basis for the U.N.’s Convention on Biodiversity.

Like the two parts of Agenda 21 — ????? and Reinventing Government, The Wildlands Project laid down the blueprint for the reorganization of human society, and the other Convention on Biodiversity detailed how it was to be done.

Simply put, the Wildland Project is divided into 21 Bioregions, which then were divided into three zones:

1. Wilderness area, designated as habitat of plants and animals; human habitation and use or intrusion is forbidden.
2. Buffer zones surrounding the wilderness areas. Limited, and strictly controlled, human access is permitted within this zone.
3. Cooperation zones, the only zones where humans are permitted to live.

The late Dr. Michael Coffman noted the strategy to implement such reserves and corridors would include:

• Start with a seemingly innocent-sounding program like the “World Heritage Areas in Danger”. For example: Bring all human activity under regulation in a 14-18 million acre buffer zone around Yellowstone National Park.
• Next, declare all federal land (except Indian reservations) as buffers, along with private land that is within federal administration boundaries.
• Next, extend the U.S. Heritage corridor buffer zone concept along major river systems. Begin to convert critical federal lands and ecosystems to reserves.
• Finally, convert all U.S. Forest Service, grasslands, and wildlife refuges to reserves. Add missing reserves and corridors so that 50% of the landscape is preserved.
• Each of the 21 bioregions will be governed by a bioregion council.
• “When the councils come into play, local, state, and national government will not be able to interfere with their governance. It will be under the strong arm of the UN Environmental organizations such as the Sierra Club, Nature Conservancy or other Green organizations which will be given the green light (to be) the enforcement arm of these councils at the local level.” (Karen Lee Bixman, “The Takings of America)

Other asymmetrical warfare means of taking land are:

• by denying water and/or grazing rights to farmers and ranchers or limiting their use of pesticides and herbicides, which in turn will force the farmers and ranchers out of business, causing the land to possibly fall into the hands of the federal gov’t.
• when Wilderness Areas, Parks, etc. are established. Not only the land is out of production, but, the mineral resources underground or forest above can also be made off-limits for development.
• by expanding the legal definition of a wetland. By making any trickle of water or puddle a wetland, the EPA can prevent the development of the land and all the land around it. This makes the land worth less and easy to acquire by sundry entities including the gov’t.
• when an endangered species is located within a forest. Then large areas around this area are made off-limits to development, and once again, the land loses its value and is easily acquired by gov’t.
• by the direct taking of land through eminent domain.

… when Road RIP, a non-governmental organization, was created for the sole purpose of removing existing roads and preventing the construction of new roads into wilderness areas. Then humans are locked away from land that was once served by roadways.

… when urban boundaries are created around a town, beyond which development may not occur and/or utilities may not be provided. This will destroy the economic value of the rural lands around the town. Comprehensive Land Use Plans in existence today and their policies are creating this scenario.

…  when the government declares land part of a flood plain, then forces the homeowners to give up their homes. The homes are then destroyed and the land is not allowed to be developed. The government gets a 2-fer if the land is along a river.  Then, not only is the land off-limits to development, the government has total control of the river and the priceless water it contains.

… when a land trust purchases private property rights from a land owner for promises from the land owner to do certain environmentally friendly things. In return the land owner and his heirs are then able to stay on this land in perpetuity.

Social Equity

“The social equity dimension of sustainability refers to how burdens and benefits of different policy actions are distributed in a community. The more evenly they are distributed, the more equitable the community is, and this even distribution is reflected in economic, ecologic, and social outcomes.” Google

That definition is communism. And the global elite wish us to see it more in that light than what they are doing under the sobriquet of social justice.

As I see equity as it is now being used as a whipping tool against, depending on the day, anything that doesn’t line up with the Marxist, Cancel Culture neo-shibboleth of the day. So, every day, white, male, Christians, children who are still the sex they were born are unacceptable. For a while, it was the founding fathers and other heroes who helped form America. Those are, mostly, on the trash heaps and in the burned book piles.

It is also being used to attempt to order that in every business and field of endeavor, be filled by the proportional equivalent of the general population. Has anyone checked the proportions of those classes in the Global Elite?

Plus, somehow equity has become the definition of “if you are anti-free market economics you can plunder businesses; if you are an illegal alien, you can be set free (because it was racist to put you in jail for murder), and you can go murder some more. Keep in mind, this helps on the E for Eugenics.

Once we are all equal – equally stupid, equally poor, equally non-property owners, we are slaves – owned by the Global Elite.

Washington State Supreme Court Justice Richard B. Sanders said it best:

“Property in a thing consists not merely in its ownership and possession, but in the unrestricted right of use, enjoyment, and disposal. Anything which destroys any of the elements of property, to that extent, destroys the property itself. The substantial value of property lies in its use. If the rights u use be denied, the value of the property is annihilated, and ownership is rendered a barren right.

What we are seeing in social justice is being made into slaves by our fellow citizens who are going right down that road with us – they just don’t realize it. Don’t pity them, they deserve it. We don’t.

If, as Mattias Desmet says in The Psychology of Totalitarianism, it takes no more than 30% of the population to fall sway to “mass formation spurred by a singular, focused, crisis narrative that forbids dissident views and relies on destructive groupthink.” Ponder that as you recount the past two years.

Then, please, let’s hear the lion roar – all 60+% of us.

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

[1] Dave Foreman was founder of EarthFirst! a radical environmental group that in invented Monkeywrenching – destroying forest and industrial equipment, spiking trees to maim or kill workers, sabotaging dams, ski lifts, and electrical towers. ↑

By Frosty Wooldridge

September 19, 2022

Part 4:  How do we expect to survive another 100 million immigrants?  How will we maintain our own culture?  What do you expect will happen to your children?

If you watch what’s actually happening at our southern border with over 3,000,000 illegals projected to invade our country in 2022 (2/3 of that figure are already here), are you under any illusion that we will survive this invasion?  How many of us natural-born citizens will be left when over 100,000,000 immigrants land on our shores in the next 27 ½ years from now, by 2050?

Right now, the official count for foreign-born residents of the United States stands at 45.2 million.  Not counted in that census: somewhere between 20 and 25 million illegal alien foreign-born. That’s somewhere north of 70 million foreign-born—with cultures and world views totally different from average Americans.  From there, you must understand that those immigrants birth 1,000,000 of their own babies annually.  Thus, by 2042, Americans will become the new minority within their own country. That’s you, your children and all of us!  (Source: www.PewResearchCenter.org ; www.cis.org)

That’s got to shake you up just a little bit!  If not, you fail to understand the implications.  For a demographic fact, Europeans are being displaced from their own countries.  In fact, Sweden and Norway face total absorption by their immigrants.

Radical Imam: “Sweden is Ours” Days after Sweden’s new pro-Islamic party gloated publicly about “taking over” Skåne County, the province that’s home to the infamous city of Malmö, one of the country’s most radical Islamist preachers claimed Swedish land belongs to Muslims.  Days after Mikhail Yuksel, the leader of Sweden’s new pro-Islamic party, gloated publicly about “taking over” Skåne County. He claimed Sweden belongs to followers of Islam.”

There are 55 million Muslims slowly, and methodically taking over every country in Europe. They mean business. The greater their numbers, the greater their power.  They are actually using democratic laws to work their Sharia Law into place.  Douglas Murray documented it in his book: The Strange Death of Europe: Immigration, Identity, Islam.

You don’t think it could happen over here?  If not, you might be a tad slow on the uptake. The one thing that most people don’t learn from history…is the fact that they don’t learn from history.

As a matter of fact, “Equal if not greater ignorance can be found in America.  A poll carried out in 2020 found that two-thirds of Americans between the ages of eighteen and thirty-nine had no idea that six million Jews were killed in the Holocaust during World War II.”  That coincides with the mall host asking simple questions like,  “How many sides are there two a square?”  Answer by a twenty-something kid, “How should I know?’

So here we are allowing Biden to break our immigration laws, and both houses of Congress aiding him in breaking them…and no one understands the ultimate ramifications of the end result.  As  long as most American aren’t affected at this moment, the nation simply watches the invasion with passive nonchalance.

Did you notice what happened in Martha’s Vineyard when Florida Governor DeSantis dumped 50 illegal aliens onto that multi-billionaire “sanctuary city”?  Answer: within 24 hours, they rounded all of them up and shipped them over to a military base.  In other words, the ultimate N.I.M.B.Y. fraudulent stance of the rich, famous, high and mighty!

Barack Obama’s “wife” once said, “We all need to sacrifice…we need to give up some of our own wealth to provide for others who don’t have anything.” (para)  When 50 illegal migrants knocked on her door, she called for a bus to ship them out.”

Barack Obama said, “America is and always has been, a nation of immigrants. Throughout our history, immigrants have come to our      shores in wave after wave from every corner of the globe. Everyone of has an ancestor who was born somewhere else.  The basic idea of welcoming immigrants to our shores is central to our way of life. It is in our DNA.”  Notwithstanding, Mr. Obama called for the busses to carry 50 illegal migrants away from his sprawling 29-acre mansion and estate.  Maybe his “sanctuary” policy stems from his Kenyan origins.  Obama was America’s first anchor baby president.  Who really knows?  We do know that he carries a fraudulent Social Security card number of a dead man from Connecticut—given to him by his mother who worked in that government office. The final story on Obama hasn’t been told, but one day, it will be exposed by a top journalist.

In 2019, Joe Biden said, “We want an unrelenting stream of immigration. Non-stop. Non-stop. Folks like me who were Caucasian, of European descent, for the first time, we’ll be an absolute minority in the United States of America. Absolute minority.  Fewer than 50 percent of people in America, from then on, will be of white European stock. That’s not a bad thing.  That’s the source of our strength.” (Biden speech, Washington DC. April 26, 2019) I would suggest that his dementia was in full swing at that time because such a statement proves that he was/is totally out of his mind.

How do I know?  India is a nation of minorities and over 100 languages. They cannot and do not work on the same page.  That’s why 70 percent of 1.3 billion Indians do not have access to a toilet and that nothing ever changes to improve that country out of its own misery.

Reframing America’s History To That Of An Evil Nation

At this point, writers, newspapers and the media push the “1619 Project” as the “true” founding of America.  It’s a black perspective.  Now, we have Critical Race Theory tearing down the very fabric of America’s Constitution.  If you add ANTIFA, La Raza, Sharia Law and Black Lives Matter, you’ve got a wholesale destruction of the foundation of America’s origins, its Constitution and its laws.  Worse, the very system that built the United States into a prospering, free country—capitalism—faces a very uncertain future.  I personally, suggest, “Steady State Economics” as the only viable alternative.

In the last two years since that carjacking, drug-addict, fentanyl pusher, woman abuser, shoplifter and counterfeit-money-passer George Floyd met his self-demise, angry crowds have torn down statues of Christopher Columbus, General Robert E. Lee, General George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, and many more—as if they can erase history.  That’s interesting when you realize that 2/3 of America’s youth don’t know anything about the 6,000,000 Jews gassed to death in 40 death camps in Germany and Poland during WWII.

What’s the big deal?  Answer: as a former educator, I understand the need for historical perspective. I understand that you must know history in order to NOT repeat the bad things of history.  To pretend that you can erase those bad things proves to be sheer folly.

The harsh reality we face: if we keep allowing endless refugee immigration into America, at some point, whether it’s in Detroit or Minneapolis where a virulent religion prevails, we’ll hear something like what’s happening in Sweden…an imam will proclaim, “Michigan is America’s first Islamic State and Sharia Law dominates…long live Allah.”

In the end, enough American educators, governors, senators and mayors of all our cities need to honor America. Honor its extraordinary accomplishments as a country! Honor everyone and every event in order to understand and make-better for future generations.  Because if we don’t, we’ll find our country filled with angry, illiterate and useless citizens or non-citizens that will not participate in a positive way to carry forth this republic. We will become like another India.

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

Pastor Roger Anghis

September 18, 2022

Most of the corruption I’ve brought forth has been from the Democrat Party simply because they are the most corrupt political entity in America today but the corruption is not limited to them. The Republicans have shown that they believe that we need to do what they say on several occasions as well. I believe it was in the 2012 election in Arizona the Republican Party had a particular candidate in mind for the House of Representatives but the people voted for a different candidate. Imagine that happening in a country that has a representative government. The PEOPLE voting for whom THEY want. Well, that didn’t sit well with the RNC and they pulled all monies and support for the candidate that the people chose and that candidate lost. Well, they are at it again.  Mitch McConnell supported a candidate for the Senate but the candidate that Trump backed, Blake Masters, won the primary and a PAC affiliated with McConnell pulled all funding for Masters. The main super PAC supporting Republican Senate candidates slashed airtime in Arizona, signaling trouble for nominee Blake Masters’s bid to unseat Democratic incumbent Mark Kelly.

The Senate Leadership Fund, an outside group allied with Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell (R-Ky.), said it canceled about $8 million worth of TV, radio and digital ads in Arizona, delaying its entry into the race until October. The cuts were first reported by Politico.

The move comes a week after the super PAC announced an additional $28 million in Ohio to prop up Republican hopeful J.D. Vance.[1]

I don’t want to sound like a sore loser but why does either party think they have the right to demand the people support the choice of the party over the choice of the people.? They were elected to represent us not control us. These are the same tactics used in socialist/communist nation. They make it look like you have a choice but you only get to choose from whom they want you to vote for. That’s not representative government.  That’s communism.

John Kerry, the Democrat presidential candidate in 2004, has a history of anti-American activities that go all the way back to the Viet Nam War. He was involved with a group of traitors, in my book, called the Vietnam Veterans Against the War.  This group worked directly with the Viet Cong and North Vietnamese government without the approval of our war department. That’s called treason. Kerry, while he was yet a Naval Reserve officer, met without official authorization in Paris with representatives of the Viet Cong and the Vietnamese government during the Paris Peace talks. He subsequently returned to the U.S. to implement specific anti-war protests as instructed by Hanoi in a disinformation plan designed to cause the U.S. government to lose the war in by eroding public support.

In June 1970, Kerry met with leaders of both delegations, the Viet Cong and the Vietnamese government, in Paris, in unauthorized discussions that included Madame Binh, the foreign minister of the Provisional Revolutionary Government of South Vietnam, also known as the Viet Cong. Publicly released FBI surveillance reports document that Kerry, then acting as a spokesman for the VVAW, returned to Paris to meet with the North Vietnamese delegation in August 1971 and planned a third trip in November 1971.

Undermining U.S. support for war.

A document captured from the Vietnamese communists during the Vietnam War strongly suggests a close link existed between the Hanoi regime and VVAW while Kerry served as the group’s leading national spokesman. The document, a 1971 “circular” distributed by the Vietnamese communists within Vietnam, discusses strategies to coordinate a national propaganda effort with the activities in the United States undertaken by anti-war activists.[2]

This group also had strong ties with the Black Panthers via Al Hubbard a supposed pilot who had been wounded in combat. Hubbard’s claim to have been a transport pilot wounded in combat was discredited when the Department of Defense released documents demonstrating that though he had been in the Air Force, he was neither a pilot nor an officer, had never served in Vietnam and had never been in combat.[3] This traitor served in the Senate from 1984 until 2013 when Obama selected him for Secretary of State. I can only imagine how much damage he was able to accomplish and how far he was able to push America down the road to socialism. He is now Biden’s Energy Zar.  He’s out there telling us our carbon footprint is too big and we need to drive a Prius, and live in a smaller house while he has 6 houses, 12 cars, 2 yachts, and a private jet.[4]

This is typical of the elite. You have the rules, they make the rules but don’t have to live by them. That’s called communism and the Democrat Party is rife with those that live in that manner. Remember Hillary Clinton?  During the 2016 presidential election, they found that she was operating the Secretary of States office primarily out of her home using a private unsecured server that held classified information.  When the subpoenaed 30,000 emails that were stored on that server, she deleted them. You or I would be in jail at the end of the day if we did that and she’s still breathing free air. They called for her electronic devices, phones, computers, and other communication devices and she took the sim cards out, smashed the phones with hammers, and tried to wipe the hard drives clean. There is only one reason for this and that is you are trying to hide evidence. Again, you or I would be in jail for a long time if we had done that but she is still breathing free air. Democrats don’t live by the laws they make only you and I are required to do that.

If you or I don’t pay our taxes we usually have to pay a hefty fine and maybe do some jail time.  Democrats, not so much.  Civil rights leader Reverend Al Sharpton is in the headlines again, but not for Ferguson or civil rights issues this time. A New York Times report says that the now svelte Reverend and his for-profit businesses owe a chubby $4.5 million in state and federal taxes. It isn’t only the taxman that is not being paid, according to reports. Even worthy causes like hotels, landlords, and travel agencies are getting the cold shoulder from Mr. Sharpton or from his advocacy organization, the National Action Network.[5] Then we have most of the Obama administration who campaigned that everyone rich and poor pay their fair share of taxes: How embarrassing this must be for President Obama, whose major speech theme so far this campaign season has been that every single American, no matter how rich, should pay their “fair share” of taxes.

Because how unfair — indeed, un-American — it is for an office worker like, say, Warren Buffet’s secretary to dutifully pay her taxes, while some well-to-do people with better educations and higher incomes end up paying a much smaller tax rate.

Or, worse, skipping their taxes altogether.

A new report just out from the Internal Revenue Service reveals that 36 of President Obama’s executive office staff owe the country $833,970 in back taxes. These people working for Mr. Fair Share apparently haven’t paid any share, let alone their fair share.[6]

When you compare the government we have today to what our Founders gave us it is obvious that we need to do a restart.  Not the Klaus Schwab kind but the get back to basics kind. What I have written here only scratches the surface of the corruption we have that we must do something about.  November is right around the corner and there’s no better time to start and no better place thqn the ballot box.

© 2022 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

FootNotes:

1. https://www.washingtonpost.com/politics/2022/08/26/arizona-senate-republicans-masters/
2. http://www.wnd.com/2013/01/did-john-kerry-act-as-an-enemy-agent/#mjjtvqoaPI8eAu2C.99
3. http://www.wnd.com/2013/01/did-john-kerry-act-as-an-enemy-agent/#mjjtvqoaPI8eAu2C.99
4. https://news.knowledia.com/US/en/articles/does-john-kerry-own-multiple-houses-cars-and-yachts
5. https://www.forbes.com/sites/robertwood/2014/11/19/lessons-from-rev-al-sharptons-4-5-million-tax-bill
6. https://www.investors.com/politics/columnists/obama-white-house-staff-back-taxes/
7. Defining America’s Exceptionalism, Roger Anghis (Westbow Press, 2011) pp. 36-37

By Rob Pue

September 18, 2022

Recently, I was driving in a small town and stopped for a red light.  As I waited, I noticed something was missing.  Surveillance cameras.  This town had no surveillance cameras at it’s intersections — something most of us have become accustomed to paying no attention to because today, those cameras seem to be everywhere.  But a week later, I was in another small town, about the same size, but this town had some of the most modern, high-tech cameras I’d ever seen, and they were, indeed, everywhere.

I have some questions about those cameras.  For instance, who’s watching?  Are these cameras monitored by someone?  Are they recording video footage, taking still photographs, or what?  I tried doing some research to find out, but found no answers to these questions.

This may seem like a trivial matter, but the bigger issue is that as American citizens, we really have no personal privacy anymore.  Someone is always watching us, collecting information and data about us, and tracking our every move.  You may think this is no big deal because after all, you’re an upstanding citizen and have nothing to hide.  But you’d be surprised how much data and information about you is continually being monitored, and stored.  Just type your name or address into any internet search engine, and you may be surprised at what you find.

In today’s world of high tech, virtually every entity you interact with is collecting information on you.  Of course, this has been going on for years, but things really ramped up in 2006 when a thing called “Facebook” was launched to the public.  It was presented to us as a fun way to connect with family and friends, and make new friends online.  Because it was so user-friendly, it grew quickly, especially with the advent of “smart phones” and other hand-held devices.  Today, nearly 3 million people use Facebook daily, and many are addicted to it.

Initially, I had no interest  at all in Facebook, but I was eventually lured in as well, when it became possible to have special pages for one’s business, or in our case, the ministry of Wisconsin Christian News.  And like so many others, I also had a personal page, where I posted photos of family events, holiday celebrations and activities we would do.  And like everyone else, I was clueless, at first, as to the true intentions and purpose of Facebook.  I believe it was never actually meant to be an innocent social media platform, but rather, very likely it was a construct of one of our government’s three-letter agencies to harvest personal information on every user, who freely gave that information over via the Facebook app.

Think about it: if the government were to demand you supply them with pictures of all your kids, other family members, information and photos of your family vacation, places you traveled, and personal information they had no business knowing about, few would comply.  But using Facebook as a fun form of online entertainment, people handed that information over willingly and proudly.  How many moms took pictures of their little kids’ first day of school, for example, and posted it on Facebook?  By doing this, they not only made that information public knowledge, which was captured and archived forever by the Facebook machine, they also, unknowingly, showed potential child predators exactly what their children looked like and where they could be found on that first day of school.

That’s just one example.  Soon Facebook also began offering another “fun” form of entertainment — quizzes.  They’d develop a quiz called something like, “if you were an animal, what animal would you be?”  You would answer a list of 10-12 questions and then Facebook would reveal that “you’re a bear, because you’re bold and outgoing.”  Or “you’re a butterfly, because you love flowers and love to make people happy.”  Other quizzes tested your knowledge on subjects like history, math or problem solving.  Others offered to reveal to you your ideal career, based on the answers you gave in the quiz.

Friends, it didn’t take me long to understand that these were not just fun little games Facebook was offering.  They were personality profiles.  Most would never willingly give up such personal information by completing a personality profile on a site like Facebook.  But disguised as a fun game, millions turned over their personal, private thoughts and ideas without knowing it.  And all this data is now archived, along with countless photographs and videos and untold amounts of other personal information which is now stored in the Facebook “metaverse” forever.

How many of us read the fine print in the dozens of pages in the User Agreement when we signed up for Facebook?  My guess is, almost nobody.  We just scrolled down and clicked on “accept terms” and now all that personal information we willingly handed over is the property of Facebook.

Then, a few years ago, Facebook started to crack down on free speech.  If you posted something they didn’t agree with or like, you’d be banned — tossed into “Facebook jail” for 30 days or more, not allowed to use the site.  Others were “shadow banned.”  This is where you THINK you’re posting to a large group of people but almost no one is seeing your posts.  That’s what happened with our Wisconsin Christian News page.  We had about 30,000 people following our Facebook page, but I doubt if more than 20 were actually being allowed to see our posts, because they were Christian and conservative messages we were posting.  I pulled the plug completely on Facebook a couple years ago, after becoming “fed up” with all the nonsense.

Amazon is another invasive corporation that’s spying on you all the time.  Evan Greer, the director of a nonprofit Digital Rights Organization stated, “People tend to think of Amazon as an online seller company, but really Amazon is a surveillance company. That is the core of its business model, and that’s what drives its monopoly power and profit.”  Amazon is designed to be extremely user-friendly.  People can purchase just about anything with a few clicks of a button and have it delivered to their home in a day or two.  But Amazon is much more than just a place to shop.

According to an article at AmericanMilitaryNews.com, “Last year, an Amazon customer reportedly requested all of the data that the tech giant has collected on her through her home devices, including smart speakers like the Dot and Echo, and was stunned to see Amazon had compiled thousands of voice recordings, location data and more.” 

You may appreciate having your own video surveillance cameras to protect your home and property.  Many use the “Ring” video doorbell — but that’s owned by Amazon and it’s providing the tech giant with more personal information about you than you realize.  Not to mention those “Alexa” devices in millions of homes.  “Alexa” is a wi-fi device that you keep in your home and is supposed to serve as a virtual assistant.  Simply ask Alexa a question and you’ll get an audible spoken answer from this machine, after it searches the internet for information.  You can also order things through Amazon by simply speaking the words now.

Most recently, Amazon acquired the iRobot company, maker of “Roomba” vacuum cleaners.  These automated vacuum cleaners are sold to customers as super-easy and convenient.  They vacuum for you and learn to avoid obstacles in your home and they even automatically empty the collection bin, then return to their charging station, automatically.

But did you catch what I said there?  They learn to avoid obstacles in your home.  Sounds good, right?  So they don’t crash into your furniture or get stuck on the stairs.  Here’s the creepy part: these robot vacuums, now owned by Amazon, one of the most invasive personal data collection companies in the world, are also MAPPING the interior of your home and storing that information in their archives.  So now, not only is Amazon listening to everything you say and do in your home through Alexa or any number of other online devices, they’re also mapping the floor plan of your home.  What could possibly go wrong?

And for those who don’t know, Google is way more than an internet search engine.  They own an astounding number of companies and have their hands in everything.  Did you know they own the “Android” company — maker of “smart phones?”  They also own Fitbit.  So with your Fitbit watch, you may think you’re just keeping track of your daily exercise, diet and personal health… but all that information goes directly to Google.  I wonder who reviews your personal health information after that.

A few years ago, we installed an electronic thermostat called the “Nest” in our home.  It was meant for convenience, of course, and allows us to control the temperature in our home remotely, through our smart phones.  But recently, the Nest company was acquired by Google, and in order to continue to heat our home, we were forced to set up an account with Google.  No big deal, right?  Well, our thermostat has become increasingly “nosey.”  For example, each month we get an email detailing our energy usage.  If you use less energy, you earn a “leaf” — but if you use more energy than the previous month, you lose “leaves.”  Forgive me if I sound paranoid, but this sounds like the beginning of establishing our “social credit score” based on our energy usage, which could very well lead to forced compliance with the Green New Deal.  And of course, the penalties for using more energy than the government approves of will be a lot greater than losing an imaginary “leaf.”

I would also caution everyone to stop using Gmail immediately, unless you’re ok with Google reading and storing your personal emails to build an even larger personal profile on you.

Of course, MANY very invasive new technologies are already integrated into all the flat screen TVs in peoples’ homes.  Several years ago, we were warned that these TVs were not only listening to us, but also watching everything that goes on in our homes.  Also available on the market are wi-fi wired refrigerators, washers and dryers and other household appliances — all collecting data and information, 24/7, and storing it — somewhere, for someone.

And if you use a “smart phone,” be aware, that it, too, is always listening, and often watching you through the built-in camera.  Even if it’s turned off.  In the “old days,” if you wanted privacy from your “nosey” phone, you could simply remove the battery.  But that’s impossible with the new phones.  To get that privacy now, you need to turn your phone off and put it inside a “faraday” bag, which blocks RFID transmission.

Friends, Big Tech is monitoring, harvesting and storing all of your personal information, every keystroke on your computer; every call you make, every photo you take — they’ll be watching you.  We’ve witnessed the death of personal privacy in America, and nothing good can come from this.

Recently, we learned of the IRS hiring 87,000 new “special agents,” willing to carry firearms and use deadly force if “necessary.”  Another rogue three-letter government agency that’s been weaponized by the Leftists.  Last year, Biden’s “American Rescue Plan” (sounds legit, right?) proposed that banks would be required to report to the IRS all personal transactions of $600 or more.  After a great deal of backlash, that amount was raised to $10,000 or more.  But it makes little difference, because this is an ANNUAL amount.  In other words, anyone who holds a bank account with activity of $10,000 or more per year will be flagged for reporting to the newly weaponized IRS.  It’s pretty hard to live on less than $10,000 a year.  So in other words, banks must report virtually everyone with an account to the IRS now.  And some wonder why those 87,000 new agents will need to be armed and required to use deadly force.  Our personal privacy has been dead and buried for a while now, and I believe we’re in “warp speed” headed toward a “social credit score” society — just like they use in Biden’s favorite country, China.

Audio CDs and text versions of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 371.

© 2022 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

By Butch Paugh

September 18, 2022

There can be no doubt that the world is becoming darker and more depressing every day. The people of the world seem to be in constant turmoil, full of frustration and getting angrier every day! Unless an individual has been completely engulfed in the “ways” of mankind and the world “system”, there is no way that they can’t see the insanity and mass confusion that has overwhelmed the whole world and the people of the earth.

The masses are getting desperate! Their whole little “world is crumbling around them! Their hearts and minds are full of anxiety and fear! Most have dysfunctional families. The “natural” love that families and mankind had at one time that kept society somewhat steady and secure, has vanished and been replaced by a “perverted” and lustful “feeling”! It is not the nurturing, tender and compassionate caring that once held the fabric of families and communities together in a bond of peace and contentment.

Their hearts and minds have become places of darkness! Full of all manner of tormenting thoughts and feelings! They are desperately striving to escape this horrific “prison” of pain, fear and desperation! They are driven to “doctors” to seek help. They are given the only remedy mankind has to offer. Drugs! Or, as God’s Word describes these mind-controlling and mind altering “medicines” (drugs), as witchcraft! Gal. 5:20 Or pharmacy or “pharmakeia”! Also means “sorcery” and magic. (Strong’s 5331) The same meaning as the words “sorcery” that is written in Rev. 9:21 and 18:23.

Anti-depressants, uppers, downers, “nerve” pills and other quick, temporary “fixers” of the “symptoms” of a far too serious disease that man simply cannot cure! If they can’t obtain “legal” drugs, they find a ready supply of “fixes” on the streets! They can never be cured and rescued from the darkness and torment that fills their lives, but for a little while they can have their senses numbed against the pain!

Yet, through this maze and haze of confusion and fear some still try to function and cope with mostly an empty facade of a “normal” life. Hoping that the next “election” will bring sanity back to their world! That somewhere, somehow an individual will come forth to “stabilize” things once again. And “he” will! This individual will be the answer to the hopes, wishes and “prayers” of the masses and even to many who “falsely” think they are born again followers of Christ. Those who are caught up in this world system who depend on mans’ system to sustain them! (Mt. 7:21-23, Jer. 17:5, Dan. 8:25) In Daniel 8:25 there are three words used to reveal, to those who will receive the truth of God’s Word, as to how this “man” will come to be the long awaited savior of the world! Please read the verse again and notice these words used in the 1611 KJV Bible. (Throw the other “perversions” out now!) Peace, policy and craft. In order to understand how his deception will work, we need to know what each word mean according to the Strong’s Exhaustive Concordance.

peace – Strong’s No. 7962 – security (genuine or false): prosperity, peaceably, abundance. Also refers back to 7951 – to be tranquil, i.e. secure or successful, prosper, safety

policy- Strong’s No. 7922 – intelligence, understanding, wisdom, prudence, knowledge and discretion.

craft- Strong’s No. 4820 – Fraud, deceit, false, guile, feigned, subtlety and treachery.

Yes, this “answer” to the hope, wishes and prayers of the people of the world will “seem” to be their final needed “fix”! He will bring into plain view his kingdom and his followers will worship him thinking he is their messiah! (Rev. 13:11-18)

His kingdom is being manifested over the whole earth in the “policies” he has given mankind in “his” wisdom, letting them “think” it’s all their ideas and policies. Most people never realize, comprehend or understand that they are being totally deceived! Their “god” has them blinded! (II Cor. 4:4, Eph. 4:18) The masses have turned from their Creator to man and his “promised” benefits! Faith in God for his provision is no longer needed. We have “welfare”! (Mt. 6:25-34, Phil. 4:19) We have provoked our Provider to jealousy! (Ex. 34:14)

His, (the anti Christ’s), kingdom is quickly coming to fruition at a speed that is increasing every day. George Bush Sr. called it the new world order. Klaus Schwab and others are calling it the great reset. Their stated time for this all to be brought forth is the year 2030! But, only Jehovah God knows the exact date! If nations would bring forth heartfelt repentance, there surely could be a reprieve! But sadly, even most “churches” have very little idea or much concern about their sins of commission and omission!

Folks, we must try not to deceive ourselves or be deceived by others! (I Tim. 4:1, II Tim. 4:13, II Pet. 2:1-3) The most heart- breaking truth is the fact that the real “Fix” is offered to all! No cost at all to those who “will” receive The “Cure” for the darkness, fear and torment that plague most of the minds and hearts of mankind. The man of sin, known as the beast, anti-Christ and other names, will have a temporary fix! He is bringing massive chaos to the people of the world, but then he will bring about his “order” and dispel chaos temporarily. Do not be deceived!

If only the pure light of Christ was being preached and lived by all those who call themselves His followers, perhaps we would see healing spread around the world. Unfortunately, Matthew 5:13 pretty much describes the “light” of the church today! Many, many “Christians” I speak to seem to be depressed, angry, frustrated, tormented and walking in fear themselves! Friends, this ought not be so! If you are living in darkness, torment and fear, you are not walking in Christ and His light! Here are a few promises from God’s Word to help you understand that victory of this world system is available to all who receive the truth through faith in His promises!

First, and most importantly, you must live by faith in Him and His promises! It is impossible to have victory in Christ otherwise! (Heb. 10:23, 11:6, Rom. 1:17, Heb. 10:38) When an individual sincerely repents and trusts Christ to become His Saviour and Lord, the darkness, torment and fear is dispelled from their hearts and minds. In Colossians 1:13 we are promised to be taken out of the power (authority) of darkness into the Kingdom of Christ. If we walk in Christ we are no longer in darkness. (John 8:12, Eph. 5:8, Rev. 21:24) As we are promised in Phil. 3:20, we become “citizens” of Heaven. The word ‘conversation’ in this verse is Strong’s no. 4175. It literally means “citizenship”. Wow! Victory in Jesus!

In closing this article, let me bring one more fact to your mind. And that fact is that no matter how close you walk with Christ, you are still in the world! You will have trouble and tribulations as all men do! But by remaining “faithful” to God and His Word, we can overcome this world’s heartaches and trials! (John 16:33, I John 4:3-4, 5:4, I Tim. 3:12-13)

There is absolutely no reason for anyone to walk in fear, anxiety, depression, turmoil or anger. Christ is ready, willing and able to deliver you from Satan’s kingdom of darkness and slavery! (John 14:27, 16:33)

If you have any questions about His promise of salvation and hope of eternal life, please feel free to contact me at 304-846-4448 or at pastorbutch@startmail.com.

© 2022 Butch Paugh – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Butch Paugh: ctdm@hotmail.com

By Steven Yates

September 17, 2022

Queen Elizabeth II was born April 21, 1926, and passed away September 8, 2022. The world she left was horrifically different from the one she was born into. Understatement of the century. Should conservatives honor her life and legacy?

My answer would be a qualified Yes. My answer acknowledges that she wasn’t perfect, nor was the Royal Family free of assorted question marks. Be this as it may, Queen Elizabeth’s life seemed to reflect something that is rapidly disappearing: class. Not in the economic sense. In the sense of cultivated behavior that reflects dignity, self-respect, proper manners, and a sense that with great wealth and power (she had both) comes great responsibility — not to gain more wealth and power, but to watch over and serve that portion of the world to which one has been entrusted.

A controversy has erupted over conservatives paying respects to her memory. Tucker Carlson defended doing so in one of his recent commentaries.

I imagine that was hard for liberals to hear. After all, British colonialism is very much out of fashion. To defend it? Gasp! How unwoke can you be?!?!

Carlson, to his credit, couldn’t care less about being woke. So as he is wont to do, he provided a dose of truth in a world saturated by wokery’s lies.

The British empire, rising as did beginning in the seventeenth century and whatever else one says about it — no one says it was perfect — was more humane, decent, and civilizing than anything the twentieth century produced.

What did the British empire help bring about? Rising living standards everywhere it and its agents set up shop. Improved medical care. Falling crime rates.

What happened after it withdrew (and became the present-day Commonwealth)? Living standards fell. Governance grew deadly. Uganda, as Carlson points out, got Idi Amin for a spell. Rhodesia eventually became Zimbabwe, with everything that name invokes, going from one of the richest countries in the world to one of the poorest in just one generation. South Africa got “majority rule,” but also massive political corruption, violent crime, and a minority of whites who justifiably fear for their lives. Now Chinese economic hit men are moving in. How many Africans silently wish the British had never left?

Just the truth here, without trigger warnings that have become hallmarks of a hypersensitivity that protects lies, wokery, and corruption.

What made the British empire a superior form of life? That’s an easy question.

It was joined at the hip with what was still fundamentally a Christian-based civilization, even if secularized financial elites were already sabotaging its upper echelons.

By the time Elizabeth II was born, Christian culture was being dismantled apace, and being replaced by materialism. What enabled materialism in addition to financial liberation were Darwinism, Freudianism, and the rising technocrat mindset that started with Auguste Comte. This mindset rejects original sin and embraces its opposite: human beings can perfect themselves by their own means. All we have to do is place ourselves in the hands of “the experts.” Technocracy proclaims itself the path to a “scientifically designed world” and to a more perfect human. This last is called transhumanism.

GloboCorp — or the superelite, hellbent on establishing a world government serving its global corporations — is a natural product of this worldview. Present-day elites are as different from those of yesteryear as night is from day. There were elites of yesteryear who merited being called aristocrats. To them, excellence mattered. Grace mattered. Proper décor mattered. Leadership meant service, not domination.

Achievement mattered. The first corporations emanating from the Anglo-European world spread the rising scientific-technological-commercial mindset, but within an ethos that sought to improve the lives of those to whom its purveyors had been entrusted. True, they did not always succeed, because those they contacted weren’t welcoming of what the West offered. Sometimes this was indeed Westerners’ own fault. A Christian worldview is no guarantee against corruption and wealth’s abuses. Corporations such as British East Trading Co. controlled as much wealth as governments. Wealth is power. Power corrupts. No one with a brain denies this.

Nevertheless, the visible aristocrats of the day were about something other than money and power, and this makes them very unlike their equivalents today.

Money and power become the summum bonum of every culture materialism overwhelms, whether those who think materialism reflects “the scientific view of the universe” or not, whether they wish to retain (essentially Christian) “ideals of truth, justice, and equality” or not. Sometimes sooner, sometimes later, materialism engenders death cultures.

Communism and Nazism were about power and domination, and the result was the mass slaughter of millions of innocent people. Both are rooted in variations on the modern materialist worldview, in which there is no Creator, no transcendent reality, no moral compass rooted in eternal truths, and hence nothing above history and society — and those able to seize the reins of power.

One of the most important consequences of the materialist outlook: when all is said and done, lives don’t matter, especially if they become inconvenient. Entire populations are thus expendable. Our holocaust is hidden by such innocuous-sounding euphemisms as women’s reproductive rights.

Thus Communism, thus Nazism, thus the pro-abort mindset of Planned Parenthood: sick branches from the same diseased tree and roots.

Neither do capitalism and materialism mix! I think none other than Adam Smith understood this at some level. His Wealth of Nations notes that businessmen are subject to corruption and that “market forces” alone are insufficient to prevent the formation of cartels and monopolies. He was thinking of government regulation, of course, and that invites the question, who regulates the regulators? In the absence of self-regulation in accordance with a Christian worldview in which consciousness of human imperfection and temptation are part of the culture, capitalist institutions are as vulnerable to corruption as those of overtly totalitarian systems like communism and Nazism. It just takes longer. Sadly, Smith was a product of his century. Leading intellectuals were rejecting Christianity. Thus he never took this last step, preferring instead a “morality of sentiment” shared with his correspondent and close friend the Scottish philosopher David Hume.

Even self-regulation at this level won’t do the job perfectly, of course. Original sin again….

Materialism become the dominant worldview of the twentieth century among academic and political-economic elites and superelites — whether they understood it in these terms, or not (most did not). The academics systematically confused materialism, a worldview (supplying starting points for reasoning) with science (a range of methodologies and results). Their claim to epistemic authority — “we know the truth” — gave materialism cultural as well as intellectual power. Capitalistic enterprises were not immune. A term I have sometimes used for the spread of materialism from the pristine labs and hallways of academia through the rest of a civilization is cultural osmosis.

Neoliberalism, the brand of capitalism that dominated the West by the turn of the millennium, had already financialized the economy and redistributed wealth upward — welfare-statism in reverse, I have called this. When money becomes your sole value, you will sell out not just your employees but your nation. Hence corporations moving jobs to cheap-labor countries, hiring illegal immigrants willing to work cheap so that all wages are driven down, all in addition to gains made from going public and selling shares. Hence the purposeful pursuit of technology that eliminates jobs and dumps tens of thousands of people into the streets. Hence the devaluation of currency via money printing, which is all that will prop up a fundamentally unsustainable system so that those who profit from that system can continue indefinitely.

In this environment, the middle class starts to disappear. Its earnings no longer keep up with its (inflated) expenses. Society as a whole gravitates toward techno-feudalism, a state of affairs in which the superelite dominates, regional visible technocratic elites, both political and economic, advance agendas assisted by cadres of cooperative administrators, and real freedom diminishes. The majority, without the know-how to escape this kind of system (and “educated” to believe they live in a democracy), live increasingly miserable lives working “gigs” for low pay, indebted to “payment plans” with no end in sight. This is the new serfdom, tied not to land as such but to the money system. To keep their sanity, the masses respond to whatever pleasurable escapes are made available by corporations, which include drugs and eventually every form of sexual fetish and perversion. Moral arguments against all these will have all but disappeared, demonized when they do appear as calls for “theocracy.”

Today’s government schools, of course, are encouraging small children to question their “gender.” As recently as three decades ago, this would have been condemned as child abuse. The sexually confused were seen as mentally ill. Today you can get kicked off Big Tech’s platforms for saying such.

What does all this have to do with Queen Elizabeth and the Royal Family? I am not claiming they’ve stayed free of the corrupting effects of what was trending all around them. Indications are, though, that Queen Elizabeth was profoundly disappointed by the divorces and scandals that have dogged later generations of Royals. Tradition, however, kept her from weighing in on political matters. I cannot help also having sensed, for some time now, her dignified if stoic refusal to be transformed into a celebrity, which has become the unfortunate fate of her grandchildren and their spouses.

Goes without saying, the superelite are not following the example she set. Led by Klaus Schwab and his Young Global Leaders, they scheme to complete their global empire based on surveillance and control, not dignity and service. Meanwhile, wars they fomented lay waste to nations, economies crumble under the weight of irrational policies, political systems fragment on fomented division and justifiable distrust of authority, formal education continues to disintegrate under the weight of wokism, and cultures descend into barbarity.

As an exemplar of this last, consider this tweet by one Uju Anya of Carnegie Mellon University: obviously, given that name alone, an academic affirmative action charity case:

I heard the chief monarch of a thieving raping genocidal empire is finally dying. May her pain be excruciating.

See what I mean about formal education disintegrating? What can one say to the sociopaths that have inundated its once honorable lecture halls? What is scary is that such people may have as many as several hundred university students fall under their sway each academic year.

Some will reply angrily to all this that the Queen associated with, and even knighted, people who turned out to be pedophiles. If true, this is just one more symptom of the corruption of our era. She herself seemed to remain above all such frays. Even should it turn out that she looked the other way as much as possible, her British stiff upper lip intact, just the dignified appearance she maintained for as long as she lived might well be remembered as among the last anchors against the long-term collapse of Western civilization.

© 2022 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

Steven Yates’s latest book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) is available here and here. His earlier Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) is available here.

These columns present a perspective unavailable elsewhere: of personal freedom and community autonomy, based on a philosophically-informed conservatism within a Christian worldview holding that in the last analysis, we all answer to our Creator.

This stands opposed to the major threat of our time: a sociopathic superelite using technology and financialization to gain world domination, unleashed by secular materialism and the latter’s having collapsed all forms of valuation other than money and power. Globalists see themselves as answering only to each other. They do not believe in a Higher Power. They are the culmination of the materialist / secularist / liberal worldview.

My perspective incorporates accounts of how emergencies of various sorts arise or are manufactured, how controlled media hysterics generate fear in populations, and how these enable controlled governments to grab power and do the superelites’ bidding.  Hegelian dialectic: crisis, reaction, response. Foment a crisis or through inaction allow it to develop; the crisis leads to a predictable reaction within populations (“Do something!”); those with power move in with the response they had planned all along.

These ideas are dispensed essentially for free. The editor of this site cannot afford to pay writers such as myself. Nor am I on the payroll of a “think tank” or some other such entity. No university or corporate leviathan has my back. I receive no grants. I am an Independent. We live in a foreign country, because of the lower cost of living. My wife and I survive on what remains of an inheritance, my monthly social security deposit into my U.S. bank account, the occasional donation, “gigs” and “odd jobs” that come our way, and Patreon.com.

This last had been rising, but over the past few months it has fallen dramatically! I have no theories why, except that I am not one of their “creatives” consistently dispensing “infotainment” on the site.

Where this is going: the lights on this project could go out at any time, and just when they are needed most! If you value what I do, please consider becoming a Patron or arranging some other means of support to help keep this project alive. Don’t do it for me. Do it for you. Do you want to help spread truth, or do you prefer to live in a fake reality based on official narratives steeped in lies?

We all benefit from helping disseminate truth, that freedom is better than slavery or serfdom, and that persons have intrinsic value because we were created in God’s image. These things will not preserve and defend themselves indefinitely without ongoing financial support. So please consider becoming a Patron today by going to the site linked to above and making a small pledge. If just one hundred people reading this were to pledge $5/mo., that would be $500 each month in defense of truth-telling!

By Cliff Kincaid

September 17, 2022

With “transhumanism” becoming a popular topic, perhaps the transformation of human beings into drug-addled and drug-crazed zombies bears some scrutiny.

On the eve of the release of new inflation numbers, the elite publication Axios claimed that President Biden and Democrats were riding “a wave of good news.” The publication insisted that, “Inflation’s fury has cooled. Gas prices are down. Democrats have racked up legislative successes, including last month’s passage of a landmark climate, health and tax package.”

The caveat was the August Consumer Price Index, which was due out that same day, “a new data point for the political weather.” Well, it turned out to be another higher-than-expected inflation number, leading to a market decline, a loss of 1200 points.

The White House celebrated the “Inflation Reduction Act” after news broke that the consumer price index rose 8.3% in August from a year ago.

Over on CNBC, a guest claiming inflation had peaked was joking about using ayahuasca, a hallucinogen. The channel has hailed the “psychedelic renaissance.”

Is this what explains the modern-day bias of the news media and their notion that people won’t notice the lies emanating from the White House?

At an America’s Survival conference in 2017, Dr. Tina Trent explained how the movement to legalize drugs now wants to make “mind-expanding” drugs more available, even mandatory, in order to erase traditional Christianity and transform consciousness through “New Age” practices.

Ayahuasca has been in the news because the reigning NFL MVP, Aaron Rodgers, took a series of trips to Peru during the off season and consumed “the medicine” in the form of a psychedelic tea drink. NFL spokesman Brian McCarthy said this didn’t violate the league’s anti-drug abuse policy, even the drug’s psychoactive component, DMT, is illegal in the U.S.

DMT’s psychological effects include “intense visual hallucinations, depersonalization, auditory distortions and an altered sense of time and body image.”

Interestingly, one version of the global warming (now climate change) theory originated with marijuana advocate Carl Sagan, who was also an astronomer. Before he came to believe the Earth was inhabited by a spirit called Gaia, Sagan was writing about the virtues of dope and “the cannabis experience.” He explained, “I do not consider myself a religious person in the usual sense, but there is a religious aspect to some highs. The heightened sensitivity in all areas gives me a feeling of communion with my surroundings, both animate and inanimate.”

The U.N.’s Environmental Sabbath program advised kids to hold hands around a tree and meditate. The purpose, through dope or meditation, is to become “one” with trees, rocks, and dirt.

Now, a new Gallup Poll has found that more Americans smoke marijuana than cigarettes.

One of those consumers was Nikolas Cruz, the Parkland Florida mass shooter who plead guilty to murdering 17 people in 2018 and told police about extensive drug use, including marijuana, and “demons” in his mind.

His trial is now ending its second month, in order to determine whether he is sentenced to death or life without parole.

If someone wants to stop “gun violence,” one place to start is enforcing federal laws against marijuana. But Attorney General Merrick Garland prefers to order FBI agents to surround the My Pillow guy and seize his company phone.

A former drug addict who converted to Christianity, Mike Lindell understands this aspect of the war against the West and runs a program to help people with drug problems.

In the midst of “the Great Reset,” marijuana and now psychedelics have become the “Soma” for our own Brave New World.

With Aaron Rodgers talking about the “self-love” generated by the tea from Peru, look for more young people to follow his example into the gutter, as they contemplate the value of their gender studies graduate degrees and write off their federal student loans.

However, after signing a three-year $150 million contract extension, Rodgers’ team the Green Bay Packers lost its season opener to the Minnesota Vikings, 23-7. Commentators blamed the defeat on the loss of a talented wide receiver to another team, rather than any possible lingering mental health effects of the hallucinogenic.

Recognizing the stakes in this global conflict, WNBA star Brittney Griner was sentenced to nine years in a Russian prison for bring marijuana into the country. She hopes to be exchanged for the Russian arms dealer and former Soviet military officer Viktor Bout, the legendary “Merchant of Death” who is serving a 25-year sentence in U.S. federal prison.

Bout was lured out of Russia, where he was living openly, and arrested in a sting operation in Thailand by the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA). Some of the weapons Bout was selling were for communist Colombian terrorists in the FARC (Fuerzas Armadas Revolucionarias) to use against Americans.

The communist FARC has been shipping drugs to the U.S. for decades, with a senior FARC commander extradited from Colombia in June of this year for a trial on charges of “leading a continuing criminal enterprise and participating in an international cocaine manufacture and distribution conspiracy.”

While the DEA tries to bring drug traffickers to justice, Joe Biden’s open borders policy makes their job far more difficult, with cocaine and fentanyl flowing into the United States, the latter made possible by Chinese chemicals provided to the drug cartels.

This is also a problem, however, that affects some on the right side of the political spectrum.

In federal documents concerning his arrest and detention in regard to his imprisonment as the face of the January 6th “insurrection,”, the QAnon Shaman, 33-year-old Jake Angeli (born Jacob Anthony Chansley), admits he was the person photographed at Vice President Pence’s chair on the Senate dais, face painted, carrying the spear and wearing a horned helmet. He claims “a profound spiritual experience” through mind-altering drugs, given to him initially at the age of 11 by his father, that included mushrooms and peyote.

Such characters are hardly “political prisoners.”  Like Hunter Biden, a drug addict who illegally purchased a gun without disclosing his habit and has not been prosecuted, these people need rehab and prison.

Conservatives can’t complain about rising crime rates if they endorse soft-on-drugs policies. Hence, they must take into account billionaire homosexual “conservative” activist Peter Thiel’s financial interest in the marijuana and psychedelic-research industries and his political contributions to GOP Senate candidates Blake Masters (Arizona) and J.D. Vance (Ohio).

Enforcement of anti-drug laws has to be a priority for Republicans and Democrats. We have to reduce the number of zombies with mental problems running rampant in the streets of major cities and contributing to mass murder and the rising crime rate.  But it’s an open question whether Republicans will join Democrats in cultivating potheads and other drug abusers as a voting bloc by endorsing legalization of marijuana and psychedelics on a national basis.

© 2022 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of Americas Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

by Kathleen Marquardt

September 17, 2022

I am so thankful that my children are grown and were exposed to very little of the Woke world (comparatively speaking). Back then, it was political correctness which hadn’t reached even close to Woke yet! But we are well down that road. Back when political correctness was getting a foothold, it got under my skin enough to tell a Sacramento Bee reporter that if anyone accused me of being politically correct, I’d slit my throat. You can imagine how I view the Woke world now.

But Disney? Disney used to be for entertainment, especially for children. What Disney offers now can only be considered entertainment for those wanting sick and twisted porn. Regular porn is probably passe’ in today’s “in your face” woke world anyway.

“Give me four years to teach the children and the seed I have sown will never be uprooted.” —Vladimir Lenin

“Our strength, in other words, has rested in our determination to reject simplistic absolutes and to redefine and revitalize a productive middle ground, relinquishing outdated solutions and embracing new approaches”. —Hillary Clinton, It Takes a Village

What are those simplistic absolutes? They are moral absolutes, the opposite of evil, wrong, sin, and hate.

Disney has gone ballistic over a piece of Florida legislation that prohibits state teachers from introducing or promoting LGBT topics to children in kindergarten through 3^rd grade. The Christian lifestyle and moral absolutes are banned in schools, so the Left are replacing them with the most disgusting, degrading, despicable behavior the world has seen to date. Nero could take lesions. Parents are, and should be, the arbiters of what is fed to their open, receptive, and not yet discerning children’s’ minds.

But in this world where being white is being racist, where possessing moral absolutes is to be shunned as antiquated as well as racist; and where being tolerant only denotes those who believe in LGBTQIA2+furries, pansexuals and anything other than heterosexuals is acceptable.

They can have their parades, and we have the option to stay away. But keep your trannies out of our schools and libraries – if they were just reading books to our children, we wouldn’t notice. But they are doing their grooming (and I don’t mean combing their hair and putting on make-up) of our children and flouting it on mainstream and social media. There is now a big push to more than normalize this sick and twisted, debased, corrupt behavior – and to inject it into our children’s psyche.

Disney General entertainment president Karey Burke vowed to “up the ante on gender politics during an all-hands meeting, promising that at least half of the characters in its productions will be LGBTQIA or from racial minorities by the end of the year. On during a company-wide Zoom call, she said that Disney must do more to be more inclusive. She (he, it?) choked up during it, saying the issue hit close to home because of her children. ‘I’m here as the mother of two queer children, actually, one transgender child and one pansexual child, and also as a leader’”.

Disney LGBTQ advocates attacked the company for failing to block a Florida law that banned classroom instruction on sexual orientation and gender identity in grades K-3. So Disney vowed to overturn the law, adding that they would work to increase the number of LGBTQ characters in future productions. So, Disney higher-ups, determined to retain their great ESG credits, responded: “Our goal as a company is for this law to be repealed by the legislature or struck down in the courts, and we remain committed to supporting the national and state organizations working to achieve that.” [i]

For the unaware, this is “woke capitalism” (progressive-slanted corporate lobbying) at work. You may wonder what Environmental, Social, and Governmental (ESG) actions are valued in companies? Well, the above actions are high on the list.

In 2018, Ross Douthat, opinion writer for the New York Times, wrote, “Corporations engaged in a “certain kind of virtue-signaling on progressive social causes, a certain degree of performative wokeness “efforts to tax or regulate our new monopolies too heavily.” [ii]

Now that Disney has demonstrated ESG valuations so well, I wonder if we won’t — finally – see a much-deserved backlash against such nonsensical values in determining what a company is worth. If we don’t see backlash to this, we might as well crawl into caves and wait for the Rapture.

One of the Disney companies produced the movie Little Demon, wherein “13 years after being impregnated by Satan, a reluctant mother, Laura, and her Antichrist daughter, Chrissy, attempt to live an ordinary life in Delaware, but are constantly thwarted by monstrous forces, including Satan, who years for custody of this daughter’s soul.”

In conjunction with the movie, “After School Satan Clubs” are being set up. School boards must allow all groups proposed; this is a First Amendment issue. These clubs are the brainchild of a pro-abortion advocacy group, The Satanic Temple, which regards killing unborn babies in abortions as a religious ritual. One can easily see where this leads to – abortion at any age after birth up to 95 (grannie may run out of money).

What to do? Parents, get your children out of the public (Marxist) schools. The Satanic website notes, “After School Satan Club[s]” are needed to provide a “contrasting balance” to after-school activities at some schools.” Those activities that need “to be contrasted” must be Christian clubs. What else does Satan detest; Satan is only a contrast to Jesus and Christianity.

And Wall Street Journal’s Gerard Baker, has the best take on Disney deciding to go for woke. Baker’s mockery is fine-tuned and right on.[iii] It’s easy to mock, but when a company whose products have entertained, enlivened and enriched the lives of billions of children and their parents decides it must take a stand against the Parental Rights in Education Bill, what does it expect? By joining in the campaign to distort the objective of Florida’s new law, defame the people behind it, and deprive parents of the right to determine whether their children as young as 5 should be taught about sexual orientation or gender identity in the classroom, Disney executives invite something much worse than ridicule. They risk placing themselves on the side of a small minority of unrepresentative ideologues who are trying to remake the relationship between children, their parents and their teachers.

The larger problem Disney’s dutiful obeisance to the noisy extremists represents is the way in which those who seek to control our culture are redefining a central element of democratic pluralism—what it means to be an open and tolerant society.

“In March, Disney’s president of content told employees the company plans to have at least 50% of its regular characters come from “underrepresented groups.” Another top producer boasted about Disney’s “not-at-all-secret gay agenda,” including “adding queerness” to children’s programming. Yet another senior executive promised that Disney would implement a “tracker” to ensure programs contain enough “canonical trans characters.”[iv]

I’m sure the pope is sending consultants to see they get the dress and verbiage correct. If, when you started reading this, you thought I was steaming, you were right. It is time for every right-minded citizen to wake up and condemn the woke.

© 2022 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com

Footnotes:

[i] https://ewtn.co.uk/article-disney-fans-caught-in-the-wake-of-woke-corporate-capitulation-to-lgbtq-pressure/

[ii] https://ewtn.co.uk/article-disney-fans-caught-in-the-wake-of-woke-corporate-capitulation-to-lgbtq-pressure/

[iii] https://www.wsj.com/articles/disney-woke-florida-dont-say-gay-parents-students-teachers-movies-cartoons-world-lgbtqia-sogie-gender-expression-transgender-crt-critical-race-theory-11649082625

[iv] https://californiaglobe.com/articles/disney-pays-the-price-for-woke-activism/

by Rees Lloyd

September 16, 2022

By Act of Congress in 1979, the third Friday of September, while not a national holiday, is observed annually as “POW-MIA RECOGNITION DAY.” Its purpose is to remember and honor all those veterans who suffered as prisoners of war, and all those many thousands who were and are still missing in action.

POW-MIA Recognition Day 2022 is Friday, September 16. There will be observances all across the country at military installations, state and national governmental facilities, and by veterans organizations including many of the more than 12,000 Posts of The American Legion (see www.Legion.org), Veterans of Foreign Wars (www.VFW.org), and other veterans service organizations, as well as at other patriotic organizations.

Perhaps most poignantly, many of the observances will include members of the National League of POW-MIA Families (www.powmiafamilies.org), which will have its own observances as well.

For them, the families, the wars have never ended. Their grief has never ended. The pain has never ended of not knowing what ultimately happened to their beloved family members who went off to serve in defense of the nation, and are still missing in action, their actual fates endlessly wondered about, but unknown.

It is because of the efforts of the National League of POW-MIA Families that, by act of Congress, the now famous POW-MIA Flag —which they created — will fly right below our American Flag on National POW-MIA Recognition Day. It is the only flag which is allowed to be on the same standard as our national Flag. Congress acted in 1988 to allow the POW-MIA Flag to be so flown also on Independence Day (Fourth of July); Veterans Day; Memorial Day; Armed Forces Day, and Flag Day).

Many Americans if not most — and certainly most immigrants, legal and illegal — are unaware of how many other Americans have suffered as POWs, or were or still are missing in action, as a result of serving to preserve American freedom.

For one reason, many if not most of the media do not report on National POW-MIA Recognition Day; and almost all if not all government schools, under domination of the liberal teachers union, do not teach the children about it. (For further example, September 17 is “Constitution Day”— celebrating the signing of the American Constitution on September 17, 1787. It  is also virtually ignored by major media, and in government schools.)

Regarding POWs, the Congressional Research Service has determined that: In World War II, 130,201 American military suffered as POW’s, of whom 14,072 died in captivity. In the Korean War, there were 7,140 POWs, of whom 2,701 died while imprisoned. In the Vietnam War, 725 were taken prisoner, 64 of whom died at the hands of their Communist captors from torture or disease. In the Gulf wars since 1991, 37 were taken prisoner; none of whom are still in captivity.

Regarding MIAs, the Defense POW-MIA Accounting Agency, reports that some 83,114 Americans are still missing in action from WWII to the present. That is: 73,515 are still missing in action from WWII; from Korea, 7,841 are still missing; 1,626 still missing from the Vietnam War; 126 from the Cold War; and 6 since 1991 in the conflicts in the Middle East.

The Communist dictator Joseph Stalin once infamously observed: “One death is a tragedy; a million deaths is a statistic.”

The figures cited above are not “just statistics” for the families of the POWs and MIAs. Nor should they be for us. Each one who suffered or died in captivity, each one who is missing in action—over 80,000 despite the continuing efforts of the U.S. to account for all the missing — is a personal tragedy, a continuing loss, and, continuing grief of families who do not know what actually became of their loved ones who went to war for them, for our country, for us, and never returned, disappeared in action without a trace.

Thus, for their families, there has been no closure. They should not be alone.

On National POW-MIA Recognition Day, we Americans, all of us, have the opportunity to remember and honor all of the POWs and all the MIAs, by participating in one of the many observances, or, if not able to do so, to pause in our busy lives to honor and remember them and to stand with their families in their continuing grief and suffering.

May God bless and keep them all— all the POWs, and all the MIAs, and all their families. May we Americans never forget them and their sacrifices but always remember and honor each and all of them, and their families. (Support the National League of POW-MIA Families at www.powmiafamilies.org).

FOR GOD AND COUNTRY FOREVER; SURRENDER TO TYRANNY—NEVER!

© 2022 Rees Lloyd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rees Lloyd: ReesLloydLaw@gmail.com

By Lex Greene

September 16, 2022

In an effort to figure out why our government and media are so concerned with lawful and responsible gun ownership, I decided to study the leading causes of death in the USA. With all of the focus on disarming the law-abiding citizens of the USA, I expected to see that gun violence by law-abiding citizens was a leading cause of death in the USA. Why else would anyone be so damned concerned with Second Amendment protected Rights in the USA?

Imagine my surprise when I discovered the real leading cause of death in the USA, and no, it isn’t COVID19 either. My research is based upon official government issued statistics posted on government websites, including the CDC.

Since most Americans still foolishly believe everything our government tells them, the above numbers were taken directly from government official sources. That way if you disagree, you disagree with your government, rather than me.

Despite gun violence being the least of our problems in terms of causes of death, at only 0.6% of the deaths in 2020, 90% of which are gang violence, drug or theft related, mostly in every democrat run city…still, our government has convinced millions of Americans that it is the biggest threat in our country. Far from it…

COVID19 is #4 on the list at 10.2% – but remember that the CDC has admitted that 94% of the deaths labeled COVID19 actually died of something else. Only 6% of the 350,831 (21,050) were actual COVID deaths in 2020. (Note: the 2021 COVID deaths were up by 30% after vaccines)

Diseases of the heart and cancer, among others, happen largely if not entirely, beyond our control, and they are indiscriminate in nature, claiming the lives of young and old alike.

But as you can see in the grid above, the #1 cause of death in the USA is ABORTION, 100% of them at the sole discretion of women who believe they have some insane non-existent constitutionally protected right to kill their own children. Women killing their own children accounted for 26.9% of all human deaths in the USA in 2020, making it by far the leading cause of death in the USA. It’s been this way for many years now.

Yet, all public political attention is on “gun violence” at the bottom of the list, which only accounts for 0.6% of the deaths nationally in 2020. If you expect any sane person to believe that women determined to kill their own children, care anything at all about the death of your children due to gun violence, you’re wrong. They clearly have no regard for human life at all, their children or yours.

But it is largely the same women who demand a right to kill their own children, who also aim to eliminate your natural Right to keep and bear arms, in protection of your own children and families. The same group also supports defunding law enforcement and putting convicted felons back on the streets, while flooding our country with illegal aliens from every 3^rd world toilet on earth.

Today’s democrat party panders to these women voters, for their own political power, and that’s why this horrific evil continues in our country. Many republican politicians now pander for votes on this issue too, all knowing how evil it is, but more concerned about their political power than the life of any child.

Before anyone brings it up, “rape” accounts for only 0.5% of all abortions. This means that 99.5% of all abortions have nothing whatsoever to do with “rape.”

Now, to be fair to women, 44% of women voted against this total evil insanity in 2020. They are not directly responsible for abortion being the #1 cause of death in the USA. But 55% of women voted for this evil in 2020, and they have been voting for this evil ever since the Supreme Court issued the Roe v. Wade decision, since overturned. They plan on voting for abortion again in 2022…as the top issue driving their votes in every election.

Here’s the worst news about at least 55% of women voters in the USA today…

Unlike every other cause of death, this one solely targets the most innocent and defenseless victims on earth, children. 90% of gun related deaths in the USA are between street criminals. But 100% of abortions strictly target an innocent child.

Like it or not, these are the facts. These facts prove that the deadliest people in the USA today are 55% of women. Sadly, at least 55% of American women are directly responsible for the mass murder of innocence in the USA as the #1 cause of death, simply due to their support for abortion.

Maybe we need to be talking about the #1 cause of death in the USA, instead of gun violence, all the way at the bottom of the list!

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Edwin X Berry, PhD, Theoretical Physics

September 16, 2022

Today, Seth Borenstein, AP Science Writer, produced another irrational attack on climate truth. He references a prediction in the 2012 special report by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC),

“A changing climate leads to changes in the frequency, intensity, spatial extent, duration, and timing of extreme weather and climate events, and can result in unprecedented extreme weather and climate events.”

Then, he presents the usual extensive list of weather-caused damages since 2012.

He says this IPCC report is the warning and forecast “by top United Nations climate scientists more than 10 years ago.”

He quotes Michael Oppenheimer of Princeton University,

“The report was clairvoyant. The report was exactly what a climate report should do: Warn us about the future in time for us to adapt before the worst stuff happens.”

But Borenstein and Oppenheimer go off the scientific cliff by concluding these IPCC predicted damages prove that our CO2 emissions caused these damages.

The only thing Borenstein has proved is that he and scientists parked in universities around the world do not understand the logic of science and boastfully announce conclusions that are illogical, irrational, and unethical.

Events do not prove their cause.

Events do not prove CO2, human or natural, caused the events. Furthermore, climate is a 30-year average of weather, so the use of weather events to argue a human cause for climate change is unscientific. The fundamental scientific principle – that events do not prove their cause – ends all arguments that events prove human CO2 is guilty.

The most important principle in science is ironically one of the simplest.

It is impossible to prove a theory is true but only one contradiction with data or accepted physics proves a theory is false. Science progresses by proving theories are false, not by claiming theories are true.

Proof that a theory is false supersedes all claims that the theory is true. Neither votes nor opinions can overturn proofs that a theory is false.

Only true science can find the cause.

The IPCC claims these three (false) theories are true:

1. Human CO2 causes all the increase in atmospheric CO2 above 280 ppm.
2. The CO2 increase above 280 ppm causes global warming.
3. This global warming causes dangerous climate change.

All climate alarmists assume these three IPCC theories are true. They cannot prove these theories are true, be we can prove these theories are wrong.

You didn’t know it was this simple, did you?

Good physicists have supplied the proofs that Republicans need to win the climate debate. These physicists will win in a court of law. If Republicans back true scientists, Republicans will win climate lawsuits and win elections.

Let’s look at the big picture of climate alarmism.

This figure shows the three scenarios for Natural and Human CO2.

The first bar is the IPCC version for 1750. Here, the natural CO2 level is at 280 ppm. It is at equilibrium, which means the CO2 outflow equals the CO2 inflow.

The second bar is the IPCC version for about 2020. Here, the IPCC assigns all the CO2 increase to Human CO2. All climate alarmism is based on this bar.

The third bar is what the IPCC data show (Berry, 2021). Here, the Human addition is only 35 ppm. This means Natural CO2 caused about 75% of the CO2 increase. The third bar is climate truth according to IPCC’s own data.

Berry (2021) proves the second bar is false, PCC’s theory (1) is false, and the climate claims by Borenstein and Oppenheimer are science fiction. It is simple and can prove in a court of law that climate alarmism is based on false science.

Other scientists have proved IPCC’s theories (2) and (3) are wrong. There is no scientific basis to support the claim that human CO2 causes dangerous climate change.

The threat of the climate fraud is the Great Reset.

The Great Reset depends on the climate fraud and its climate laws and regulations. The only way to stop the Great Reset is to undermine its Democrat-supported climate foundation by voting Republican in the 2022 election.

The Great Reset, if achieved, will impose a world government with a two-tiered economy where the superrich will control their profitable monopoly and everyone else will live as a serf in perpetual socialism.

You will own little or nothing. You will rent what you need from the monopoly. You will jump when they tell you to jump, eat the insects they tell you to eat, and take every vax jab they tell you to take until your shoulder or butt is full of little holes.

They will control the miseducation and medication of your next generation so they will never again regain the power to be free.

Will the Republican Party support climate truth in time to win in 2022?

Climate change is the most divisive, misunderstood, critical issue in the 2022 election

According to Pew Research, in 2022, 60% of all American voters say climate change is a major threat. Among Democrats, 88% say climate is a major threat. Among Republicans, 31% say climate is a major threat, 45% say it is a minor threat, and 24% say it is not a threat at all.

Climate truth is the core Republican issue because it affects the supply and cost of our energy and food, and negatively affects our education, economy, taxes, and freedom. The climate fraud encourages citizens to believe other government lies.

Your climate belief can decide your vote. If you strongly believe there is a climate emergency, you will vote Democrat, even if you are a Republican. If you strongly believe climate change is a fraud, you will vote Republican, even if you are a Democrat.

America’s only hope is that the Republican Party will support climate truth. The absence of a Republican challenge has allowed the Democrats to gain voters on the climate issue.

President Trump is no longer president because, in addition to the election fraud, he lost his climate debate against Biden. His debate loss disillusioned voters who were waiting for him to prove Biden is wrong about climate.

The Message is more important than money.

Now, in mid-September 2022, the November election does not look good for Republicans.

Republican candidates say they are losing the election because the Democrats have more money. While money is necessary, today’s business advertising proves a better message can beat money every time.

This Republican climate message will get free publicity because it is controversial:

1. Nature controls the climate.
2. Our CO2 does not change the climate and is not a pollutant.
3. Global temperature controls the CO2 level.
4. We need more CO2 because more CO2 grows more food with less water.

Our national energy plan should include:

1. Making natural gas our primary energy source.
2. Making nuclear energy our growing primary energy source.
3. Drill, baby, drill, with added incentives to keep our offshore oil rigs in top condition.
4. Make high-tech coal our secondary energy source.
5. Teach our children the truth about climate change in our schools.

Our national CO2 plan should include:

1. Eliminate all climate laws, regulations, incentives, and treaties.
2. Eliminate all subsidies for EV’s, heat pumps, wind, and solar energy, thereby forcing them compete on a level economic playing field.

Carbon capture may be the most insane and counter-productive peacetime undertaking in human history.

Don’t waste good energy to put atmospheric CO2 in the ground.

Stop net zero politics. Netzeroclimate.org says, “Net zero refers to a state in which greenhouse gases going into the atmosphere are balanced by removal from the atmosphere.”

Berry (2021) describes how CO2 always moves toward a net zero state where outflow equals inflow. It’s high-school physics.

Montana Republicans have not supported climate truth.

Nineteen Republicans entered Montana’s 2022 primary election for Congress. Montana Free Press asked these candidates to answer questions on climate change.

Sixteen Republican candidates (85%) agreed with the Democrats on climate change. They did not read Berry’s book, Climate Miracle.

Democrats have filed multiple redundant climate lawsuits.

If they win their climate lawsuits in Montana, Democrats will control Montana’s mining, energy, and economy. They will shut down Montana’s hydrocarbon energy try to power Montana with wind energy.

In 2011, Dr. Berry filed an Intervention to a Democrat climate petition in Montana’s Supreme Court. His Intervention caused the Court to reject the petition, thereby saving Montana billions of dollars per year thereafter and making him the only scientist to defeat a climate lawsuit. The Montana Supreme Court ruled,

“If they cannot prove a connection between eliminating Montana’s minute carbon emissions, and reducing the pace of global climate change, then public trust doctrine cannot, even under their own flawed legal theory, apply.”

De. Berry’s attorney, Quentin Rhoades, wrote,

“This establishes once and for all, at least for Montana law, that climate science is decidedly not settled.”

Beginning in 2020, environmental groups have filed more climate lawsuits against the State of Montana. One of these new lawsuits, Held v. Montana, is a carbon copy of their 2011 petition to the Supreme Court that Dr. Berry defeated in 2011. Montana has refused Dr. Berry’s offer to help Montana defeat Held v Montana.

How to stop a climate lawsuit.

Montana’s defense attorney for Held v Montana thinks they must defend against the plaintiffs’ direct claims.

Dr. Berry disagrees. He believes the best way to defend against climate lawsuits is to prove the plaintiffs’ assumptions are wrong, as he did in 2011.

According to Dr. Berry, all climate lawsuits assume the above three IPCC theories are true. The best way to win the defense is to defeat theories (1) and (2). Dr. Berry says his Climate Team 6 can take out these three invalid climate theories in court and thereby stop all Democrat climate lawsuits.

As a bonus, defeating these Democrat climate assumptions in court will change America’s education and politics.

Montana’s defense should use the 2011 Montana Supreme Court precedent that climate science is “not settled.” This would put the burden of proof on the plaintiffs to defend the science behind their lawsuit.

The defense should include the reasons the 2011 plaintiffs filed their petition in the Montana’s Supreme Court rather than in a lower court. They claimed an irreversible climate change event would occur before they could go from a lower court to the Supreme Court and stop Montana’s CO2 emissions in time to save the planet. Now 10 years later, it is obvious that no such damage has occurred.

The scientific method says if your prediction is wrong then your theory is wrong. This proves the scientific basis of the Democrats’ 2022 climate lawsuits is wrong.

Dr. Berry’s Climate Team 6 includes the best climate scientists in the world who know how to win a climate lawsuit. Dr. Berry’s team can teach other attorneys what they must know to defeat climate lawsuits.

Republicans must act now!

Republicans must lead a new revolution against the climate fraud.

Putin’s closure of his gas pipeline to Europe should be our wakeup call. Europe quickly cast aside its green idealism for carbon fuels and nuclear energy. Solar and wind have proved they cannot support a free industrial society.

Now is the perfect time for Republicans to promote climate truth because people want to stay warm this winter and want to keep the costs of energy, travel, and food low.

Dr. Berry’s book, Climate Miracle, can help Republicans win climate lawsuits, stop the climate fraud, and stop the Great Reset.

If Republicans accept this challenge, they will win in November 2022 and change the world.

© 2022 Ed Berry – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ed Berry: ed@edberry.com

By Lex Greene

September 15, 2022

The politicians and their propaganda media promote the notion that over 300 million Americans have a wide range of issues they are concerned about, causing them to fracture into issue based factions easy to manipulate, divide and conquer for political purposes.

Many think the elections are between democrats and republicans, or independents against both. People have been trained to believe that we are a totally divided and fractured country today, which is in part true. However, in reality, our elections have been reduced to only two factions and two choices today.

THE AMERICA FIRST FACTION

Often referred to as the “MAGA movement,” which stands for the “Make America Great Again” voting bloc, most of whom believe in President Donald J. Trump and the many things he accomplished against all Washington DC insiders for four years. This group will cast their ballots on the basis of Life, Liberty, and the free individual Pursuit of Happiness, freedom, liberty and justice for all, and the Rule of Law.

This faction puts freedom and liberty for everyone above all else when they walk into an election booth. This group believes in making the USA the very best free and secure nation anywhere on earth. They vote for a better future for every human being. This group includes most republicans, and some democrats and independents.

THE DEATH CULT FACTION

Like it or not, this faction cannot possibly be described any other way today. This group includes democrats and socialists now, almost exclusively, and they openly call for “war” against all other Americans. This group includes those burning and looting cities across the nation ahead of the 2020 elections, as well as criminal gangs destroying every democrat controlled city in the USA. (BLM, ANTIFA, MS13)

The number one issue for this voting bloc is “death.”

• An alleged “constitutional right” to murder their own children
• A right to burn and loot entire cities, and murder innocent citizens
• A right to put convicted violent felons back on the streets
• A right to flood our country with violent illegal aliens and drugs
• A right to disarm law-abiding citizens and defund all law enforcement
• A right to cause endless wars around the globe
• A right to force lethal injections into citizens at will, without any liability
• A right to force young children into deadly mandates against parental consent
• A right to use Federal Agencies to terrorize citizens, political opponents
• A right to protect child traffickers and pedophiles
• A right to operate a Nazi-style thought police gestapo, targeting political opponents
• And I could go on for a few pages with this list…

THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE TWO VOTING BLOC TRENDS

According to all related election data, U.S. women overwhelmingly vote for the death cult in every election cycle, by a 25% margin on average. Not too long ago, female voters leaned hard conservative in protection of their families. Today, they lean hard left and they represent the largest voting bloc in the “death cult” faction now.

U.S. men, however, have always trended towards the conservative right in their voting, but not by as wide a margin lately. As more and more women seek to be men, and men seek to be women, these patterns are changing, unfortunately.

Making matters worse, females are now 52% of the USA population, not counting the men who now dress like women. Men represent only 48% of the USA population at present, which means the female population has a baseline 4% voting advantage over men.

Adding to this problem, women have had a much higher voter turnout rate than men recently, approximately 63% female voter turnout to 59% of males. So, women not only outnumber men by 4%, but they also vote at a higher rate than men.

In 2020, aside from the evident election fraud across the country, largely via mail-in balloting and machine manipulations, 57% of women voted for Biden, while only 42% of women voted for Trump, a 15% margin in favor of the “death cult.” (Source)

Men voted 53% for Trump, and only 45% for Biden. However, women outnumber men nationally and they have a much higher voter turnout rate.

So, when considering who is most responsible for all of the many disasters in the USA and world since January 2021, there is no escaping the reality that women voters played a huge role in creating all of the ills facing our nation just 22-months later.

In 2022, women voters still list the top issue in this election cycle as “abortion,” the alleged right to kill their children. This makes the modern American female voter the greatest threat to Life, Liberty, and Happiness in the USA today.

Life goes on, as it always must, despite all of the serious disasters facing our nation today. Voters only get to decide what life in America will look like after the November elections. Will it be a nation full of life, freedom, liberty, and justice for all…or will it continue to be a nation torn apart by the death cult currently in power?

While everyone will get to vote, it is women voters who will decide what happens. We can only hope that they have learned from their past mistakes and self-correct, or the USA will soon be gone forever.

Only women can convince other women to change, specifically, the 42% of women who voted for Life and Liberty in 2020. I suggest that every female voter in that 42% group get very busy convincing women in the 57% death cult group, to change, and really fast. There isn’t much time left…

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

by Lee Duigon

September 15, 2022

We have never been closer to losing our country than we are today.

The Biden regime has launched a purge of President Donald Trump’s associates and political supporters. It’s not just former government officials now at risk. This week Mike Lindell, CEO of My Pillow, attempting to buy a meal at Hardee’s, suddenly found himself surrounded and blocked by three carloads of armed FBI goons. They confiscated his cell phone. That’s what you get for being an avid Trump supporter. It makes you a suspected “domestic terrorist.”

So far they’ve raided the homes of at least 35, and maybe as many as 50, citizens who exercised their inalienable right to vote for and work for their president. The raids occurred amid a near-total nooze media blackout. The regime didn’t want America to see this.

But Tucker Carlson discussed it on the air, Monday night. I was impressed by his presentation and posted twenty minutes of it on my blog, leeduigon.com.

Just hours later, readers let me know that YouTube had censored Carlson’s broadcast. I went to YouTube and the video was gone. If you clicked to see it on my blog, you got two minutes of babbling Biden. And now that’s gone, replaced by a black screen and a notice that the video had been pulled for “violating” this or that YouTube protocol. Someone had decided that we must not be allowed—yes, I said “allowed”—to see this video.

Later a reader found it on Rumble and sent me a link. You can see it here.

Do we see a pattern emerging here? “Justice” Dept. has the FBI spy on parents who don’t like their local school boards promoting transgender propaganda and racial strife. FBI goon squad—armed!—raids President Trump’s home at Mar-a-Lago. Next, a news blackout for FBI raids on several dozen “Trump allies.” Then they go after Mike Lindell. The FBI has turned into the kind of gangsters they used to chase.

How far in advance was this all planned—and by whom? Tens of millions of us voted for Donald Trump in 2020. Tens of thousands of us worked in his campaign, one way or another. How far down the hierarchy does The Regime mean to go? Is this a coup? A putsch? An organized, determined effort to take down our republic and replace it with an authoritarian one-party state? I know it sounds like crazy talk; but I’m not used to seeing my country run like a banana republic, and I don’t like it. Democrats to this day question the validity, the integrity, of the 2016 election and others. We question 2020—and that makes us criminals? Is there a First Amendment in the house?

Am I afraid? You’re damned right I’m afraid. And someday Democrats will be afraid, too, when our self-anointed elites and the powers of darkness decide that some of their people aren’t Democrat enough. But it may well be too late by then.

Step by step we are walking away from liberty. How many more steps must we take before we can’t find the way back?

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and stop in for a visit, before the FBI shuts us all down. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

© 2022 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

By Frosty Wooldridge

September 15, 2022

Part 3: Losing your identity in America, confused as to where you belong, immigrants against American traditions

One Japanese-American complained that she didn’t know whether to celebrate her “American” side or her “Japanese” side.  She felt confused as to her allegiance.

In the City of Dearborn, Michigan, over 300,000 Muslims know exactly what and who they celebrate:  the prophet, Quran and Sharia Law.  They have created their own little Baghdad right here in America. You won’t  see Old Glory flags being flown within their midst.

Notice that 125,000 Somalians in Minneapolis, Minnesota remain in their “Somaliland” enclave in order to maintain some sense of their African identity.  They really don’t fit into the predominantly Scandinavian society of Minnesota.  And, there’s no way that those pure white Scandinavians fit into Somali Islamic culture.  So, what do they do?  Most whites avoid stepping into Somaliland.  Because of that harsh reality, what do the people in Washington DC hope to accomplish by importing millions upon millions of incompatible cultures, languages and unprepared immigrants into the midst of a 21^st century first world  country?

Not only are the immigrants confused, isolated and tolerated, but their offspring grow up angry…because they don’t have a clue as to where they fit into America.

As Americans lose their identity, or it’s meshed into a big bowl of multicultural mush, older Americans wonder what kind of a country  will erupt from the ashes of the “old” America?

One black writer, Otegha Uwagba, wrote, Whites: On Race and Other Falsehoods.  She complained that white friends don’t ask her how she is. “I feel abandoned.”  After George Floyd’s death, she said, “My mailbox was a dumping ground for white guilt.”

Uwagba bitterly complained, “Everywhere white shame looms large…sucking the oxygen out of the room.  Even the most penitent white  people have a way of making it hard to breathe.”

She said, “Americans need to retrain their minds.”

How can anyone tell the Chinese to retrain their minds NOT to be Chinese, or Indians, or African or any other ethnic group?  How can anyone understand their own county if they hate it?

White Privilege? White Supremacy?  White Power?

Just after Eliza Fletcher in Memphis, TN suffered death at the hands of that rapist, three black kids bragged on social media that they were out to kill old white ladies.  To date, their threats have been ignored by the national media. But if it were three white boys threatening to kill little old black ladies, well, you can imagine, all hell would break loose.

Is that what the media and/or the Washington DC folks want to encourage with their dumping 1,000,000 refugees onto American soil annually?  And, now, with over 3,000,000 illegal refugees streaming into America in 2022 per Joe Biden’s invitation, what do you think will happen in the cities and schools they overrun?

To solve it all, UCLA law professor and leading critical race theory proponent Cheryl Harris  argues, “The right to private property should be suspended, with money and land seized, and redistributed along racial lines.”

In other words, let “racism” move forward on a different rung of the ladder.  Or, let’s just change the totality of America’s success as a country and turn it into another form of a racist society. In this case, people of color benefit at the expense of white people.

As we continue into this national experiment that is clearly not working, how do we “hold” America together?   What happens when the baby boomer generation dies out?

At the same time, how much have we dumbed-down our educational systems?  I watched a two minute video where the narrator asked simple questions of kids at a mall.  The kids didn’t know how many letters are in the alphabet. How many seasons in a year?  She replied, “12.” One was asked what language the people in Idaho spoke. She said, “Potato.”  How many states make up the United States?  He answered, “Five?…I don’t know.”  What continent are we on right now?  He answered, “Oh, North Africa?”  “What’s 3X3 X 3?”  The  kid answered, “18?”  How many pennies are in $1.00? The kid answered, “How should I know?”   Another was asked, “What country did we gain our independence from?”  A girl answered, “Mexico.”  What is a shape with four sides called?  Answer, “I don’t know man…I learned that in 5^th grade.”  Can you name three countries outside the USA?  She answered, “New Mexico, Connecticut and Alabama.” What is one quarter plus two dimes?  He answered, “65 cents?”  Can you tell me what time this clock reads?  She answered, “Oh my God…I don’t know.”

A sobering 33% of high school graduates never read another book the rest of their lives.  Another 42% of college grads never read another book after college.  About 57% of new books are not read to completion.  And, 70% of U.S. adults have not been in a bookstore in the last five years.  Finally, 80% of U.S. families did not buy or read a book last year. (from Mark Stevens)

Well dear reader, that’s the future of America.  I remember as a math-science teacher starting in 1973, administrators forced teachers to pass kids up to the next grade instead of holding  them back.  Now, we’ve got multiple  generations of adults who are functionally illiterate.

How can we expect functionally illiterate people to maintain America with reasonable participation, voting, contributing to the work force, and simple citizenship?  Did you notice on NPR last week when they said that the homeless in Los  Angeles jumped from 66,000 to 69,000?

What happens when those numbers explode into  the millions?  Can we erase poverty with so many illiterate people?  Is there any chance to abate racism with THAT many illiterate people?

Let’s go back to George Floyd.  When he died, Fentanyl flooded his body.  That same year, 2020, 93,000 Americans died from opioid overdoses.  In 2021, 107,000 Americans died of Fentanyl overdoses. China’s main drug export killed all of them.  Ironically, Joe  Biden invited and allowed all those drug cartels to invade our country with an endless supply of those drugs.

As to gun killings in America, 702 deaths and 2,844 wounded in 2021.

Is it possible that young Americans, young immigrants and minorities are losing their minds, as well as their affinity toward America?  So, what can they do and/or what are they going to do?  With such mass functional illiteracy, how will they participate in America’s future?  Do they even want to participate?

Historian Seymour Lipset said, “Most great nations are not conquered by armies. They commit national suicide.”

In his book, America Extinguished: Mass Immigration and the Disintegration of American Culture by Dr. Samuel T. Francis, he said, “Nothing is more basic to assimilation of immigrants in a foreign culture than learning its language. But many immigrants are not  learning English, a strong sign they haven’t assimilated and don’t intend to.”

Do you think we’re going to survive this invasion of cultures and languages?  Will our youth survive the endless drug invasion? Will we survive our mass functional illiteracy?  Why don’t the goofballs in Washington DC not see what’s happening?  Why are they allowing, and in fact, applauding Joe Biden’s total disregard for our country’s borders?

How does it feel to be displaced and replaced out of your own country?  Answer: ask today’s Europeans and/or ask Native Americans.

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Paul Engel

September 14, 2022

• What are the rules when a government agent comes to your door?
• When does a government actor need a warrant to enter your home?
• Looking at some previous Supreme Court cases, we’ll see that you may have more legal authority than you realize.

When a government agent stands at your door asking to come in, do you know what your rights are? What would you do if that agent tries to enter your house illegally? If that day comes, the difference between liberty and incarceration may well depend on how well you know your rights and how prepared you are to assert and defend them.

A situation like this was at the core of a 1967 case involving Roland Camara. He was charged with violating the San Francisco Housing Code for refusing to allow city housing inspectors to enter his home without a warrant. The city claimed that the ground-floor quarters violated the building’s occupancy permit. Mr. Camara sued in State Superior Court, claiming the inspection ordinance was unconstitutional because it failed to require a warrant for inspections. The court denied his request for a writ of prohibition, relying on the 1959 case Frank v. Maryland.

Frank v. Maryland

In the case of Frank v. Maryland, a Baltimore City health inspector discovered evidence of a rat infestation at the rear of Frank’s home. When Frank refused access to the health inspector, who did not have a warrant to search, an arrest warrant was sworn out under Article 12 §120 of the Baltimore City Code.

Whenever the Commissioner of Health shall have cause to suspect that a nuisance exists in any house, cellar or enclosure, he may demand entry therein in the day time, and if the owner or occupier shall refuse or delay to open the same and admit a free examination, he shall forfeit and pay for every such refusal the sum of Twenty Dollars.

Frank v. Maryland

Is a city law that allows government agents access to your home valid? After all, wouldn’t such a law violate the Fourth Amendment’s protections against unreasonable searches? The court looked at history and the laws of Maryland and came to this conclusion:

In light of the long history of this kind of inspection and of modern needs, we cannot say that the carefully circumscribed demand which Maryland here makes on appellant’s freedom has deprived him of due process of law.

Frank v. Maryland

What I found interesting in this opinion is the fact that while the court looked at the Fourteenth Amendment, they paid little attention to the Fourth. Notice the court found that an unwarranted search did not violate due process, but said nothing about the search being unreasonable. As I understand the court’s reasoning, since a health inspector is not law enforcement, meaning the inspector is not looking for evidence of a crime, the Fourth Amendment does not apply. This opinion was the basis for the decision of the Superior against Camara, which was upheld by the District Court.

Camara v. Municipal Court

Which brings up back to 1967 and the Camara v, Municipal Court case. This time the court saw things differently.

1. The Fourth Amendment bars prosecution of a person who has refused to permit a warrantless code enforcement inspection of his personal residence.  Frank v. Maryland, supra, pro tantooverruled.

Camara v. Municipal Court

The Fourth Amendment prohibits unreasonable searches and seizures. By extension, you cannot be prosecuted for refusing to allow a warrantless search. Based on this, the court overturned Frank v. Maryland, pro tanto, latin for “only to the extent”. That means only the question of warrantless code enforcement inspections are affected.

(a) The basic purpose of the Fourth Amendment, which is enforceable against the States through the Fourteenth, through its prohibition of “unreasonable” searches and seizures is to safeguard the privacy and security of individuals against arbitrary invasions by governmental officials.

Camara v. Municipal Court

I know the courts claim the Bill of Rights doesn’t apply to the states except through the Fourteenth Amendment, which I’ve dealt with before. Notice though, that the court says the purpose of the Fourth Amendment is to protect you from arbitrary invasion by government officials. The Fourth Amendment isn’t simply about privacy, but your own security. Is that what the Constitution actually says?

The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated, and no Warrants shall issue, but upon probable cause, supported by Oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized. 

U.S. Constitution, Amendment IV

It’s quite simple; the Fourth Amendment doesn’t simply protect you from arbitrary searches, but from unreasonable ones. What makes a search reasonable? One with a warrant based in probable cause or an exigent (urgent) circumstance. Or as the court put it, “carefully defined exceptions”.

(b) With certain carefully defined exceptions, an unconsented warrantless search of private property is “unreasonable.”

Camara v. Municipal Court

One of the most common examples of the “carefully defined exceptions” the court is referring to is a situation where human life is in imminent danger, such as a fire or cries for help.

(d) Warrantless administrative searches cannot be justified on the grounds that they make minimal demands on occupants; that warrant in such cases are unfeasible; or that area inspection programs could not function under reasonable search warrant requirements.

Camara v. Municipal Court

It’s not a question of how invasive the search is, how much of an impact it has on the occupants, or that the inspection program couldn’t function if they had to obtain warrants; a law claiming to allow warrantless inspections is not justified under the Fourth Amendment. Of course, that’s not to say that the court doesn’t see a legitimate reason for inspections.

2. Probable cause upon the basis of which warrants are to be issued for area code enforcement inspections is not dependent on the inspector’s belief that a particular dwelling violates the code, but on the reasonableness of the enforcement agency’s appraisal of conditions in the area as a whole. The standards to guide the magistrate in the issuance of such search warrants will necessarily vary with the municipal program being enforced.

Camara v. Municipal Court

If code enforcement can show the reasonableness of their inspections, then the court has said that satisfies probable cause. However, is that a probable cause? Not according the the Free Legal Dictionary:

Apparent facts discovered through logical inquiry that would lead a reasonably intelligent and prudent person to believe thatan accused person has committed a crime, thereby warranting his or her prosecution, or that a Cause of Action hasaccrued, justifying a civil lawsuit.

Probable cause is a level of reasonable belief, based on facts that can be articulated, that is required to sue a person in civil court or to arrest and prosecute a person in criminal court. Before a person can be sued or arrested and prosecuted, the civil plaintiff or police and prosecutor must possess enough facts that would lead a reasonable person to believe that the claim orcharge is true.

Probable Cause – The Free Legal Dictionary

So how can the court claim probable cause for code enforcement if there isn’t a reasonable belief that a civil or criminal violation has occurred? I cannot see one.

3. Search warrants which are required in nonemergency situations should normally be sought only after entry is refused.

Camara v. Municipal Court

This sentence is important. The court isn’t asking code enforcement to get a warrant every time they want to perform an inspection, but only if entry is first refused. That doesn’t mean you shouldn’t ask for a warrant when they show up, just that they likely won’t bother getting one unless you ask for it.

4. In the nonemergency situation here, appellant had a right to insist that the inspectors obtain a search warrant.

Camara v. Municipal Court

The court sums up their position here. Unless there is an emergency, the appellant had a right to insist that inspectors get a search warrant to enter their property, and so do you.

Conclusion

So where does that leave you if and when you find a government agent at your door? First, unless they have a warrant, you are not required to grant them entry. Even if you don’t think you’ve done anything wrong, I’ve had multiple attorneys tell me there is no benefit to allowing law enforcement entry to your home, business, or even your car. The warrant, and the probable cause that is required to get one, is for your protection. Don’t let code enforcement, or any other government agent claim they do not need a warrant to search; that is only true if you grant them access or if there is an articulable emergency. If they threaten to have you arrested for refusing them, remind them of the Fourth Amendment and the fact that the Supreme Court has confirmed that you cannot be prosecuted for refusing to allow an inspection without a warrant. If you can remember the case Camara v. Municipal court, even better.

I’m still concerned about the court’s willingness to defer to so called “compelling government interest” over the language of the Constitution. According to the court in Camara, as long as the government agent can convince a judge that the inspection is “reasonable”, then the warrant can be issued. Which brings us back to the big question: What is a reasonable search or seizure?

Suitable; just; proper; ordinary; fair; usual.

Reasonable – The Free Legal Dictionary

What makes a search just? When does “public good” outweigh your right to private property? And just how does the reasonableness of an inspection equate to probable cause for a warrant? These are all good questions, ones that should be answered before government agents start getting warrants to perform “inspections” on your property.

To sum this all up, this is an excellent examples of the words of John Jay:

Every member of the State ought diligently to read and to study the constitution of his country, and teach the rising generation to be free. By knowing their rights, they will sooner perceive when they are violated, and be the better prepared to defend and assert them.

John Jay, First Chief Justice of the supreme Court

Having read the Constitution, we have a better understanding of our rights, which means we should quickly recognize when they are violated. And having read a bit of court opinion, we are even more prepared to defend and assert them. I hope this helps you feel more prepared and secure in your home. I know it makes me feel more secure in mine.

© 2022 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

By Bradlee Dean

September 14, 2022

If there was one guy they should have turned the other way in attacking, it was Judge Roy Moore.  Now they know! –Reported by The Sons of Liberty Media, November 22, 2017

Scripture is clear, friends:

“One witness shall not rise up against a man for any iniquity, or for any sin, in any sin that he sinneth: at the mouth of two witnesses, or at the mouth of three witnesses, shall the matter be established. If a false witness rise up against any man to testify against him that which is wrong; Then both the men, between whom the controversy is, shall stand before the LORD, before the priests and the judges, which shall be in those days; And the judges shall make diligent inquisition: and, behold, if the witness be a false witness, and hath testified falsely against his brother; Then shall ye do unto him, as he had thought to have done unto his brother: so shalt thou put the evil away from among you. And those which remain shall hear, and fear, and shall henceforth commit no more any such evil among you. And thine eye shall not pity; but life shall go for life, eye for eye, tooth for tooth, hand for hand, foot for foot.” -Deuteronomy 19: 15-21

In law, this is still applicable today.  The only problem is that most Americans think that it is free speech when nothing could be further from the truth.

Free speech does not give anyone license to lie or maliciously attack nor does it permit anyone to defame.

[Rumble Video]

The Associated Press reported Jury: Democratic PAC defamed Roy Moore, awards him $8.2M

A federal jury awarded Republican Roy Moore $8.2 million in damages Friday after finding a Democratic-aligned super PAC defamed him in a TV ad recounting sexual misconduct accusations during his failed 2017 U.S. Senate bid in Alabama.

Jurors found the Senate Majority PAC made false and defamatory statements against Moore in one ad that attempted to highlight the accusations against Moore. The verdict, returned by a jury after a brief trial in Anniston, Alabama, was a victory for Moore, who has lost other defamation lawsuits, including one against comedian Sacha Baron Cohen.

“We’re very thankful to God for an opportunity to help restore my reputation which was severely damaged by the 2017 election,” Moore said in a telephone interview.

Ben Stafford, an attorney representing Senate Majority PAC, said in an emailed statement that they believe the ruling would be overturned on appeal.

Moore, a former Republican judge known for his hardline stances opposing same-sex marriage and supporting the public display of Ten Commandments, lost the 2017 Senate race after his campaign was rocked by misconduct allegations against him. Leigh Corfman told The Washington Post and said Moore sexually touched her in 1979 when she was 14 and he was a 32-year-old assistant district attorney. Moore denied the accusation. Other women said Moore dated them, or asked them out on dates, when they were older teens.

[Rumble Video]

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

September 14, 2022

Because of decades of propaganda by Islamapologists, it is now a reality that the very first prob-lem with any discussion of Islam is that many people believe that no one is ever supposed to criticize it. In the West, one is immediately called an anti-Muslim bigot, hater, racist, and Islamophobe. In Islamic countries, one’s fate is much worse, with death as a common outcome. Thus, we have to establish why it is acceptable to criticize Islam.

The primary reason is simple. It is valid to criticize anyone and anything because every person has the sacred, inviolable rights of free speech, freedom of thought, freedom of religion, and many other rights that stem from those central concepts. If anyone says that you cannot criticize a person or a topic, then you must vigorously correct that person, for that way lies totalitarianism. It simply can’t be said more clearly than with the words of the American patriot Patrick Henry when he declared on March 23, 1775, at the Second Virginia Convention in Richmond, Virginia:

“Give me liberty, or give me death!”[1]

Let’s start with this question: Are Muslims Free? If they are not, should they be free?
It’s a reasonable statement to say that all human beings have the intrinsic right to be free, and thus we can demand: “Freedom for Muslims, Freedom for All.”

However, it is unfortunate for Muslims that the vast majority of people living under Islam are not free. They are repressed by a form of totalitarianism that I describe as “the Ultimate Tyranny.”

Stating that Islam is the Ultimate Tyranny will undoubtedly offend Muslims and many non-Muslims as well. Thus, I do not want to be misunderstood. I am not “anti-Muslim.” In fact, I am pro-human-being and would like to help the human beings who just happen to be Muslim to escape the tyranny under which they suffer.

As any honest and informed Muslim will tell you, and as I document below, Muslims live as slaves to Allah, to Mohammed, and to Islam. Muslims are victims and slaves of a system that com-mands and teaches them to victimize and enslave the citizens of the entire world. Even Mohammed called himself a slave:

“Do not exaggerate in praising me as the Christians praised the son of Mary, for I am only a Slave. So, call me the Slave of Allah and His Apostle.” (Sahih Bukhari 4:55:654)

How can one say that Muslims are slaves when some people convert to Islam willingly and Mus-lims in the West seem to be quite free? Muslims acknowledge that “Islam” means “submission,” yet many Western Muslims are non-orthodox, which, from the viewpoint of orthodox Muslims, means that they are unfaithful Muslims. Orthodoxy in Islam is not the same as in Judaism, within which you have Orthodox Jews and Reformed Jews as two distinct and legitimate groups. Recep Tayyip Erdoğan, the president of Turkey, stated:

“There is no moderate or immoderate Islam. There is only one Islam.”[2]

It has been popular in the West to refer to Islamic terrorists as “radical,” but that term is incor-rect. Stephen M. Kirby, Ph.D. is the author of six books about Islam and states:
“How can you use the term radical without first identifying the norm? Normative Islam is based on the unabrogated commands of Allah in the Koran, and the examples and teachings of Muhammad (the Sunnah). If the Koran and the Sunnah support a Muslim’s actions, that Muslim is not radical, he is devout.”[3]

I prefer to use the term “orthodox” and am thus focused on orthodox Islam and the Muslims who live under that system (which can also include a family or community anywhere in the world). Let’s look then at what it means to be “a slave of Islam.” Of course, under Islam, Muslims can also own their own slaves, who live in even worse conditions of life. First, let’s just focus on Muslims. “Slave” is defined in the dictionary as:

– “a person who is the property of and wholly subject to another and forced to provide unpaid labor.
– a person entirely under the domination of some influence or person.”[4]

Some of the essential qualifications of a “free person” are that the person has the rights of freedom of speech, freedom of religion, freedom to exercise their beliefs, freedom of political af-filiations and economic activities of their choosing, and freedom of movement and travel. Muslims are not granted all of these rights by Islam. Muslim men have some of them, such as economic ac-tivity and travel, but Muslim women are oppressed as second-class citizens and, in strict Islamic en-vironments, cannot leave their homes unless they are accompanied by a male relative.

Muslims who leave Islam are marked for death under the crime of apostasy. Mohammed was unequivocal:

“[In the words of] Allah’s Apostle, ‘Whoever changed his Islamic religion, then kill him.’” (Sahih Bukhari 9:84:57)

Muslims who submit to Islam (voluntarily or otherwise) go through a one-way door. Under or-thodox Islam, there is no way out. This may not be readily apparent in the West because, in the West, many Muslims are not orthodox, preferring the freedoms of their non-Islamic countries. However, orthodoxy lurks behind the scenes and becomes visible when we hear of so-called “honor killings” for leaving Islam, as this 2015 article in The Christian Post detailed:

“Most recently, Ali Irsan of Texas was charged last week with capital murder of Iranian activist Gelareh Bagherzadeh and Coty Beavers, his son-in-law. Nesreen Irsan, Ali’s daughter, converted to Christianity with the help of Bagherzadeh, and left home and married Beavers, a Christian. Ali Irsan’s wife, Shmou Ali Alrawabdeh, and his son, Nasim, were also charged with murder.”[5]

As reported by Jessica McBride in the 2019 Heavy.com article “Nesreen Irsan & Ali Irsan Now: Their Lives Today,” Nesreen, the apostate daughter, barely escaped and is now in hiding:

“. . . authorities alleged that Ali Irsan also planned to kill Nesreen and others but didn’t pull that off before his arrest.”[6]

Islamic advocacy groups in America, such as CAIR (the Council of American-Islamic Relations), routinely dismiss Muslim honor killings as simple domestic violence having nothing to do with Islam. However, this has been disproved. Writing for the 2009 Middle East Quarterly in the article “Are Honor Killings Simply Domestic Violence?” Phyllis Chester stated:

“And, unlike most Western domestic violence, honor killings are carefully planned. The perpetrator’s family may warn the victim repeatedly over a period of years that she will be killed if she dishonors her family by refusing to veil, rebuffing an arranged marriage, or becoming too Westernized. Most important, only honor killings involve multiple family members. Fathers, mothers, brothers, male cousins, uncles, and sometimes even grandfathers commit the murder, but mothers and sisters may lobby for the killing. Some mothers collaborate in the murder in a hands-on way and may assist in the getaway. In some cases, taxi drivers, neighbors, and mosque members prevent the targeted woman from fleeing, report her whereabouts to her family, and subsequently conspire to thwart police investigations. Very old relatives or minors may be chosen to conduct the murder in order to limit jail time if caught.”[7]

Muslims in orthodox Islamic countries, communities, or families must follow a strict set of laws called “Sharī‘ah.” They cannot criticize Mohammed or Islam; they cannot draw a picture of Mo-hammed; and they cannot live as they wish, especially if they are women. It is true that men under Islam enjoy a certain amount of freedom. Some are immensely wealthy and do not seem to be in chains. Yet they are still slaves to a religious-political system that will turn on them in an instant if they violate its laws.

Muslims in the West may object to this description of their status, but they must acknowledge that they are largely protected from the repression of Sharī‘ah law by the laws and freedoms of the West. In spite of those privileges, many orthodox Muslims want to replace the US Constitution with Sharī‘ah law, which would eliminate the freedoms that non-orthodox American Muslims currently enjoy.[8]

Muslim Women Are Slaves of Slaves

Women under Sharī‘ah Islam are second-class citizens who can be forced to undergo female genital mutilation, be married off to strangers before puberty, and then be beaten by their husbands. They are “slaves of slaves.” These traditions started with Mohammed, who had sex with a nine-year-old girl when he was fifty-four:

“The Prophet wrote the (marriage contract) with Aisha while she was six years old and consummated his marriage with her while she was nine years old and she remained with him for nine years (i.e., till his death)” (Sahih Bukhari 7.62.88)

Mohammed’s “perfect example” has given an excuse to Muslim men to have sex with little girls for fourteen hundred years. The Ayatollah Khomeini married a ten-year-old girl and lowered Iran’s minimum age for girls to be married to nine.[9] The age of Khomeini’s child bride is in dispute, with Islamapologists trying to raise her marriage age. I believe the math reveals that she was nine.

In Chapter Five of the 1985 biography of the Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini titled The Spirit of Allah: Khomeini and the Islamic Revolution by Amir Taheri, the author writes that when Ruhollah Khomeini was twenty-seven, in the summer of 1930, he married Batul (nicknamed Iran and later sometimes referred to as “Khadijeh”), the daughter of one Ayatollah Saqafi, residing in Shahr-e-Rey, near Tehran, Iran.

“One of Saqafi’s daughters, Batul, who was nicknamed Iran, was, at the age of ten, the most likely bride-to-be. . . .

A small ceremony was organized in which Saqafi himself performed the marriage rites. . . . Before leaving for Qom, Ruhollah was allowed a glimpse of his wife’s face—the smiling face of a healthy child.”[10]

Although Taheri’s biography of Khomeini states that Batul was ten at the time of her marriage, he writes on the next page:

“In January 1931, Batul began her eleventh year and was already expecting her first child.”[11] At least according to Western counting, when one begins their eleventh year, it means that they just turned ten, which means that Batul was nine in 1930 when she married Khomeini. This follows the pattern of Mohammed’s marriage to Aisha.

However one might explain away the age of Aisha in seventh-century Arabia, it is very clear that in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries having sex with young girls must be classified as pedo-philia. Sit with this phrase describing Khomeini’s new bride for a moment, and then imagine if that described the wife of a modern, Western, Christian man. The words “pedophile” and “jail time” eas-ily come to mind. “. . . his wife’s face—the smiling face of a healthy child.”

Many people in the West are in the habit of excusing behavior like this because it’s coming from “a third-world, Muslim civilization, so we can’t use our Western standards of judgment.” But that viewpoint is balderdash, nonsense, and an arrogant expression of the bigotry of low expectations. We cannot and must not use silly excuses like that when it comes to protecting the victims of pedophilia, rape, or abuse. They need us to defend them instead of apologizing away the crimes of their sexually twisted abusers.

This is the reality: a nine-year-old child bride of a Muslim man has to obediently lie there while the adult and sometimes very old male comes on top of her and inserts his sexual organ into hers. This is not acceptable, civilized behavior. What is the adult Muslim male thinking? Is he regarding the spiritual, emotional, and physical well-being of that young girl with a heart of unselfish and compassionate love? No, not at all.

Ali ibn Abi Talib was the cousin and son-in-law of Mohammed. He was the fourth caliph and is regarded by Shia Muslims as the rightful immediate successor to Mohammed. Here’s what he thought about women:

“It makes no difference which woman you marry. For all women feel the same, when you mount them in the dark.”[12]

A very large number of orthodox Muslim men are hypnotically obsessed with sex, both during their life on earth and as they look forward to their promised future in “Paradise,” where they believe that they will be permanently sexually aroused without getting tired and will have endless sex with seventy-two sex slaves, as Mohammed stated:

“It was narrated from Abu Umamah that the Messenger of Allah (ﷺ) said:

There is no one whom Allah will admit to Paradise but Allah will marry him to seventy-two wives, two from houris and seventy from his inheritance from the people of Hell, all of whom will have desirable front passages and he will have a male member that never becomes flaccid (i.e., soft and limp).” (Sunan Ibn Majah 37:4481)

Infidel Women Are the Lowest of All

Sex with young girls and an unhealthy obsession with sexual entitlement would be bad enough, but Allah, Mohammed, and Islam also condone the rape of non-Muslim women, revealed by Allah in the Qur’an:

“And all married women (are forbidden unto you) save those (captives) whom your right hands possess.” [4:24] (M. M. Pickthall)

Rape of infidel women is theologically justified, as was illustrated by the 2015 testimony of a twelve-year-old rape victim of an orthodox ISIS Muslim:

“When it was over, he knelt to pray again, bookending the rape with acts of religious devotion.
‘I kept telling him it hurts—please stop,’ said the girl, whose body is so small an adult could circle her waist with two hands. ‘He told me that according to Islam he is allowed to rape an unbeliever. He said that by raping me, he is drawing closer to God.’”[13]

Because of this religious belief, the enormous migration levels of Muslim men into Europe have produced soaring rape statistics. Since 1975, when Sweden opened its borders to Muslim immigrants, rape has increased in that country by 1,472 percent (as of 2015).[14] In England, Muslim rape gangs, euphemistically referred to as “Asian grooming gangs,” have been gang-raping thousands of white British teenage girls for decades, while the police and authorities turn a blind eye because of political correctness and the fear of being labeled racist.[15]

It is reprehensible and deeply hypocritical that a majority of Western feminists ignore the tragic plight of women under Islam and the criminal attacks against non-Muslim women by orthodox Muslim men. Why do they ignore the many thousands of female victims? Where is the #MeToo movement?

Islam Is the Ultimate Tyranny

For the reasons explained here, as well as many other problems with Islam, I state unequivocally that Islam is the ultimate tyranny. It is far more pernicious and all-encompassing than communism because it imbues its adherents with a religious fervor and belief that their system of mass slavery must overtake the world at any cost.

Islam was initially unappealing to seventh-century Arabs. It wasn’t until Mohammed decided to use violence and a system of financial and sexual rewards given to the men who joined him in vio-lence that Islam became almost unstoppable. It attracted the worst kind of men: men who were im-pressed by violence and men who were excited by the prospect of unlimited sexual dominance over women. They became the jihadis who committed horrific crimes against humanity and continue to do so today. Those types of men are the ones who keep their Muslim populations enslaved in the twenty-first century.

Islam claims it is the fulfillment of Jewish and Christian history, but Islam does not follow the Ten Commandments, and Islam most definitely does not teach Muslims that they should follow Jesus’ example and “love their enemies.” Quite the opposite.

Yes, there are good-hearted, freedom-loving Muslim men and women who are moral, loving, and nonviolent. Of course there are. I do not state that “Muslims are the ultimate tyranny.” Individuals can be good or evil, and Muslims are themselves victims of Islam, whether they embrace it with in-doctrinated, jihadist fervor, resist it at the risk of death, or ignore as much of it as they can get away with, which is quite a lot in free, Western countries.

No, the problem is with Islam. Frankly, the West should be sympathetic toward the Muslims who feel oppressed by Sharī‘ah and should help them safely leave the tyranny of Islam.

Image: A female beggar in Afghanistan, wearing a burka. Wikimedia Commons. Public Domain.

© 2022 Peter Falkenberg Brown – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

Endnotes:

Verses from the Qur’an are followed by numbers in brackets which denote the chapter (“Sura”) and verse. The name of the translator is in parentheses. For example: [4:56] (Maududi). Verses that are simply followed by names and numbers in parentheses (no brackets) are from the books of the “Hadith,” the teachings and traditions of Mohammed as related by various authors. For example: (Sahih Bukhari 4:55:654).

1. https://www.colonialwilliamsburg.org/learn/deep-dives/give-me-liberty-or-give-me-death/
2. https://www.meforum.org/7078/erdogan-no-moderate-islam
3. https://islamseries.org/
4. https://www.dictionary.com/browse/slave?s=t
5. https://www.christianpost.com/news/are-islamic-honor-killings-a-growing-threat-in-america.html
6. https://heavy.com/news/2019/11/nesreen-irsan-ali-now-today/
7. https://www.meforum.org/2067/are-honor-killings-simply-domestic-violence
8. https://www.danielpipes.org/blog/2009/07/replacing-the-us-constitution-with-the-koran
9. https://robertspencer.org/2019/12/muslim-cleric-allah-permitted-the-prophet-muhammad-to-marry-aisha-when-she-was-9-years-old
10. Amir Taheri, The Spirit of Allah: Khomeini and the Islamic Revolution, Chapter 5, “The City of Taghut,” page 90. Pub-lished by Adler & Adler, 1986, Bethesda, Maryland.
https://archive.org/details/spiritofallah00amir/page/90/mode/1up
11. Ibid, page 91.
12. Ibid, page 89.
13. https://robertspencer.org/2015/08/he-said-that-raping-me-is-his-prayer-to-god
14. https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/5195/sweden-rape
15. https://robertspencer.org/2018/03/uk-whistleblowers-on-muslim-rape-gangs-in-telford-were-punished-silenced-and-fired-from-their-jobs

By Sidney Secular

September 13, 2022

The rise of Asians in America – especially the “northeast” Asians, that is, the Chinese, Japanese and Koreans – will not be the salvation of the Historic American Nation that many believe. All the political pundits are increasingly promoting the Model Minority myth about Asian-Americans, both immigrant and native-born. They may be hard working, self-reliant, prosperous and largely law abiding, but surprisingly they make up a growing segment of the anti-American, Open Borders Left. These Asians feel “it just isn’t mine,” the same response reported by Barack Obama when his ghostwriter wrote “Dreams of my Father” wherein he describes a trip across Europe in his youth which, though duly impressed him, left him with the unsatisfied feeling that “. . . it just wasn’t mine.” And, of course, he was right! The achievements of the Caucasian (White) Race have never been duplicated even by the Asians with their superior IQ gene!

This off-putting feeling is the factor that explains much of the social dissatisfaction and dysfunction among minorities, and especially among those who have had the benefit of attending prestigious American universities but (unbelievably!) have come to resent the experience – and the nation that provided it! – intensely. White Americans assume the positive experiences Asians have in our society will help assimilate and satisfy them and make them identify with (and like) us more – but it only seems to reinforce their antipathies. They may believe that Harvard and Princeton are beautiful but they don’t feel part of their cultures because these Ivy League schools were founded by White Protestant men – or in the current wacky woke culture, the derided and dreaded dead White males!

This sense of demographic disconnect has led to discontent and such idiotic measures as placing more paintings of minority graduates and faculty inside campus buildings. But such gestures only seem to intensify the sense of separation and antipathy from those for whom they were made. Many conservatives naively assume this disconnect would not exist without the stain of affirmative action and that Asians must not share it because they do not rely on affirmative action’s lower standards for admission to prestigious universities. Indeed, they are often the plaintiff’s in suits against academia because they are bypassed for the benefit of unqualified Blacks. The assumption is that if Asian minorities were admitted simply on merit, we could all just get over this equalitarian nonsense and they would not be burdened by a socially constructed anti-white mindset arising from so-called “inequality.” Unfortunately, as that notion itself is false, it raises equally false hopes by failing to understand the “it just isn’t mine” mindset, is itself anti-White! Despite the well documented hatred Blacks have for Asians – and pretty much everything else they know are superior to them – and the belief Asians have that Blacks –  and Whites – are inferior to them (something that Blacks at least are smart enough to understand), in the end, the Asians will go against Whites simply because this is a White culture and a White country and therefore it “isn’t theirs.”

Negative feelings against Asians by Blacks are most obviously demonstrated in the growing number of brutal Black-on-Asian assaults across the country. The fact that this has not persuaded Asians to side with Whites is sharply defined in the case of former Deputy Attorney General Bill Lann Lee who attended Yale on a scholarship and then Columbia Law School. But instead of being grateful to the “White society” that had succored him and recognized his talents, he took up arms against the Historic American Nation by working for the NAACP and then the Clinton Justice Department. Then there is the case of Michelle Wu, the current mayor of Boston. She is the daughter of Taiwanese immigrants and attended Harvard Law School where she (unfortunately) became a protege of Elizabeth Warren. Wu successfully ran for Boston City Council in 2013 and the Press started pressing the case that she was a model of a successful Asian politician. Like Deval Patrick, the Black Governor of Massachusetts from 2007 to 2015 who also went to Harvard Law School, Wu pretends that her minority status has been an obstacle she had to overcome, when in reality for both Patrick and Wu it was a free ticket to an easy election victory with the overwhelming support of weak-brained libber Whites. Wu didn’t have to do anything but be “Asian” in a weak field of non-Asian, non-Black – that is, White – opponents. However, it is true that Wu was elected in part because she was NOT Black. Most Bostonians al are genuinely frightened of Blacks (and rightly so) but not of Asians who have no history of mindless violence.

Nevertheless, despite having all the right racial and ideological trappings, within a few short months of her tenure, the 37-year-old Wu has become the most unpopular mayor in Boston’s nearly 400 year old history. Wu’s first blunder was to bring in a fellow Taiwanese American Tiffany Chu, from San Francisco to serve as Chief of Staff, showing both a deliberate ethnic bias and a clear lack of understanding the current conditions in ‘Frisco. She could have secured her popularity among liberal White Bostonians by choosing a local politician familiar with the City, but she chose to follow the Black Power route of “if it ain’t one of us, it ain’t getting’ hired.”

Further, Wu did herself no favor with her choice for Chu is an extreme leftist typical of California in general and San Francisco in particular. As a result, Chu’s first priority was to ensure “gender equity” in the matter of awarding snow plowing jobs across the city in the coming winter. This was silly to begin as it had no practical application – especially with regards to “gender.” Wu’s next belly flop was her imposing a vaccine mandate on basically everyone in the city.  COVID “vaccine passports” were required of all citizens to enter virtually all public venues. The public opposition to both the highly dangerous COVID shots and the vaccine passports was overwhelming and huge protests ensued. Many restaurants simply ignored the requirement entirely. Boston has many Irish pubs that are centers of social conviviality vice hubs of gourmet grub, and the COVID rulings didn’t go down well. Wu was puzzled by this development and withdrew the vaccine passport requirements but attributed her defeat in  this matter to –  you guessed it! –  “White racism”. She also stated that she felt the singing of patriotic songs and people chanting “USA, USA” during the demonstrations gave her the feeling she didn’t belong in the USA. Of course, that “feeling” was the result, not of her race but of her behavior! If she had watched any conservative political gatherings, she would have known that is what many conservatives of all races believe and it is not a matter of race, but of one’s personal agenda!

However, the most revealing admission by Wu was that throughout her entire life she had felt invisible or “othered” in her own country – which again is a reflection of the feeling that “It just isn’t mine.”  In an attempt to prop up her sinking popularity, Wu attended the Boston St. Patrick’s Day Breakfast, and important and popular event where the lead speaker is expected to use humor to gain acceptance by the crowd. Unfortunately, Wu would have been better served by speaking simply as she was not known as a humorist. But instead, her puns wound up punishing her. I’m not sure what the exact wording was, but she came across as being tired of problems that are disruptive to her agenda and all of them could be blamed on Whites of various types – “white” snowstorms, white “snowflakes,” “White racists” and the White dominated firefighters union. The joke she used dropped like a lead balloon because her listeners knew that she wasn’t joking! She really does despise White people! It is even more striking when one considers that  she has a White husband and, perforce, mixed race children – but perhaps that is not so strange after all. These life choices may have been made to help her political ascent in a country that “just isn’t her’s” rather than as natural emotional decisions.

This puzzling phenomenon seems to be the case with prominent anti-White, non-White radicals such as Kamala Harris, Ketanji Brown Jackson, and Ilhan Omar. This doesn’t say much for the prospects for assimilation of the minority multitudes. There are, of course, many genuinely patriotically Asians. But for every Michelle Malkin, how many Michelle Wu’s are out there? And more to the point, where have they been placed in the ruling hierarchy? It’s one thing if your local Chinese restaurant’s owner is anti-American. It’s quite another when such a person is your governor or, maybe eventually, your President.

The reality is that Asian voters consistently and nearly overwhelmingly support left-wing candidates, and there seems to be no reason for that to change, as the “it just Isn’t Mine” feeling is not one that will easily go away or maybe ever go away. The Marxist concept that the Historical American Nation must be destroyed so that it can be built back better, at least better in terms of it becoming a majority minority enterprise where the Whites can be ousted from their “privileged” positions, seems to be in the back of the minds of Blacks and the other minorities. This is part of the utopian vision that the libbers trot out despite its impractical nature, and can only result in the death of everything that America has represented that has made it special. And, perhaps even more important, the death of Western Civilization and the race – White – and the religion – Christianity –  that made of Man so much more than a two legged life form.

© 2022 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

By Cliff Kincaid

September 13, 2022

On the anniversary of 9/11, I am used to seeing the claims that Dick Cheney and other officials bombed the World Trade center in an “inside job” designed to drag us into war. This is the Alex Jones school of thought. He also claimed the children murdered at Sandy Hook were child actors. For the latter, he has been ordered to pay millions of dollars in damages to the families of the victims.

When former Trump adviser Stephen K. Bannon promotes the Alex Jones school of lunatic thought, he makes Trump supporters look stupid.

Jones became the face of the 9/11 “truth” movement, even though another Jones, former Obama official and Marxist Van Jones, was another prominent advocate of the view that America attacked itself on 9/11.

The 9/11 “truth movement” was not concerned about the real truth but political gain for the opponents of the Bush Administration. That is why a Marxist like Van Jones, and others like him from the “progressive” side of the political spectrum, were a major part of that apparatus.

This is not to say that there are not anomalies and problems in the official story. We know that a military intelligence unit, Able Danger, had identified several of the 9/11 hijackers in the U.S. a year before the 9/11 terrorist attacks were carried out.

And the FBI knew as well.

I asked former FBI special agent Coleen Rowley about the absurd “inside job” claims during an interview. She said the “inside job” nonsense is a lunatic response to those who wanted to use 9/11 for political purposes. She said it’s important to ascertain the facts about what happened. And those facts are that a Muslim terrorist group by the name of al Qaeda was on American soil plotting to attack the World Trade Center, the Pentagon, and possible the White House or the Capitol building.

Rowley is not a conservative or a neoconservative. She ran for Congress, after being forced out of the FBI for whistleblowing, as a Democrat. She later left the Democratic Party, concluding it was corrupt.

Rowley’s FBI office in Minneapolis had learned of the 9/11 plot before it happened, when agents were tipped off about an al Qaeda operative, Zacarias Moussaoui, taking flight training in the area. After the fact, the FBI would admit that, on August 15, 2001, “the flight school reported its suspicions about Moussaoui to the FBI, including that he only wanted to learn how to take off and land the airplane, that he had no background in aviation, and that he had paid in cash for the course.” But FBI headquarters failed to investigate and stop him.

If FBI headquarters had taken proper action, 9/11 could have been stopped.

Who was really behind the 9/11 “inside job” disinformation? It didn’t start with Alex Jones, but he jumped on the Marxist-inspired disinformation bandwagon. I discuss the assortment of globalists and New Agers behind this theory in my report, “The Big Con and 9/11 Truth.”

Indeed, convicted con man Lyndon LaRouche was considered the intellectual author of the 9/11 truth movement because he started questioning whether Muslims had staged the attacks right after they occurred. Larouche started out as a Marxist and, in a 1976 lecture, titled, “What Only Communists Know,” declared his desire to bring into being “a new Marxist international…”

The truth is that 9/11 was another FBI “intelligence failure” from a corrupt agency that has only gotten more corrupt over the years. Every “failure” seems to give them more power.

The FBI also failed to stop or even understand the nature of the post-9/11 anthrax attacks. Those, too, were carried out by al Qaeda, operating on American soil.

The phrases “Death to America,” “Death to Israel” and “Allah is God” were on the anthrax letters but FBI Director Robert Mueller was ordered to cover-up al Qaeda involvement. Why? The evidence is that the anthrax was stolen from a U.S. lab by an al Qaeda operative.

Remember that former FBI Director Mueller, the Russia-gate Special Counsel, blamed al Qaeda’s post-9/11 anthrax attacks on innocent American scientists. From the start of the FBI’s inquiry, the Bureau seemed determined to eliminate al Qaeda as a source of the attacks. Former government scientist Dr. Stephen Hatfill’s career was destroyed by the FBI as they sought to frame him. Eventually, the Department of Justice paid Hatfill a multi-million dollar settlement in recognition of the fact that they had persecuted an innocent man.

Mueller ran the FBI and failed to implement reforms after a Russian agent, Robert Hanssen, was caught. Incredibly, Hanssen had worked on FBI counter-intelligence against the Russians!

This is the real 9/11 Truth. Our “intelligence” agencies are filled with infiltrators and those who protect them. These corrupt agencies cannot be trusted. They must be abolished. They do not protect the American people. They exist only to enrich themselves with money and power.

© 2022 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. uasurvival.org

By Kelleigh Nelson

September 13, 2022

Voters, whatever their political views, should rise up against politicians who want to dilute the Bill of Rights to perpetuate their tenure in office. —Ted Olson, former Solicitor General

When once a Republic is corrupted, there is no possibility of remedying any of the growing evils but by removing the corruption and restoring its lost principles; every other correction is either useless or a new evil.  —Thomas Jefferson

War is when the government tells you who the bad guy is. Revolution is when you decide that for yourself. —Benjamin Franklin

“The accumulation of all powers, legislative, executive, and judiciary, in the same hands, whether of one, a few, or many, and whether hereditary, self-appointed, or elective, may justly be pronounced the very definition of tyranny.”  —James Madison, Federalist 47, 1788

Mark Twain tells us, “The only difference between reality and fiction is that fiction needs to be credible.”  Had an author written what has happened to America just over the last six years, no one would believe it.  The yarn would be just too far out to have any credence whatsoever.  But we’re living it!

In his recent speech from Independence Hall in Philadelphia, our illegitimate dementia ridden president walked to the podium holding hands with his wife.  I don’t recall any other president’s wife doing such.  Maybe she didn’t want him to veer off from his intended destination.

Jonathan Turley commented that the backdrop of Uncle Joe’s speech looked like he was yammering at us from Dante’s Inferno.  And the two Marines…when the military is supposed to be apolitical.  However, with General Mark Milley, who many consider a traitor, Chief of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, we can disabuse ourselves of their impartiality.

Joshua Charles tweeted that Biden’s speech was the single most toxic, inflammatory and hypocritical speech by an American President he was aware of.  I fully agree.

Democracy vs. Republic

Biden extolled the wonders of our Constitution and Declaration of Independence and then told us that equality and democracy are under attack.

First and foremost, we are not a democracy, we are a Representative Republic. There is a massive difference, and I would be absolutely thrilled if “democracy” was actually under attack.  Why?  Because it is mob rule, because it is never mentioned in either of our founding documents, because it is a treacherous form of government.

Our founders knew that in its pure form democracy is ultimately dangerous.  The writings and sermons from our founding era are replete with warnings of this fact:

• Alexander Hamilton wrote, “If we incline too much to democracy we shall soon shoot into a monarchy, or some other form of a dictatorship.”

• Thomas Jefferson lamented that “a democracy is nothing more than mob rule, where 51 percent of the people may take away the rights of the other 49.”

• James Madison argued that democracies “have ever been spectacles of turbulence and contention; have ever been incompatible with personal security or the rights of property; and have in general been as short in their lives as they have been violent in their deaths.”

• John Adams concluded that democracy “never lasts long. It soon wastes, exhausts and murders itself. There never was a democracy yet that did not commit suicide.”

Yet, Joseph Biden and his democrat comrades all call us a democracy, and the same goes for nearly all but a handful of republicans.

More democracy they scream!  Even calling for the abolition of some of our founders’ safety mechanisms.  They propose eliminating the Electoral College and blocking the confirmation of “unpopular” Supreme Court Justices.  We would never have had Justices Samuel Alito and Clarence Thomas.  They also want to tie representation in the U.S. Senate to state populations, rather than equal representation. And we know where that would lead.

Most of our institutions were designed to thwart the malevolent and pernicious effects of too much democracy and are purposely designed to be anti-democratic.  They are essential safeguards for individual liberty, something today’s comrades in both parties would love to do away with as their goals are collectivism, i.e., Marxism.

Psychological Projection

Our illegitimate president continued by saying, “Donald Trump and the MAGA Republicans represent an extremism that threatens the very foundations of our republic.”  The Marxist approach taught by Hillary Clinton’s hero, Saul Alinsky … blame your enemy for what you yourself are doing.

Biden continued by targeting constitutional conservatives who supported Donald Trump.

Biden continued, “Let me speak as plainly as I can to the nation about the threats we face, about the power we have in our own hands to meet these threats.  Donald Trump and the MAGA Republicans represent an extremism that threatens the very foundations of our republic.”

Oh yeah Joe?  You targeted your opposition just like any good totalitarian dictator would do, and you incited violence by saying any true constitutionalist is a threat to America!

Biden’s puppeteers plan a crackdown on his political opponents by the security state, i.e, the FBI, which has become, let’s face it…America’s Sturmabteilung, (Storm Troopers), also known as “Brown Shirts.”

In her latest substack article, Sidney Powell commented, “The left is raiding, scaring, silencing, intimidating and bankrupting the opposition.”  And yes, according to Steve Bannon and Harmeet Dillon it’s true, 35 to 50 FBI raids occurred on senior MAGA/Trump allies.

The speech was violent, demonstrably evil, and attacked more than half of the American electorate.  Shades of 1861 come to mind where 700,000 Americans died at the hands of their fellow citizens.

Silent Republicans

Where are the Republicans as a party?  Only a handful stand firm against the onslaught of Stalinist tactics.

Where is the outcry over Biden’s encouragement of violence against fellow Americans?

Where is the outcry about the January 6^th participants languishing in prison for over 20 months?

Where is the outcry over the hundreds of thousands who have died or been disabled by the mRNA clot shots? There are now over 900 dead athletes and 1323 athlete cardiac arrests.

Where is the outcry over the sieve at the southern border?  Biden took an oath to defend this country against invasion, yet he invites it.

Where is the outcry over the horrid targeting of Trump supporters in Biden’s vile speech?

Where is the outcry over the fraudulently named Inflation Reduction Act which does not reduce spending but creates more climate change laws and restrictions?

Where is the outcry over the high prices of food, gasoline, and everyday essentials?

Where is the outcry over military prosecutors negotiating a plea deal with 9/11 architect Khalid Sheikh Mohammed?

Where is the outcry over Iran getting billions of dollars (again) before Congress can even review the new nuclear deal?

And why have we not heard one Republican criticize Biden’s lawmaking Executive Orders when that function belongs only to Congress?

There is so much more.

Why do the Republicans sit on their hands and never raise their voices?  Why?  Because most of them hated Trump just as much as the Dems did.

While this fascist regime shreds our Constitution, there is silence from the Republican Party.

They are silent because they are in bed with the left.  Have you ever seen them fight like the Democrat Party fights when they’re not in power?  The Republican Party guarantees all Democrat nominees will be voted into power, whereas the Democrat Party fights tooth and nail to keep true patriotic Americans from any seats of power.  Remember Joe Biden’s smear campaign against Clarence Thomas in his 1991 hearings to become a Justice of the Supreme Court?

And there was a long list of Republicans who told Trump to concede the election and not fight the obvious vote fraud.  They wanted him gone.  These same republicans email us for money and you can’t get rid of them no matter how many times you unsubscribe.  They keep coming back.

Biden apparently has a plan to win the 2022 elections.  True the Vote’s Catherine Englebrecht and Gregg Phillips discussed the Chinese infiltration of U.S. election software.

The Goldwater Campaign

Having been a Goldwater girl when Barry Goldwater was running for president in 1964, I watched as “neo-conservative” elements moved to encircle and control his campaign.  One of his speechwriters, unbeknownst to him, was a member of the Students for a Democratic Society, led by militant communists.  Efforts of men within the party who did not want Goldwater elected, including the Rockefellers and George Romney (Senator Willard Mitt Romney’s father) were comfortable working with and befriending people like Saul Alinsky (Hillary Clinton met Alinsky in 1961), the Association for Community Organizations for Reform Now (ACORN) and similar community activist groups promoting a socialist agenda.

At the time, the establishment retained its control over the party leadership and purposely scuttled the campaign.  To the Victor go the Myths and Monuments by Arthur R. Thompson tells the story of a group of people from Europe who banded together to subvert America’s liberty, government and religious system.

Irving Kristol and other “former” Trotskyite communists had infiltrated the Republican Party; they were leftists brought in to dilute and divide what was left of Republican constitutionalists.  William F. Buckley and Kristol did their best to destroy true patriotic and constitutional conservatives with their subtle socialist dogma.  He supported liberal causes, from abortion, drugs, and pornography, to the Panama Canal giveaway.

John McManus’ book, William F. Buckley Jr.: Pied Piper for the Establishment, tells the entire sordid tale.  Buckley was a member of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), a CIA agent and member of Yale Skull and Bones Society.

In fact, the Republican Party has done all it can to ensure that constitutionalists’ influence is negated or isolated within the party.  And of course, the average party activists or voters never see what goes on behind the scenes.

Tragedy and Hope

For nearly 60 years, we have seen a failure of the Republican Party to fight the assault on freedom.  We’ve called them weak, when in fact they are players in the same evil game.  When I look at Senator McConnell and Congressman Kevin McCarthy, I think, “Hell no, they won’t save anything except themselves.”

In 2014, I wrote a 23-part series entitled, Enemies on the Left, False Friends on the Right.  The following was mentioned in the first article of the series.

In 1966, Carroll Quigley wrote his massive book Tragedy and Hope, A History of the World in our Time. Tragedy being that so many people have to die, and Hope being the New World Order. He was the official historian for the CFR and was privileged to study the elites’ plans for the world for nearly two years. Quigley taught at the School of Foreign Service at Georgetown University from 1941 to 1976, and was Bill Clinton’s mentor. On page 1247 of his book, he wrote this:

The chief problem of American political life for a long time has been how to make the two Congressional parties more national and international. The argument that the two parties should represent opposed ideals and policies, one perhaps, of the Right and the other of the Left, is a foolish idea acceptable only to doctrinaire and academic thinkers. Instead, the two parties should be almost identical, so that the American people can “throw the rascals out” at any election without leading to any profound or extensive shifts in policy. The policies that are vital and necessary for America are no longer subjects of significant disagreement, but are disputable only in details of procedure, priority, or method …..Then it should be possible to replace it, every four years if necessary, by the other party, which will be none of these things but will still pursue, with new vigor, approximately the same basic policies.

This is what exists today in America! We have one party with one agenda! This book had its first printing in 1966. The powers that be (Milner, Rhodes, the CFR, etc.) were so horrified that Quigley had exposed so many secrets, the book was not reprinted, and Macmillan Publishing destroyed the plates. It wasn’t until 1974 that Jack Meserole received permission from Quigley, reprinted the book, and sold it for his cost. Quigley laughed at the elitists because he knew the noose was so tight around the necks of Americans that even with the truth of his book, nothing would change.

Conclusion

We have seen the hatred of both left and right for anyone who would challenge the status quo.  Too many Republican politicians do not believe in the conspiracy that people on the left will infiltrate their organization to scuttle any chance of a viable candidate having an effective level of influence.  We’ve seen it time and again.  The enemies of freedom surround those who could make a difference and ultimately destroy.

Our once great nation has come under the control of deranged totalitarians, of power-seeking sociopaths who hate America, her people, our Constitution, and especially our Judeo-Christian culture.  Our very words and thoughts are subject to censorship and labeled as hate speech, misinformation or conspiracy theories.  We are now called extremists.

Arthur Thompson, former CEO of the John Birch Society tells us, “What is taught today is that a belief in conspiracies is shallow thinking, and perhaps even paranoia.  In 1776, it was taught as fact.  When two or more people plan in secret to affect an evil purpose, it is the definition of a conspiracy, whether you like the word or not.”

New Zealand Prime Minister and young global leader Jacinda Ardern said, “government is your single source of truth. Unless you hear it from us, it’s not the truth.” She also tells us we should dismiss anything else we hear unless issued by government.

No difference than what we’re hearing from our illegitimate president and his administration, what is being foisted upon us with censorship throughout mainstream and social media.

We are in a spiritual war, a war between good and evil.

Arthur Thompson ended his book with these words, “The Conspiracy does not care what you know, only what you do about what you know.”

What will you do?

© 2022 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

By: Devvy

September 11, 2022

America was attacked twenty-one years ago today, thousands of innocent human beings died and the cover-up began immediately.  Those who still believe the “official” narrative of what happened are those who not only have done no research, but are too afraid of the truth to acknowledge what their own eyes saw.  The truth about 9/11, who masterminded it, the players and the money to fund it is something most people in America cannot handle.

The same applies to Pearl Harbor, Ruby Ridge, WACO, TWA Flight 800, OKC and, of course, the massive lies regarding COVID-19 and those experimental gene therapy injections passed off as vaccines which they are not.

Mine:  FDR wanted the Japanese to strike first.  Ruby Ridge should never have happened by the “rank and file” in the FBI but they had other plans.  One of their snipers shot a mother, Vicky Weaver, in the forehead holding her 18-month-old baby.  She was unarmed and a threat to no one.   Their son, Sammy, age 13 and the family dog were also murdered that day.  The sniper, Lon Horiuchi, was never charged.  Shadow government craven turncoat, former AG Bill Barr, led the charge to protect killers like Horiuchi.

No question TWA Flight 800 was brought down by a missile.  My dear friend who passed away in December 2019, Brigadier General (Ret.) Ben Partin wrote about it:  TWA-800 SHOOT DOWN, Feb. 2, 2018:  “On October 4, 1996, seven weeks after the TWA incident, I sent a fax to the chief TWA-800 investigator in New York. The fax stated as follows:

“I did the initial design, development, and test of the first several continuous-rod warheads for the MOMARC missile in the 1956-7 time period. This was done at the Ballistic Research Labs at the Aberdeen Proving Grounds in Maryland. I carried several to Socorro, New Mexico for testing in a special arena nearby.

“A proximity fused, continuous-rod (CR) missile warhead is the only target destruction system I know that would be consistent with all damage assessment information I have seen in the open media.

“The destructive mechanism is unique to that type of warhead. You would not see blast or blast-frag damage. Neither would you see residuals from explosives. The instantaneous kill is unique to that warhead type, The CR warhead is the most difficult to perfect even with many design iterations.”

“I would encourage you to have someone reassess the recovered structure who is familiar with the unique structural kill of a CR warhead.  If I can be of any help, let me know.””  Response:  CRICKETS.

Of course, the FBI and Congress had no interest in the truth being revealed.  Here’s Ben’s bio.  This is a speech Ben gave at a convention I put on in 1998 for the Wallace Institute.  It is well worth your time to watch on th0se cover-ups.

Jack Cashill has done an amazing job in uncovering the cover-up of TWA Flight 800.  Reopen the TWA Flight 800 Case.  I’ve read his books and here you will find Jack’s archives on TWA Flight 800 and the cover up that remains fixed today.

WACO.  The ATF or FBI could have picked up David Korsch at any time before they murdered 83 men, women and children.  It was a slaughter approved by sexual deviant, then AG, Janet Reno.  How the Government Covered Up the Waco Massacre:  “Only nine days before the ATF attack, David Koresh had gone target shooting with three undercover ATF agents (whom he recognized as G-men).

“Koresh “provided the ammunition and the agents handed him their guns,” noted former federal lawyer David Hardy, whose research exposed the ATF memo detailing the target practice six years after the raid. After the raid, the ATF insisted that Koresh never went outside the “compound”—and thus the agency needed to launch a full-scale attack to get him. But Koresh could easily have been arrested while target shooting. Danforth also ignored the evidence that ATF agents shot first as they assaulted the Davidians’ home.”

Those responsible for planning and executing 9/11 still walk free today.  I say that with absolute certainly as I, like so many others, have spent the equivalent of thousands of hours of research and watching documentaries by real experts not on the U.S. government payroll over the past 21 years.  Like family members who lost a son, daughter, father, uncle, cousin – and not just Americans as many were innocent people here from foreign countries in the wrong place at the wrong time.

Tens and tens of millions of Americans continue to believe every lie ever printed in the prostitute media about 9/11, the 9/11 Cover-Up Commission Report and the faked killing of Bin Laden on May 2, 2011.  How many Americans even know Bin Laden was never on the FBI’s most wanted list for 9/11?  How about yippe-kayee, Bush, Jr and Bin Laden?

“The most important thing is for us to find Osama bin Laden. It is our number one priority and we will not rest until we find him.” George W. Bush, September 13, 2001.

“I don’t know where bin Laden is. I have no idea and really don’t care. It’s not that important. It’s not our priority.” George W. Bush, March 13, 2002

Of course not.  Bin Laden was already dead but keeping him “alive” was essential for dragging America into yet another unconstitutional (undeclared) war, a cash cow for the military industrial complex.

READ:  Mainstream Media Evidence Bin Laden Died In 2001, May 22, 2016 – “Following Seymour Hersh’s claim that the raid on the Osama bin Laden compound in 2011 was “one big lie,” the following quotes from mainstream media outlets offer conclusive proof that the government and media knew that bin Laden had died in December 2001 in Tora Bora due to kidney failure.”  What too many Americans don’t know is dictators throughout history have one or more individuals who greatly resemble them they use as “doubles”.

We’ve all seen the controlled demolition of the twin towers.  Horror that can never be unseen.  Families pain and grief they still deal with today.  All the interviews with first responders who heard the explosions underground.  They had no reason to lie in those real-time interviews.

Architects and engineers by the thousands who’ve courageously come forth over the decades proving those towers were NOT brought down by fire from the two commercial air liners that hit them.  Naturally they have all – including family members – been ridiculed, called conspiracy nuts and worse.

Pilots who’ve flown the same commercial airliner, a Boeing 77 (Flight 77) that did not hit the Pentagon, all slandered to keep the official lie in place.

This is an hour and a half video everyone should watch and MAKE IT GO VIRAL:  Pilots for 9/11 Truth Explain How & Why

New Study from Pilots for 9/11 Truth: No Boeing 757 Hit the Pentagon, June 21, 2007: “Pilots for 9/11 Truth obtained black box data from the government under the Freedom of Information Act for AA Flight 77, which The 9/11 Report claims hit the Pentagon. Analysis of the data contradicts the official account in direction, approach, and altitude. The plane was too high to hit lamp posts and would have flown over the Pentagon, not impacted with its ground floor. This result confirms and strengthens the previous findings of Scholars for 9/11 Truth that no Boeing 757 hit the building.”

I believe the most comprehensive analysis of the Pentagon and Flight 77 was done by Barbara Honegger, M.S., San Francisco Tesla Society, March 9, 2014.  It is a 311 page analysis that is simply brilliant.  (I interviewed April Gallop on radio.  She was there; a strong and completely credible witness.  April is in that analysis.)  Where did all the dead passengers go? 

I believe I know where Flight 77 went and if I had Donald Trump’s money, I would quietly put together the right people to find the wreckage.  I’m not stupid.  I’ve debunked a number of 9/11 conspiracy theories as I seek truth not splashy click-bait headlines.  (FEMA’s Prior Knowledge of 9-11 Put to Rest)  Where I believe Flight 77 went is the only one that makes sense.

The National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) came out with their white-wash report and have stuck to it ever since.  They’re lying.  Robert A. Motch has been trying for 24 years to educate who are the shadow players behind so many of these horrific disasters as well as coordinating to being down this country.  He sent me a 31-minute video that is a MUST watch.  Stand for the Truth: A Government Researcher Speaks Out | 9/11 Evidence and NIST

That 31-minute video is one of the most important you will see as the individual used to work for NIST:  “In August 2016, Peter Michael Ketcham, a former employee of the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), began looking into the reports his agency had released years earlier on the collapse of the World Trade Center. What he found shook him to the core.

“In this poignant half-hour interview, Peter Michael Ketcham tells his story of discovering that the organization where he had worked for 14 years had deliberately suppressed the truth about the most pivotal event of the 21st century.

“Through his willingness to look openly at what he failed to see in front of him for 15 years, Mr. Ketcham inspires us to believe that we can all muster the courage to confront the truth — and, in so doing, finally heal the wounds of 9/11.”

MAKE THAT VIDEO GO VIRAL.

The wound will never be fully healed until the truth and perpetrators are brought to justice.  The fact that NIST (The National Institute of Standards and Technology) has been so willing over the decades to lie to the American people who pay their salaries– the same as Dr. Death Fauci and Debra Birx – should anger the American people as it has so many of us and in countries who lost their citizens that day.

Building 7 was absolutely a controlled demolition.  On that day 21 years ago my late husband who was a retired Army Colonel, Army Corps of Engineers for 27 years (an engineer for 43 years when he retired)  – the first thing he said watching Building 7 collapse in real time:  That was a controlled demolition and then he explained to me how long it takes to wire and set charges to bring down a 47-story building that pancakes into itself near perfectly.

SEVEN is a 45-minute documentary on Building 7.  That 47-story building came down seven hours after both towers had come down.  Like the Murrah Building in OKC it HAD TO BE PREPARED IN ADVANCE.  The Murrah Building didn’t explode from a truck parked outside at the curb.  If it had, why was the debris blown from the inside out?  Because the charges were inside on the columns in the basement area.  Watch SEVEN AND  MAKE IT GO VIRAL.

Robert A. Motch has worked with and funded a huge amount of money in support of Architects & Engineers for 9/11 Truth.  He’s been asking people to forward his research.   Engineer Roland Angle: The official 9/11 narrative cannot be allowed to stand (audio).  It took me a long time to face what I knew to be true about 9/11, Nov. 9, 2021, actor William Hurt (who passed away March 12, 2022.)  “A day later I was back at work.  Another week later, and by sheer coincidence, there we were, filming on location in NYC. Prior to 9/11, a reservation had been made for us to stay at a hotel 12 blocks north of Ground Zero. I asked the young elevator man as we first went up to the room if he’d lost anyone close.

“Surprised and instantly in tears, he said, “My uncle. He was the window-washing machines overseer. Never missed a day.” Off my room, there was a patio. I could look down the avenue and see the site, smoldering in the night lights. In horror, I knew what it was partly made of. We all did. What I didn’t know at that time: Thermite keeps burning a long time. At night, I’d go down. They let me through the barriers because I was recognized. I’d talk to and hug the first responders.

“It never left me.  The discrepancy.  The difference between the story we were told to believe and its impossibility.  I felt alone until 2013. Then I couldn’t stand it anymore, and I started digging. Digging for truth in the rubble of the official lie, then in another heavier layer of rubble that lay in my own mind, installed there by our mass media.”

Our open border

No one should be surprised if we have another 9/11 because of the massive invasion going on at the border between the U.S. and Mexico.  42 Suspected Terrorists Have Been Apprehended at Our Southern Border Since Biden Took Office, April 20, 2022.  Border Patrol Nabs 10 Migrants on Terror Watch List As Unprecedented Surge Continues, August 21, 2022.

Think there are no terrorist cells in this country just biding their time?  Only a fool or someone in denial could believe that.  Haven’t the American people noticed so many of hundreds of thousands of illegals from nearly 100 countries – including enemy countries in the Middle East – are males, well fed and the right age to be fighters?

Prodding Today, Lights Out Tomorrow, Dec. 29, 2015 (Mine).  “I found out about something called ‘prodding’ used in intelligence circles. What it means is Muslim terrorists – like the ones allowed to flourish in this country – will make a small hit to see how prepared governments, state or federal, are and what kind of response to expect. The damage from proddings can be significant but it’s really a ‘dry run’ up to something bigger…

“I’m going to tell you a true story. Two days after 9/11, I was at my hair dresser in Sacramento, California. 9/11 was the talk. Karen pointed out one of the other hair dressers  told her a couple of Middle Eastern men rented a down stairs apartment in the building where she lived. They left the front door open here and there so when the woman walked by several times, she was able to see an empty living room with nothing but boxes and fax machines. There didn’t seem to be any other furniture.

“Those males cleaned out the apartment (they paid their rent in cash) on 9/11 and haven’t been seen since. I told Karen to tell her to call the FBI soon as she is done with her client so they could go finger print that apartment before it gets cleaned. That’s exactly how cells operate – like the two terrorists who committed the slaughter in San Bernadino with a garage full of bomb making materials. No one said anything for fear of being politically incorrect.”

Think members of Congress are completely in the dark about Building 7?  Hundreds of activists send Building 7 film to congressional reps, April 15, 2021.  Reaction from every one of them:  CRICKETS.

Go to Architects & Engineers for 9/11 Truth.  Take your time and be sure watch the video by a father whose son was murdered that day and what is the Bobby McIlvaine Act. [See their DVD: “The Anatomy of a Great Deception“]

We will never forget!  America doesn’t once a year but unless and until a REAL, televised investigation is presented to the American people by Congress or a grand jury is convened, all the dead will continue to be remembered once a year just like Pearl Harbor and all the others mentioned above while the guilty walk free.

All the thousands of family members of loved ones killed that day, friends, co-workers and children old enough to understand do not forget for even one day a year.  9/11 started the disastrous undeclared “wars” in Iraq and Afghanistan.  The world deserves the truth.  The families deserve the truth.  So many first responders have died since 9/11 from cancer and other related illnesses brought on by being on site.  Only We the People can make that happen.  Come January after Congress is sworn in, there has to be massive heat put on them.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related:

The Latest on 9/11 Legal Actions: An Interview with Mick Harrison and David Meiswinkle (Video interview)

Very important series I did on Flight 93:  Asking Questions at the Flight 93 Crash Site

Intelligence and the 9/11/2001 Events, Sept. 10, 2022

A very important report:  The Oklahoma City Bombing Case Revelations

Katzenbach Memo, Warren and 9/11 Commissions (Mine)

Total chaos which showed exactly how unprepared America was for that day because of the deliberate confusion created by training exercises:  Summary of Flights Hijacked on 9/11

By Lex Greene

September 12, 2022

According to the most distrusted and unpopular political organization in American history, democrats responsible for the Nazi-like Biden regime, “MAGA Americans are dangerous extremists” based upon their open agenda to “Make America Great Again.”

How dare these “extremists” work to “Make America Great Again.” How dare they rise up peacefully in objection to the utter destruction of the USA and confront a global Marxist assault on all things American. How dare they try to return America to that shining city on the hill, the beacon of hope for freedom and liberty for every American Citizen and every human on earth.

MAGA Americans are “America First” Americans, determined to make America a global leader for good again, so that America can help others to secure freedom, peace, and prosperity all over the world. The “extreme” agenda of these folks is indeed a grave threat…to evil.

The MAGA Priorities

• A moral and ethical society able to elect moral and ethical leaders
• A fundamental regard for human life
• True justice for every Citizen, without any regard for ethnicity, color, gender, or creed
• Peace and tranquility in which to raise our children and grandchildren
• Equal opportunity for everyone willing to freely earn personal prosperity
• A Constitutional Government living within its boundaries and means
• Less taxation and regulation, and more individual freedom and liberty
• A society where all protect the liberty of others, in order to preserve our own
• Safe and clean neighborhoods free from violent crime and corruption
• Secure borders and national security in an increasingly dangerous world
• True pillars of our community to lead our government
• Real journalism instead of the political propaganda machine we have now
• Free, fair, transparent, secure, and honest elections
• A secure supply chain for all necessities of life
• Abundant domestic clean energy
• A stable prosperous economy
• Quality affordable healthcare
• An end to all forms of tyrannical totalitarian government
• Freedom, Liberty, and Justice for all

If you don’t want all of these same things, then you’re not an American at all. You should move to a land where these things don’t exist and live out the balance of your life in the squalor and tyranny you vote for here.

If you prefer socialism over freedom, no problem, just move to a socialist country. If you believe in communism, move to a communist country, like China or North Korea.

We all know that when democrats speak about “democracy,” they really mean global Marxism.

MAGA-haters are spending billions in U.S. tax dollars on a failed witch hunt against Donald J. Trump because he is clearly the most popular pro-American political figure anywhere on earth. But he isn’t even your real problem…

Over 100-million America First Patriots are your problem, which is why the tyrannical corrupt Biden regime is targeting every freedom-loving American today, labeling them “extremists, insurrectionists and even domestic terrorists.” They are a problem, but not for the reasons told by MAGA-haters.

MAGA Americans are “freedom fighters.” They are only a threat to everyone who hates freedom, liberty, justice, peace and tranquility, truth, moral and ethical government, and all other things American.

America remains the most well-armed society on earth, and we will continue to be. We have approximately 20-million military veterans in this country, well trained in the art of security. There are more well-armed and trained hunters just in the state of Wisconsin alone, than current members of the U.S. Military.

Marxist democrats are doing all they can to incite a war with America First Citizens, proving that they are not the sharpest knives in the drawer. Meanwhile, MAGA Americans are doing all they can to resolve these matters peacefully and lawfully, because that’s who they are…law-abiding conservatives.

If you paid any attention to who the MAGA Americans are, you’d know better than to incite a war with them, or even get in an argument with them. But hey, if there is anything true American patriots love as much as their freedom, it is being underestimated by their enemies.

Trump isn’t your problem, he’s just one man. In case you haven’t noticed, the more you attack Trump, the more MAGA Americans you create. Not because of support for Trump, which is real, but because MAGA Americans feel attacked every time you attack Trump. So, keep it up, YOU’RE DOING GREAT! You are better MAGA recruiters than Trump himself.

Let’s be honest here, people who can’t even tell if they are male or female and don’t believe in guns, are picking a fight they can’t survive. We don’t want this for them, but they will bring it upon themselves.

God Bless America First!

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

September 12, 2022

Part 2: America’s identity, racial separation, what’s next?

While BLM, La Raza, Muslim Brotherhood and Antifa would like to destroy every aspect of American culture, they lack any reasonable plan for creating a livable, free and rational society.

One of BLM’s leaders siphoned $10 million out of their bank account. Another one bought a $2 million house for her personal use. In reality, BLM anarchists lack any comprehension of a peaceful, civil and functioning society. How many African-Americans would opt to returning to Somalia, Sudan, Congo or Ethiopia to live in refugee camps?

If La Raza, which translates into “the race”, showed any success in Mexico, why are millions streaming out of South and Central America, along with over 15 million illegally from Mexico—into this terrible United States of America?

As to Islamic society, what American woman would prefer to live under Sharia Law? What American woman would choose female genital mutilation or being honored killed by her husband or brother?

Why are Canada and Europe being invaded by the Middle East and Africa if their societies are so racist, unfair and cruel?

Quite a few people responded to Part 1 of this series. Here are their thoughts. They may coincide with your thoughts:

“Sadly, to say as great as our Constitution has been to make America what it has been, at the same time it has been the catalyst for our own destruction. That destruction being the rights and protection(s) it intends are used by the very powers who despise us to defeat us.

“All the arguments that can be made to keep America American are disparaged, and used in courts of law to grant this or that minority group protection(s) against us the evil discriminatory white people.

“The Japanese have it right! Keep Japan Japanese.”

“Your, and my generations of America are hanging-on by a thread, and gasping for breath to remain alive; but this country will not survive.” Be well,R.T.

“America is having a hard time with the massive influx of illegal aliens who have no intention of becoming American. Quite the contrary, they want to convert America into the same sh*thole they left. With their utter disregard for our laws, which also applies to the ruling class, we are being fragmented, not united. We will be entering a war here on our soil in our towns and cities due to the a*shole in the White House.” B.M.

“An historian said, “Before a civilization dies, it loses its mind.” How do we regain our minds? We have to trash our TV’s, sports and game ‘mentality’ and return to pre-TV and books when we were a homogeneous nation in race, culture and sensible values. Thanks for your voice.” L.P.

“I heard from Andrew Wilkow, “When over ‘there’ comes here, here becomes ‘there.’”

“Years ago I read Milestones by Sayyid Qutb. He wrote of overcoming a nation without bloodshed. Then I read The Death of a Nation by Stormer and he spoke of the communist takeover. Also, Alan Bloom’s book Closing the American Mind”.

In his book, The War On The West by Douglas Murray, he said, “The CRT people argued that America was not merely a white-dominated society, or that America had a white-majority population, but a white-supremist society. They claimed that all white people benefited from allowing white-supremist rule.”

In other words, if you are white America in 2022, you’re damned one way or the other for your skin color.

In May 2020, when lifelong felon George Floyd was caught for the umpteenth time for his criminal behavior as a car jacker, woman abuser, drug dealer, shoplifter, thief, porno star and passing phony $20 bills, he died at the hands of a white police officer trying to neutralize him. At the time, fentanyl filled Floyd’s body.

BLM proceeded to burn, loot and riot to the tune of $2 billion in cities around America. Not one of them saw a courtroom. Law and order lost all credibility when faced with BLM anarchists. Additionally, wildly crazy accusations followed with unarmed black people being killed as high as 10,000 a year. When in fact, in 2020, only 10 blacks were killed by police…and all of them via criminal activity.

“But as figures compiled by the Washington Post Police Shootings database confirm, in the years before the death of Floyd, more police officers were killed by armed black Americans than unarmed black Americans were killed by police,” said Murray.

Ironically, weekend shootings in Chicago range from 40 to 60 with 10 to 15 deaths, all of them black on black killings, but not one single response by Black Lives Matter leaders, or CNN, NPR, PBS or Anderson Cooper.

Soon after Floyd’s death, the judicial system sent police officer Chauvin, along with his minority police colleagues, to prison for 20 years to life.

In recent years, black authors published books like Antiracist Baby, How to Argue with a Racist, How to be an Antiracist. In other words, feed more fuel to the fire until the pot explodes.

There’s an old saying by a Native American who said to his son, “There are two wolves competing in your mind…one is good, and the other is bad.” The young boy asked, “Which one wins?” The old chief said, “The one you feed.”

If we as a nation keep feeding black power against white power, or racism against non-racism, or black supremacy versus white supremacy—there will be a point where the pot explodes.

If we negate our laws via mayors like Chicago’s Lori Lightfoot and by AG’s ignoring criminals, giving free bail, and no jail time—we’ll receive more Eliza Fletcher killings and/or the 19-year-old kid, Ezekiel Kelly, who blasted four people to death in Memphis while he filmed it on Facebook. You might repeat that historian’s words, “Before a civilization dies, it loses its mind.”

If I were in power in America? I would create video instructional programs in schools that show every student what he or she faces if he or she chooses crime of any kind. We’re talking hard time in a cell and what it’s like in a prison yard. Let each student know what they face if they choose crime. I would pay top salaries for top law enforcement professionals across America. I’d come down on every criminal with the heavy weight of law and order. I’d put any and every criminal of any color into a cell for as long as it takes. I’d make it so nasty for criminals, that they would fear even trying to jack a car, rob a bank, steal from a convenience store, rob a train, kill someone, etc. Some have suggested public hangings for drug dealers, cop killers and murderers.

If we don’t get serious about law and order in our Western Country, as the one writer said, “When over ‘there’ comes here, then here becomes ‘there.’”

Do any of us want to replicate other third world countries in any way, shape, form or manner?

Coming Part 3: The uglier it gets; it gets even uglier

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Glynn Adams

September 11, 2022

For those who are still asleep, decades ago war was declared on Christianity, our Constitution, Christians and the citizens of this nation.  It is a war that Christians in America have not shown up for.  When apostasy rises, when false teachers emerge, and when the truth of God is attacked, it is time to fight and contend for the faith.  As a watchman of God, I challenge every Christian and Citizen to contend not only for our faith but our Constitution and rights given to us by God.  “For certain men have crept in unnoticed who long ago were marked out for this condemnation, ungodly men who turn the grace of our God into lewdness and deny the only Lord God and our Lord Jesus Christ.” (Jude 4)

The danger is real.  False teachers have crept not only in the church of the Living God but the news media and their false teachers are now spewing their lies, deception, and evil ideology across this nation 24/7.  Too many of our false pastors are turning God’s grace into unbounded license to do as they please.  In America today we are dealing with an unbelieving America, a church system that has embraced religion, having forsaken the Living God.  America is now committing more sin than Sodom and Gomorrah.  In Matthew 11:23-24, Jesus pronounced a railing against Capernaum, “And you, Capernaum, who are exalted to heaven, will be brought down to Hades; for if the mighty works which were done in you had been done in Sodom, it would have remained until this day.  But I say to you that it shall be more tolerable for the land of Sodom in the day-of-judgment than for you (Capernaum).”  Unless we repent and change our wicked ways in America, it will be more tolerable for the land of Sodom in the day-of-judgment than for America. We have been blessed more than any nation but look at us now!!!

In the face of such danger, the pastors and church in America should be calling for a solemn assembly, fasting and praying, and repenting of our national sins.  Thanks and blessings to Coach Dave Daubenmire and our Salt and Light Brigade in calling this nation to repentance.  What a blessing to be a part of this spiritual fellowship of believers.  But today, the pastors and churches in America are ignoring evil but instead are entertaining the people with smooth words, content in their apathy, and refusing to change their wicked ways.  The message of Jude is relevant today for all of us who name the Name of Christ, “Beloved, while I was very diligent to write to you concerning our common salvation, I found it necessary to write to you, exhorting you to contend earnestly for the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints.” (Jude 3)

Why are so many of our pastors and churches so apathetic today?  Why can’t they see that Satan and his powers of darkness have determined to destroy this nation?  Our religion today has great moral indignation against poverty, abortion, political parties and politicians but we have not enthroned Jesus Christ as LORD and King in our hearts.  If we had, we would have indignation over our own sin, refusing to resist evil, our disobedience, being lukewarm, asleep, and at ease with our false religion. Oh, we have indignation over what evil is doing to us but have no spiritual responsibility to resist this evil overtaking our nation.  Why are so many in the Body of Christ content to remain silent while our nation is being captured and ruled by Satan; we have become a nation of violence, division, and murder; a dwelling place for demons and evil spirits, demonic strongholds, demonic occults and religion absolutely has no spiritual responsibility to resist this evil and to contend for the faith?. We are being destroyed and we do nothing?  Why?

 “My people are destroyed for lack of knowledge.  Because you have rejected knowledge, I also will reject you from being priest for Me:  Because you have forgotten the law of God, I also will forget your children.” (Hosea 4:6)

America is being destroyed because most have rejected the knowledge of God and His law, and as a result, we have become non-productive Christians.  This is not caused by stupidity but ignorance.  We have not been taught the right things of God, or we have been taught a lie.  This is dangerous because Satan comes to us in our ignorance and many are helpless – because of a lack of knowledge.  Our pastors are manipulating the Word of God and using it for the wrong reasons to build bigger churches.  2 Timothy 3:16-17 says, “All scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction in righteousness  that the man of God may be perfect, thoroughly furnished into all good works.”  How many of us would characterize today’s sermons as instruction, reproof, conviction, correction, discipline, and training in righteousness?  We barely have a working knowledge of the New Testament and we have reduced the Old Testament to children’s stories.  We are not well-fitted or thoroughly equipped to move in the Kingdom of God.  Is there any better example of being destroyed for lack of knowledge than the Western church of today?

America is being destroyed because we have rejected the knowledge of God and as a result, we are producing non-productive and uninformed children in this generation that will make it impossible to keep our Republic that was given to us.  Most parents and grandparents certainly do not know the Constitution or what is required to maintain a Republic and neither do our children.  Parents in America have been so irresponsible because we have not even taken the time to see what our children are being taught in our public schools and universities.  Our children are being indoctrinated in an ungodly ideology, anti-American, anti-family, anti-Constitution and anti-God rhetoric for years now.  They know if they can get our children to sin, they will run from God.  They are not being taught how to be productive citizens but how to become compliant to the collective.  Because we have forgotten the law of God, God is forgetting our children.  Look at our children after years of religion, public schools and universities.  They are going the way of this Babylonian world demonic system and are living in fear, discontent, without natural affection, torment, sin, and where suicide abounds.  Wake up parents and grandparents!!!

The Body of Christ in America is to bring heaven down to our nation and the Kingdom rule of God.  We have been given authority and power to have dominion in our land and to bring in the ways of God in our nation.  Instead, we have committed two evils; we have forsaken God the fountain of living waters and have hewed for ourselves religious cisterns, broken cisterns that does not know the Word of God and how to live by it.  Our religious cisterns have produced multitudes of unconverted congregants and unsanctified believers with no hunger for the things of God.  Our current spiritual state has opened us up to the kingdom of darkness and we are being deceived more each day and we are being primed for the coming great deception.  We see our nation being destroyed by demonic forces and we are paralyzed in spiritual ignorance to the point that we just curse the darkness and post on Facebook.  We have reduced the Body of Christ, the most powerful experience ever extended to humanity to mere religious theater and entertainment to grow our churches.  Because God is no longer the enter piece of our churches and culture, we are a nation spinning out of control.

Who really knows how much time we have before the full carnage and pain arrives.  God is a God of grace and a willing God whose knowledge is available to us if we will reach out for it with all our heart! – We must get prepared for what is coming and we must get very serious about these perilous times.  We can no longer sit on the sidelines and observe the Kingdom, we must embrace the mantle placed upon each and every believer.  If we don’t change our religious ways, we are headed for a train wreck and much pain in this nation.

We are in the month of Elul on God’s calendar.  This is a month of repentance.  On September, 11, 2001, because America had not repented of our sins, the unthinkable happened.  Many flooded to church but we did not repent of our national sins.  In a few days, our religion was back to normal and most of the people did not stay in the churches.  If we do not show God some signs of repentance in this nation, I shudder to think of the potential judgment that could come upon us this month of September!!!

Also, in September we enter the fall Feasts of God.  Notice I said Feast of God; not Israel (Leviticus 23:1-44).  These are God’s feast and they are God’s “appointed times.”  They are “dress rehearsals” for the second coming of the LORD.  The spring feast which are “dress rehearsals” of Passover, the crucifixion, resurrection, and Pentecost have been fulfilled.  The fall feasts are “dress rehearsals” for the seconding coming of Jesus Christ, The Battle of Armageddon, His coronation as LORD of Lords, King of Kings, and His marriage to His bride.  These fall feasts have not been fulfilled.  By understanding and celebrating God’s feasts, we introduce ourselves to the Jewish roots of our faith and gain a heightened perspective.  These feasts not only help us to understand God’s calendar but also connects the dots between the Scriptures that you might stand in awe of what your heavenly Father wants you to see from His heart.

Basically, the fall feast this year start on God’s calendar the first day of Tishrel and on our calendar is September 26, 2022 when God’s divine appointment, Rosh Hashanah begins.  This Feast is also called the Feast of Trumpets.  This feast refers to a day of no work, time of trouble, repentance, opening of the Books, a day of awakening, and also the day of coronation of the King and…a marriage.  On this day God throws a party and all are welcomed!!!  Ten days after Rosh Hashanah is Yom Kippur – the Day of Atonement.  This is a time of fasting, afflicting our souls, repentance, and getting your life right with God and your fellow man.  We can do this now in these dress rehearsals while we have time.  One day in the future when the last trump sounds, it will be too late.

In 1 Corinthians 3:9-15, Paul explains, “for the day” – the Day of Atonement because all will be tested with fire.  He is going to test our testimony to see if we have walked responsibly before God and have been a law abiding citizen in the Kingdom of God.  We must give an account for the life we have lived and the things we have accomplished since we have experienced our Passover.  This is why this day is so important for the believer – you prepare yourself and get ready before God and His coming.  Jesus explains this in Matthew 24 and 25.

God made a provision on the cross for each believer to get right with God, to repent, to give forgiveness, and to walk in obedience.  On this Biblical feast day and a day when many dress in white for holiness, let us Christians in America use this time to put everything we do in our lives, in our churches, and in our nation on the altar before God and under the leadership of the Holy Spirit remove everything that does not line up with the Word of God and the ways of God and let it be discarded.  This includes the way we do church, the way we worship, the way we minister, the way we do everything in the Name of God.  America, we must get this right in this hour because time is running out for once righteous America.  If we do not repent and return to the ways of God, I fear what will happen to our nation!!!

I am blowing the trumpet in America now because we can no longer afford to turn a blind eye to all the evil operating in this nation, to the fact that we are a captured nation, ruled by Satan, and have become a dwelling place of demons and demonic strongholds.  We are supposed to be bringing heaven to earth but we are allowing our enemies to bring hell to America.  Our government is corrupt from top to bottom and our children are being destroyed from kindergarten to our universities while we attend church services every Sunday acting as if nothing is going wrong in America.  We hear no preaching about our national sins, no message of repentance or living holy and righteous.  Our day of testing is here and if we miss our day of visitation to repent or ignore it, judgment like we have never seen will come upon us in God’s timing!!!

Would you miss a dress rehearsal to your own wedding; dress rehearsals are very important?  Dress rehearsals teach us to watch and prepares us to be ready for the reality that is to come in the future.  In 33AD, the religious Scribes and Pharisees were having a dress rehearsal to sacrifice a lamb for Passover while at the exact same time across town, the reality of years of dress rehearsals were happening before them –   The real Lamb of God was being crucified on a cross.  They did not pay attention to their previous dress rehearsals because their erroneous religion lead them to deception and they missed their day of visitation of the real Lamb of God.  Many people in our religious churches in America will miss the second coming of Jesus Christ because while practicing their false religion, they are being deceived and are not watching or getting ready  for the reality of His coming!!!  HATH GOD REALLY SAID?  Yes, Jesus said, “Take heed no one deceives you…Watch and be ready.”

In America, we must not ignore the importance of our repentance before our Holy God.  What a waste!!!  God so loved that He provided salvation and instructions for living and maintaining a Republic but many in America are deceived, many are called but few chosen, and narrow is the gate and few who find it.  Surely we are not so foolish and deceived to think elections and politicians will deliver us from this evil.   It will be none other than those beloved who build ourselves up in the most holy faith, praying in the Holy Spirit, keeping ourselves in the love of God and looking for the mercy of our LORD Jesus Christ unto eternal life and “contending for our faith.”  These are dangerous and perilous times.   Decide now:  As Coach Dave said, “Are you “ALL IN” with Jesus Christ until the end?”

Now to Him who is able to keep us from stumbling and to present us faultless before the presence of His glory with exceeding joy, to all in Christ, God bless, I remain His warrior and watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks to Pastor Mark Biltz, Dr. Michael Lake, Rabbi Jason Sobel, Rabbi Eric E. Walker, Coach Dave, and to Jude, a bondservant of Jesus Christ and brother of James for their tremendous insights into the Word and biblical truths)

© 2022 Glynn Adams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net

by Rolaant McKenzie

September 11, 2022

From small things like how many teaspoons of salt may go into a stew to larger efforts as whether there is enough money coming into the budget to overhaul the roof, numbers play an important role in our daily lives.

Often numbers help to resolve issues that may arise. As an example, Numbers (stylized as NUMB3RS) was an American crime drama television series (January 23, 2005-March 12, 2010) that followed FBI Special Agent Don Eppes and his brother Charlie, a gifted college mathematics professor, who helped Don solve crimes for the FBI. The patterns and insights provided by Charlie’s mathematical skills were always in some way crucial to solving a crime.

Other times, numbers can act as mnemonic devices that point to important concepts or events. The following are some numbers in the Bible that are significant to me.

The number 1 is a reminder that there is one God, and the one and only mediator between God and man is Jesus Christ (1 Timothy 2:5-6). Forgiveness of sin and salvation is found only in His name (Acts 4:12).

The number 3 is a reminder of the Holy Trinity – the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit; the perfection of God and His redemption of humanity. The Father loved lost sinners so much that He sent His one and only Son to atone fully for their sin debt on the cross and grant them the gift of eternal life (John 3:16). Those who trust in Jesus are born again and receive the indwelling presence of the Holy Spirit, who seals them unto the day of redemption (Ephesians 1:3-14, 4:30).

The number 5 describes God’s gracious dealings with fallen humanity in the first five books of the Old Testament, Genesis through Deuteronomy, and the first five books of the New Testament, Matthew through Acts. The culmination of His love is seen in the death of His Son Jesus on the cross, the perfect and complete atonement for sin, and His resurrection from the dead that ensures eternal life for all who believe on Him.

The number 7 points to completion, such as when God completed the creation of the heavens and the earth by the seventh day and rested from His work. This stands as a refutation of Darwinian evolution. “Know that the LORD Himself is God; it is He who has made us, and not we ourselves” (Psalm 100:3). Believers find their completeness in the Lord Jesus (Colossians 2:10).

The number 9 refers to the ninth hour (3 PM) when Jesus on the cross said, “It is finished,” and died having paid in full the sin debt for sinners.

But on the first day of the week, Jesus rose again from the dead as promised, as proof of the acceptance of His sacrifice by God and the truth of His teachings. Some of the earliest Christians referred to Sunday as the 8^th day, a new beginning. In the writings of the Apostolic Fathers, Barnabas in his first epistle (between 70-130 AD) wrote:

“I shall make a beginning of the eighth day, that is, a beginning of another world. Wherefore, also, we keep the eighth day with joyfulness, the day also on which Jesus rose again from the dead.” (The Epistle of Barnabas, 15:8-9)

The number 153 refers to the great catch of fish in John 21 Peter and six other disciples caught in the period after the Lord Jesus rose from the dead. They worked hard all night but could not catch any fish. In the morning Jesus stood on the beach, and He told them to cast their net on the right side of the boat. So great was the number of fish in the net, that they could not haul it into the boat, but needed additional help dragging it to shore.

This account reminds me of the abundant grace shown in Jesus dying on the cross for sinners, providing for physical needs such as food, forgiveness, and restoration. God’s love, His grace, is greater than we can imagine. Peter, who denied Jesus three times, discovered there is hope and restoration for all who repent and take refuge in Him.

By faith, Abraham considered himself a sojourner on earth who looked forward to a new country in which will be the new eternal city with foundations, built by God for all who trust in Him (Hebrews 12:8-16). This city’s wall will have twelve foundation stones, on which the names of the 12 apostles of Jesus will be inscribed. It also will have twelve gates, on which will be written the names of the 12 tribes of Israel.

All believers in the Lord through the centuries trusted God’s promises and looked forward to “new heavens and a new earth, in which righteousness dwells” (2 Peter 3:13). We, too, who trust in His promises, who believe the gospel (1 Corinthians 15:1-4) will receive citizenship in this new country, in this new city, that never perishes.

Flash cards are cards containing information on both sides that are intended to be used as aids in memorization. The Lord Jesus, Creator of all things, made the numbers we all use. Like flash cards, they can act as illustrations of God’s grace — His love for humanity and the redemption He provides for all who trust in Him.

© 2022 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/

By Roger Anghis

September 11, 2022

For some reason, the Democrat Party is willing to sell out the United States to China. Biden’s dealings with them, Hunter’s dealings, William Burns, and Representative Eric Swalwell has been accused of being involved with a Chinese spy Christina Fang. A Democratic congressman who sits on an influential intelligence committee is refusing to say whether he had a sexual relationship with a supporter whom US intelligence suspected was a Chinese spy.

Eric Swalwell, 40, a former presidential candidate who has represented a Californian district since 2013, was close to Fang Fang, or Christine Fang, a Chinese woman who has been accused of targeting up-and-coming local politicians as part of a Beijing spying operation lasting from 2011 until 2015, when she left the country.[1]

Biden won’t stand up to China because he doesn’t have the guts to first of all but he doesn’t see China as a threat. Democratic presidential candidate Joe Biden said Wednesday night that China was “not competition” for the U.S., prompting blowback from prominent members of both political parties.

At an event in Iowa City, Biden was explaining why he believes concerns that China could eventually surpass the U.S. as a world superpower and economic force are overstated.

“China is going to eat our lunch? Come on, man,” the former vice president said.

“I mean, you know, they’re not bad folks, folks. But guess what? They’re not competition for us,” he added.[1] A president that doesn’t consider an enemy a threat should not be president.

Two things are obvious to anyone that is paying attention, first, Biden is NOT making the decisions. Right now, he doesn’t have the mental capacity to go to the bathroom let alone be president of the United States.  Second, the policies that we are seeing are the exact same policies Obama either tried to initiate or did initiate. Susan Rice is involved in the Biden administration and I’ll guarantee you if you look in the shadows far enough the traitor Valarie Jarrett is hiding in there too as well as Obama himself.  Hillary was supposed to win in 2016 and finish Obama’s 3^rd term. Didn’t happen so they’re using Biden and it is obvious the Deep State is doing all it can to finish America off.

When you look at everything that is going on in the world, the food shortages, the demands from the communist World Economic Forum and Klaus Schwab’s comment that by 2030 you’ll own nothing and be happy, the push for establishing the New Green Deal, and the demand that we comply with the vaccine mandates, the New World Order is making its big move.  It will fail miserably but it will create havoc in the process.

In America, we have rights that most of the world only wishes they had. But the Democrat Party hates that it cannot control your every move. Let’s look at some of the things they are attempting to do to remove you of your burden of freedom.

Taking Total Control Of Our Food – S. 510 “The Food Safety Modernization Act”

1. 510, “The Food Safety Modernization Act”, is another huge power grab by the FDA and the federal government over our food supply. The bill is written so broadly and so vaguely that nobody really knows what it means. The potential for abuse of these vague new powers would be staggering.  So will the government abuse these powers?  Those who are in favor of the bill say that of course, the government will be reasonable, but those who are opposed to the bill point to all of the other abuses that are currently taking place as evidence that we simply cannot trust the feds with vague, undefined powers. If this food safety law does get passed, tens of millions of Americans will be left wondering what they are allowed to grow in their backyards, what seeds they are allowed to save, and what can and cannot be sold at farmer’s markets.[2] I have included the URL for this information as I usually do but this page has been pulled from the internet because, I suppose, it disseminates too much information the Deep State does not want you to know.

Taking Total Control Of Air Travel – The Dehumanizing Full Body Scanners And “Enhanced Pat-Downs”

Totalitarian governments throughout history have always sought to dehumanize their subjects.  Sadly, that is exactly what is happening in America today.  If you want to get on an airplane in the United States, you will now be forced to either let TSA agents gawk at your naked body or let TSA agents grope your entire body including your genitals.  I was flying back from Los Vegas and was wearing a tee shirt with an American flag on it and out of the entire plane of people, it was packed, I was the only one they pulled out to search.  Imagine that.

Taking Control Of Our Businesses – Thousands Of Ridiculous Regulations

Why would anyone in America even attempt to be an entrepreneur today?  Most small businesses are literally being strangled by hordes of red tape.

Just consider how things have changed in America.  The Federal Register is the main source of regulations for U.S. government agencies.  In 1936, the number of pages in the Federal Register was about 2,600.  Today, the Federal Register is over 80,000 pages long.  When Obama was president, he averaged 65 new regulations a day! Not a week or a month but a day.  This is why Trump required that two regulations be revoked for every new regulation proposed.[3]

Taking Control Of Our Environment – The Green

In Cleveland, Ohio if an RFID tracking chip signals that a recycle bin has not been brought out to the curb within a certain period of time, a “trash supervisor” will actually sort through the trash produced by that home for recyclables.

According to Cleveland Waste Collection Commissioner Ronnie Owens, trash bins that contain over 10 percent recyclable material will be subject to a $100 fine.

Does that sound like America to you?

Now we don’t even have the freedom to throw out trash the way we want to.

Taking Away Our Patriotism – We Are Even Losing The Freedom To Be Proud Of America

Do you ever think things will get so repressive in America that a group of high school students will be forbidden from singing the national anthem at the Lincoln Memorial?  Well, that has already happened.  Do you think that areas of our nation will ever become so anti-American that they will forbid students from riding to school with an American flag on their bikes?  Well, that has already happened.

Fortunately, there was such an uproar over what happened to 13-year-old Cody Alicea that it made national headlines and he ended up being escorted to school by hundreds of other motorcycles and bicycles – most of them displaying American flags as well.  The school reversed its policy and now Cody can ride his bike to school every day proudly displaying the American flag.

It is the corruption in our political parties that is allowing these things to happen.  We can turn it around but it will take our involvement in politics to do it. First and most important, VOTE! Support godly people that are running, and donate to the good candidates. Our freedom depends on it.

© 2022 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

1. Biden’s-comments-downplaying-china-threat-u-s-fires-pols-n1001236
2. Full-spectrum-dominance-8-examples-of-how-the-government-is-attempting-to-take-total-co
3. Trump signs-executive-order-requiring-that-for-every-one-new-regulation-two-must-be-revoked
4. Defining America’s Exceptionalism, Roger Anghis (Westbow Press, 2011) pp. 36-37

by Servando Gonzalez

September 10, 2022

We are approaching another anniversary of an event that transformed America: the 9/11. It justified the creation of Office of Homeland Security, an aberration typical of totalitarian regimes that, under the pretext of protecting us from terrorism, curtailed many of the freedoms guaranteed by the U.S. Constitution. Moreover, it created the state of mind that justified the acceptance of losing even more freedoms allegedly to protect us from an invisible virus.

So, in this new anniversary of the event that changed America it is appropriate to study it from the rational, non-emotional perspective of intelligence.

According to the Joint Chiefs of Staff’s Dictionary of Military and Associated Terms, intelligence is the final product resulting from the collection, processing, integration, analysis, and interpretation of available information.[1] So, even though the term intelligence comprises something much more complex, we may safely accept the shorter definition that intelligence is just information after it has been properly evaluated.

In its advisory report to the U.S. Government, the 1955 task force on Intelligence Activities of the second Herbert Hoover Commission stated that: “Intelligence deals with all the things which should be known in advance of initiating a course of action.”[2] A true expert in the subject gave a similar definition more than 2000 years ago. According to Sun Tzu, “the reason why the enlightened prince and the wise general conquer the enemy whenever they move and their achievement surpass those of ordinary men is foreknowledge [intelligence].”[3]

Though the definition of intelligence is very simple and straightforward, most authors dealing with the subject confuse it. Some of them use the terms information and intelligence as synonyms, when it is obvious that they are not. Others even have used the term “raw intelligence” as a synonym for information, but, as we will see below, contrary to information (which might contain misinformation and disinformation), intelligence is a very elaborated product; there is nothing raw in it.

The evaluation of information, also known as appraisal or assessment, has to do with the analysis of a piece of information in terms of credibility, reliability, pertinence and accuracy, to change it into intelligence. The evaluation of information is accomplished at several stages within the intelligence cycle [4] with progressively different contexts.

The evaluation or appraisal of a particular item of information is indicated by a conventional letter-number system.

The evaluation of information simultaneously takes into consideration both the reliability of the source based on its previous performance and the credibility of the information itself. The process involves a check against intelligence already in hand and an educated guess as to the accuracy of the new information based on how well it dovetails with previous intelligence.

Though independent, the two aspects cannot be totally separated from each other. The authoritativeness of the source, which may not necessarily coincide with its reliability, can never be ignored, though it is sometimes overrated in the light of the credibility of the information —something that has to do with the expectations of the people involved in the evaluation process. But people, including intelligence analysts, tend to believe what they suspect or expect to be true, or what better fits their personal needs, so there is always an element of bias in any evaluation of information.

It must be emphasized that both evaluations must be entirely independent of each other, and they are indicated in accordance with the system shown above. Thus, information judged to be “probably true” received from a source considered to be “usually reliable” is designated as “B2”.

One must keep in mind that the question of what is authoritative and what is not is very relative. A highly authoritative source may produce credible information, but the intelligence officer must always ask himself the question “Why?” The higher the authoritativeness of the source, the higher the possibility that it may be biased or had been compromised and, therefore, the higher the danger of disinformation. Highly authoritative sources from totalitarian governments may not always tell the truth, to say the least, but highly authoritative sources from democratic countries may not be very reliable either. There is evidence that the CIA has been involved in recruiting scholars at the most prestigious American universities and journalists in the most influential American media. Also, there is suspicion that the KGB, the Mossad, and even the Cuban intelligence services, among others, have done a good job penetrating American universities and media.

Bias in evaluation can never be fully eliminated in an intelligence service and, more importantly, in high government circles. Moreover, creating evaluators to evaluate the evaluators can only compound it. Within the intelligence establishment, the only effective safeguard lies in the individual competence and quality of its members. Even more important is their intellectual honesty and personal courage to face pressures from above.

One must always bear in mind that no source can ever be regarded as infallible and no single bit of information can ever be regarded as totally accurate. Whatever the case, the chances for error, misinterpretation, misunderstanding and deceit are too high to blindly trust any information. Super patriots, doctrinaire partisans, court historians, bureaucratic climbers, people of provincial outlook, enemy moles —all of them are potential dangers to sound information evaluation. Perspective, perspicacity, worldliness, a soundly philosophical outlook, the knowledge and sense of history, and perhaps a bit of skepticism and a sense of humor — these are the qualities of an intelligence analyst that minimizes error in the interpretation and evaluation of information.

The 9/11, 2001, Events

All the initial information the American people received about the 9/11 events came from a single source: the American government. With the single exception of Congresswoman Cynthia MacKinney, who since the very beginning dared to question the U.S. Government’s version of the events, nobody in the two branches of the Repucratic Party questioned it. The American mainstream media as a whole accepted the Government’s version of the events and became an obedient mouth-piece parroting it over and over ad nauseam, and is still doing it.

Actually, the only dissenting source of information about 9/11 has been the Internet and books published by minor independent presses. But the U.S. Government, like all governments around the world, is made out of politicians, and politicians have never been a source of truthful information.[5] Moreover, the current U.S. Government is fully under the control of the CFR conspirators, whose openly expressed goal is to destroy the U.S. and implement a totalitarian New World Order. Consequently, I will qualify the only source of the 9/11 information, that is, CFR secret agents in the US Government, with a D: Not usually reliable. Now I will take a look at the accuracy of the information itself.

Probably the main characteristic of truthful information is that fits with past similar information that has proved to be true. Of course, there is a first time for everything, and the fact that a similar event has never happened prior to the present event is no sure indication that it cannot happen. But, in the analysis of historical events, we have the added advantage that we can add to the evaluation of the information the occurrence of similar events in which the information has proved to be true or not, after the one in question.

Consequently, the evaluation of the information itself in the case of historical events is a process involving a check against intelligence already in hand about similar events before and after the event in question. It also involves an educated guess as to the accuracy of the information related to the event based on how well it fits with this intelligence.

In the case of the 9/11 events, the evidence shows that, never before or 30 years after 9/11/2001, has a skyscraper with a steel structure collapsed due to a fire. It also shows that, never before or after 9/11/2001, a skyscraper has collapsed on its own footprint except as the result of controlled demolition.

This is why companies who do controlled demolition are paid large amounts of money to do their job.

Examples abound:

July 28, 1945: A B-25 bomber crashed against the Empire State Building in Manhattan, destroying most of the 79th floor. Flames consumed most of three floors down to the 75th. But the building, the tallest New York skyscraper at the time, did not collapse.

August 5, 1970: 1 New York Plaza, a 50-story office tower, suffered a severe fire and explosion. But it didn’t collapse.

October 26, 1986: 15-story Alexis Hihon Plaza, Montreal, Canada. After an 18 hour fire only the 11th floor partially collapsed.

May 4, 1988: The First Interstate Bank Building is a 62-story skyscraper in Los Angeles that suffered the worst high-rise fire in the city’s history. But the building didn’t collapse.

February 23, 1991: One Meridian Plaza, a 38-floor skyscraper in Philadelphia, suffered a severe fire. Philadelphia officials later described it as “the most significant fire in this century.” But the building did not collapse.

October 17, 2004: The tallest skyscraper in Caracas, Venezuela experienced a severe fire. The building did not collapse.

February 12, 2005: A violent fire started in the Windsor building in Madrid, Spain, a 32-story tower. At its peak, the fire, which burned for almost a day, completely engulfed the upper ten stories of the building. During the night the building shredded large pieces, which crashed to the ground, but the building did not collapse.

February 9, 2009: a fire destroyed the nearly completed structure of the Beijing Mandarin Oriental Hotel. But, despite the fact that the fire extended across all of the floors for a period of time and burned out of control for hours, no large portion of the 520-foot-tall building collapsed.

November, 2010: An apartment building in Shanghai caught fire and 53 people died. It burned for more than four hours. The building did not collapse.

April 2, 2112: A violent fire engulfed the still under construction Russian Federation tower, the tallest-to-be building in Moscow. After many hours, the firefighters extinguished it. The building did not collapse.

April 3, 2013: A 40-story skyscraper in Grozny, Chechnya caught fire. Flames engulfed the building for many hours, but it didn’t collapse.

February 20, 2015: A fire ripped through the 86-floor Torch tower in Dubai — one of the tallest residential buildings in the world. The building did not collapse.

January 19, 2017: The 17-store Plasco Building in Tehran collapsed after burning for several hours, but it fell to one side, not straight down on its own footprint as controlled demolitions do.

July 30, 2017: The Grenfell Tower, a 47-floor skyscraper in London caught fire. The fire burned for 12 hours, about four times longer than the WTC towers and was totally destroyed, but the building didn’t collapse.

Moreover, according to Newton’s third law, “For every action there is an equal and opposite reaction.” This means that as a hammer descending on a nail slows down, so also the crashing upper floors of the twin towers would had slowed as they hit the floors below that were structurally sound. But, surprisingly, this didn’t happen.

Even more difficult to explain is the mysterious collapse of World Trade Center Building 7, because no plane had crashed against it. But the building collapsed as the result of what looked like a typical example of a controlled demolition.

If buildings, particularly buildings with a steel structure, could normally fall on their own footprint when demolished, the companies that do controlled demolition would be superfluous —but they are not. But CFR agents in the US Government want us to believe that, exceptionally, on September 11 2001, not one, nor two, but three skyscrapers with steel structure collapsed on their own footprint as the result of fires.

Therefore, extrapolating from other verifiable information, any serious intelligence analyst would conclude that the accuracy of the information itself provided by CFR agents in the U.S. Government could be fairly qualified as a 5, that is, improbable.

Consequently, an intelligence appraisal of the 9/11 events will produce a D5: that is, source not usually reliable, accuracy of the information improbable. For the same reasons, based on the evaluation of the information about the 9/11 events provided by the CFR agents in the U.S. Government any intelligence service in the world can easily decode it as a sloppy, disingenuous attempt to pass disinformation disguised as true intelligence.

Moreover, the fact that the 9/11 events served as a God-given pretext to carry out policies decided way in advance is a true index that perhaps it actually was not a God-given but a CFR-given event. As some conspirators’ agents have shamelessly declared, never put a good crisis to waste —particularly an artificially created crisis.

When I watched on tv the free fall of the first tower it took me just a few minutes to reach the conclusion that the building had fallen as the result of a controlled demolition. I am not an architect or engineer, much less a specialist on controlled demolition, but the fact was so evident that it was the only logical conclusion. Now, why most members of the Repucratic party didn’t see it? Because Repucrats are Americans who love their party more than their country, which explains why they fully accepted the official explanation that started the so-called “War on Terror,” as well as the lies that justified the disastrous “mandates” allegedly imposed to protect us from the Coronavirus.

Biden’s recent speech [6] in which he called Republicans “semi-fascists”[7] is nothing but the logical continuation of Bush’s speech after 9/11 in which he stated: “You are with us of against us” [8] and later added, “Let us never tolerate outrageous conspiracy theories concerning the attacks of September the 11th.” [9] The circle of treason that began with Bush has been finally closed by Biden. From now on, for the real Communo-Fascists in this country the sky is the limit. The fight against true American patriots is now in the open.

In the meantime, disinformers of both branches of the Repucratic Party will keep talking about the danger of communism and blaming China and Russia [10] for all the evil in the world. As expected, most of the Repucratic sheeple will keep believing them while ignoring that America’s worst enemies have always been inside the gates.

So, if after Biden’s clear and to the point threatening speech —which actually means that the so-called “semi-fascists”[11] will eventually lose all citizen’s rights, particularly their right to vote— you still think that just by electing members of the Repucratic Party [12] approved by the Permanent Regime you will solve America’s problems, you are a very gullible person … or worse!

My book: Psychological Warfare and the New World Order: The Secret War Against the American People, censored by Amazon, is still available at the NWV store.

© 2022 Servando Gonzales – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Servando Gonzales: servandoglez05@yahoo.com

FootNotes:

[1]. Quoted in Michael Warner, “Wanted: A Definition of ‘Intelligence.’ Understanding Our Craft,” CIA’s Center for the Study of Intelligence. But the author of the article reminds that intelligence is an elusive concept, and there are many different definitions of the term. In the same fashion, the concept of information, the raw material out of which intelligence is produced, is even more elusive, to the point that there is no agreement among scientists about its true nature. The fact explains why Claude Shannon, the creator of the information theory, decided to call it “communication theory” instead. See, Claude Shannon, “A Mathematical Theory of Communication,” Bell System Technical Journal No. 27 (July and October, 1948)
[2]. Quoted in Allen Dulles, The Craft of Intelligence (New York: Signet, 1965), p. 11.
[3]. Sun Tzu, The Art of War -translated by Samuel B. Griffin- (London: Oxford University Press, 1963), p. 144.
[4]. Intelligence Cycle: The process by which information is acquired, converted into intelligence, and made available to policymakers. There are usually five steps which constitute the intelligence cycle: planning and direction, collection, processing, analysis and evaluation, and dissemination.
[5]. See, i.e, David Wise, The Politics of Lying (New York: Random House, 1973).
[6]. See “Biden Calls Trump Philosophy ‘semi-fascism,’” Politico, January 15, 2022.
[7]. Contrary to common belief, fascism began as a political movement of the left. Benito Mussolini, the Italian Fascist dictator, always saw himself as a man of the left, working to defend the working class and opposed to capitalism and free markets. Even the Nazis saw themselves as leftists. Don’t forget that the Nazi party was an offshoot of the German Workers Party, a leftist organization. See Servando Gonzalez, Psychological Warfare and the new World Order, pp. 269-271.
[8]. Bush words were “Either you are with us, or you are with the terrorists.” See “Address to a Joint Session of Congess and the American people,” United States Capitol, Washington, D.C., September 20, 2001.
[9]. President Bush Speech to the United Nations, November 10, 2001.
[10]. Currently, I’d bet you can find more Communists in Berkeley than in Moscow.
[11]. A typical fascist technique consists in dehumanizing the opponents. Hitler called them “vermin,” Castro called them “gusanos” (worms), Hillary called them “deplorables,” and now Fascist leader Joe is calling us “semi-fascists.” The derogatory name changes, but the technique is the same.
[12]. Voting again and again and expecting different results is a clear symptom of insanity. As P.J. O’Rourke, used to say, “Don’t vote, it just encourages the bastards.”

By Lex Greene

September 10, 2022

Speaking of the United States of America as the land in question, the long-standing legal authority of federal government rests entirely under the authorities granted to the federal government via the U.S. Constitution, further limited in nature and scope by the Bill of Rights.

In other words, no authority exists at all, beyond the authority granted the federal government in the U.S. Constitution. Yet, modern society has been conned by “legal experts” for more than a hundred years now. Most Americans errantly think that “Executive Orders” are laws, and so are “court opinions,” because that’s what they have been essentially brainwashed to believe.

If that were true, then the U.S. Constitution would no longer be The Supreme Law of the Land. Instead of a Constitutional Republic created and guaranteed by the Constitution, we would be living under a “dictatorship” by Executive Order, or an “oligarchy” of nine unelected and unaccountable politically appointed Supreme Court Justices.

ARTICLE I of the Constitution assigns all sole lawmaking authority to Congress alone, which is to say, anything that is not properly legislated by Congress, is not a “law” at all. “All legislative Powers herein granted shall be vested in a Congress of the United States.” (Note: Congress is prohibited from enacting any law which is “repugnant” to the Constitution or Bill of Rights.)

ARTICLE II of the Constitution assigns very limited administrative authority to the Presidency. The Executive Branch has no lawmaking authority whatsoever. The lawful authority of the Executive Branch is limited to the “faithful execution of the Constitution and Laws passed by Congress.” Therefore, Executive Orders are limited to administrative orders only, necessary to the execution of law.

ARTICLE III of the Constitution assigns the limited duties and authorities of the Judicial Branch. Like the Executive Branch, the Constitution assigns no lawmaking authority whatsoever to the Judicial Branch. Court opinions and decisions are not “law.” As we see all the time, court opinions and decisions are regularly overturned.

Unfortunately, for more than a hundred years now, British Common Law trained “legal experts” have conned the American people in order to empower themselves in direct violation of Constitutional Law. In the 1940s, American Law Schools shifted focus away from teaching Constitutional Law, instead teaching British Common Law, often referred to as “precedence and procedure.”

NOTE: It is British Common Law that allowed the US Supreme Court to rule that Citizens have no legal standing to challenge the unconstitutional acts of government in court, all the way back in 1923. Since then, even cases challenging election fraud are denied access to any federal court on the basis of “lack of standing.” If the people have no legal standing, then they have no Rights!

British Common Law is also referred to as “the Law of Commons” and it allows courts to essentially invent government policy under laws not passed by Congress, which means, “deprivation of Rights under color of law.”

Thomas Jefferson quickly saw a fatal flaw in the founding documents they created, referring to what was happening not long after the adoption of the Constitution, as “judicial tyranny.” “The original error [was in] establishing a judiciary independent of the nation, and which, from the citadel of the law, can turn its guns on those they were meant to defend, and control and fashion their proceedings to its own will.” (Jefferson Letter to John Wayles Eppes, 1807)

“Nothing in the Constitution has given them [the federal judges] a right to decide for the Executive, more than to the Executive to decide for them. . . . The opinion which gives to the judges the right to decide what laws are constitutional and what not, not only for themselves, in their own sphere of action, but for the Legislature and Executive also in their spheres, would make the Judiciary a despotic branch.”

(Jefferson Letter to Abigail Adams, September 11, 1804)

As has become all too common today, “legal experts” cannot agree on this issue any more than climatologists can agree on changes in earth’s climate. They can’t even agree that any change is taking place, much less why, or what if anything at all could be done about it.

The conservative-leaning Heritage Foundation confirms everything I am saying here today. But the Bar Association totally disagrees, due to British Common Law taught in law schools since the 1940s. Again, so-called “experts” have a critical difference of opinion.

This means that YOU will have to study and decide for yourselves, as I have.

Foundationally, the U.S. Constitution and Bill of Rights remain the “Supreme Law of the Land,” or they don’t. If they don’t, then the U.S. federal government has no authority at all, and no right to even exist, as that governmental body in its entirety, exists solely by the adoption of that document.

If Joe Biden or any other President can rule by the simple stroke of a pen on an Executive Order, beyond any authority granted in the Supreme Law, then we live in a pure unconstitutional dictatorship already. If courts can rule by the dictates of an unelected few, then we already live under an unconstitutional oligarchy.

As a result of this national con job, the American society can see a flood of unconstitutional problems created by the federal government today, and they can’t figure out what to do about any of it. They see that so many problems are so complicated now, that they think they need an equally complicated solution, when in fact, the opposite is true.

Complicated problems require a simple solution.

If you realize that Executive Orders are not laws at all, then how much do you need to worry about anything done by Executive Order?

If you realize that courts can’t make laws, then how much do you need to worry about court opinions, especially if they are at odds with the Supreme Law?

It all comes down to this…is the Supreme Law of this Land still the Supreme Law of this Land? If it’s not, then you don’t need to worry about losing a country you already lost.

But if the Constitution and Bill of Rights are still the Supreme Law of this Land, then we need only enforce it. Contrary to common modern false beliefs, we never did have any Rights beyond those we are willing to fight and die for. Our Founding documents tell us what our Rights are, but it is up to us to enforce them.

It’s just that simple. Stop pretending as though government officials have authority they were never assigned or granted by We the People.” They don’t!

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Lex Greene

September 9, 2022

We are so far past enough is enough, that it’s ridiculous! What was once a somewhat pro-America political party many decades ago, has become nothing more than a totally corrupt anti-American death cult today. Unless Americans wake up to this fact and deal with it immediately, it threatens the very existence of our country!

STOP the “uniparty” crapola! Of course, the two primary political parties work in concert against our country today. They both represent wealthy self-absorbed self-serving corrupt career politicians, most of whom couldn’t care less about the American people. What did you think would become of both parties when decent people left?

Yeah, both primary parties suck, which is why our country sucks today! That’s what happens when good people take their football and go home, leaving their political team to corrupt tyrants, as if they can do anything divided!

But there is no getting around the most obvious reality today, after the utter destruction of everything since January 2021…unveiled Nazi-like threats of government force against Citizens, and the growing hate-filled lies against more than half of our fellow countrymen from the ignorant mouth of the most fraudulent and destructive occupant of the Oval Office in U.S. history, Pedo Joe.

We are way past stupid in this country right now. The most violent, bankrupt, and deadly cities in the USA are all run by democrats and have been for years. But idiots continue to re-elect them over and over again, no matter how much these cities dive into disastrous conditions year after year.

Today’s Democrat Party is nothing more than a totally destructive death cult and it needs to be eliminated, because it can never be reformed into a pro-American organization.

Face it! Any person, male or female, who will cast a ballot on the basis of some insane bogus right to kill their own children, should never be trusted with anything, especially a right to vote, that will determine the future of this nation! These mental and moral misfits cannot be trusted with any decisions!

REALITY MUST BECOME RELEVENT NOW

• Democrats oppose even the most fundamental natural right to LIFE itself. They demand a right to kill instead.
• Democrats are responsible for putting violent felons back on the streets to rape and murder over and over again.
• Nearly every “mass-shooter” in history has been a socialist leaning democrat.
• Democrats start wars all over the world, seven countries under Obama and three now under Biden.
• Democrats support dismembering humans, even children, via insane “sex change” mutilation.
• Democrats even support altering human DNA against your will, via fraudulent maniacal science, which they fraudulently call “vaccines.”
• Democrats create and promote violent racism constantly.
• Democrats destroy economies, all necessary supply chains, and all basic human rights. They also destroy civil rights and civil liberties.
• And Democrats destroy entire cities, to seize total control of the states.

There is absolutely nothing good, decent, honorable, moral, or ethical about today’s democrats and they are beyond the ability to reform.

We all know it, yet we all allow it to continue!

There are only three reasons why they hold any political power in this country at all today…

1. A dumbed down and government dependent electorate
2. They buy every vote with gifts from the taxpayer’s treasury
3. And they have perfected the art of stealing elections

If not for these three factors, the democrat party wouldn’t even exist anymore in America. It has become so entirely destructive of this country that no decent person in their right mind could ever cast a single ballot for a democrat, anywhere in the country.

Still, here we are, on the brink of extinction or a second revolutionary war, the nation being driven into total madness and destruction, by people who can’t even tell if they are male or female and hate everything America ever was, or was ever intended to be.

If we are not at “enough is enough” yet, we never will be, and that is the end of the greatest free nation ever known in human history!

No more leftist lies, no more biting our tongues, no more going along to get along. I will use my very last breath, last penny, or if need be, last round fighting for good, decency, honor, freedom, liberty, justice, and a peaceful nation worth raising our next generations in…and I don’t care what color, ethnicity, gender, or orientation you are.

You are either American or not American! Time to choose!

If you won’t, then you my friend, are part of the problem. It simply is not possible to save this country so long as today’s global Marxist democrat party is allowed to exist. I am 100% in favor of freedom of elections and political affiliations, so long as they are lawful and not corrupted. But the Democrat Party is entirely unlawful, unconstitutional, immoral, unethical, and anti-American now.

To all past democrat voters, your party is no longer American. You have an opportunity this year to wake up to the many lies you have been fed by democrat politicians, the democrat controlled media and social media, and the democrat run entertainment business. This may be your last chance.

To all so-called “independents,” those who left the game for independent status, get back in the game. We agree, there is much to be reformed and cleaned up in today’s republican party. It’s salvageable, but will never happen unless WE make it happen, together. Quitters NEVER win anything.

To those who have not voted in years, if you care about this country and the future for your children and grandchildren, now is the time to rejoin the fight for freedom, liberty, decency, and justice.

May God Bless this country and lead us out of the darkness that democrats have led this country into!

© 2022 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: NWVLexGreene@gmail.com

By Paul Engel

September 9, 2022

• What role does the judicial branch have in the federal government?
• Why is the speech that Justice Elena Kagan made at a recent judicial conference so dangerous?
• How can We the People protect ourselves from an out of control federal judicial system?

In Federalist Papers #78, Alexander Hamilton said the the federal judiciary would be the branch of government least dangerous to our rights. Is that how the courts are working in the 21st century? What makes the courts today so injurious to our rights? We get a clue from current Associate Justice Elena Kagan, in a speech she gave at a judicial conference in Montana this July. By comparing her statements to the Constitution and the writings of those who helped frame it, we should not only be able to answer what makes the court dangerous to our rights, but how to protect our rights from them.

Associate Justice Kagan made a statement that many probably took in stride, but for me was jaw dropping.

I’m not talking about any particular decision or even any particular series of decisions, but if over time the court loses all connection with the public and with public sentiment, that’s a dangerous thing for a democracy,

Elena Kagan at a judicial conference in Montana

As I said, I expect most people to read this sentence and not give it a second thought, but when I read this, I see the failure of the republic. Let me explain.

Some of you may be thinking I’m pointing out the repeated lie that America is a democracy. We are not, we are a constitutional republic. While that fact is important to understanding just how jaw dropping Justice Kagan’s statement is, it’s nothing compared to heart of her error. Justice Kagan is concerned that the court may loose its connection with the public and public sentiment, but the court is not elected by the public, and for a very good reason. The court’s job is not to court public opinion, but to decide controversies and criminal prosecutions based on the law.

That branch of government which is concerned in the trial and determination of controversies between parties, and of criminal prosecutions; the system of courts of justice in a government. An independent judiciary is the firmest bulwark of freedom.

JUDICIARY, noun – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

The fact that a judge can rise to the level of the Supreme Court of the United States and think that the court should be swayed by public opinion should scare the American people. The branch of government that represents the people and the states is Congress, not the courts. How can we say that we have a representative government if unelected judges can supersede the representative branch? We are not a nation of laws when those who are to apply the law think they can make it up for themselves. What Justice Kagan is describing is not a constitutional republic. It’s not even a democracy. It’s an oligarchy! She believes it’s the role of the court to determine public sentiment, then apply that to the cases before them. But who decides what the “public sentiment” is? According to Justice Kagan, it’s the unelected members of the Supreme Court, the rulings of nine high priests in black robes. The very tyranny that we declared independence from?

The Role of The Judiciary

In his essay on the judiciary, which became known as Federalist Papers #78, Alexander Hamilton described the role of the courts within the central government plainly.

Whoever attentively considers the different departments of power must perceive, that, in a government in which they are separated from each other, the judiciary, from the nature of its functions, will always be the least dangerous to the political rights of the Constitution; because it will be least in a capacity to annoy or injure them…

Alexander Hamilton, Federalist Papers #78

Hamilton starts out by stating the judicial branch is the least dangerous to our rights, because they have the least capacity to injure us. Why is that? It seems today that the courts are frequently trampling our rights, so how can it be they are least able to injure us? The answer comes from the rest of the paragraph.

… The Executive not only dispenses the honors, but holds the sword of the community. …

Alexander Hamilton, Federalist Papers #78

The President is not only responsible for the nomination of numerous officials, but the commissioning of all officers, both public and military.

… he shall take Care that the Laws be faithfully executed, and shall Commission all the Officers of the United States.

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 3

The President helps choose who works in the Executive Branch, meaning all of those bureaucrats that pass rules and regulations that impact our lives every day.

… The legislature not only commands the purse, but prescribes the rules by which the duties and rights of every citizen are to be regulated. …

Alexander Hamilton, Federalist Papers #78

Congress controls the purse. They have the power to tax, spend, and even borrow against the credit of the United States. Furthermore, with the power to legislate means the power to make laws. These laws may impact everyone in America. But what about the courts?

… The judiciary, on the contrary, has no influence over either the sword or the purse; no direction either of the strength or of the wealth of the society; and can take no active resolution whatever. …

Alexander Hamilton, Federalist Papers #78

The courts are supposed to have no influence over either the sword (military and police) or the purse (the taxing and spending of money). Yet today courts claim the authority to tell the other branches how they can use the strength or wealth of society. Think about that last statement. Yes, a judge must sign a warrant, but the courts cannot execute it. A judge may even find a law unconstitutional, but they have no strength to make the other branches comply.

… [The judiciary] may truly be said to have neither FORCE nor WILL, but merely judgment; and must ultimately depend upon the aid of the executive arm even for the efficacy of its judgments.

Alexander Hamilton, Federalist Papers #78

Compare that to the view of the court Justice Kagan appears to have. She wants the court to assume the will of the people, then use that to force others to comply. This is not the courts that our Founding Fathers envisioned. This is not a court that offers opinions and not rulings. This is not a court with mere judgment, but with power.

Overall, the way the court retains its legitimacy and fosters public confidence is by acting like a court, is by doing the kinds of things that do not seem to people political or partisan

Elena Kagan at a judicial conference in Montana

While Justice Kagan claims the court retains its legitimacy by acting like a court, her expectations that they enact the sentiment of the people would have them acting as a legislature not a court. Justice Kagan also claims she’s is not referring to any recent decisions of the court, though I would remind the reader this is the justice who dissented in that same court’s decision that would restore the abortion question to the people and their representatives. A justice who complained that the majority of the court read the actual language of the Constitution, as understood by the people who wrote and ratified the document. Does that sound like a court acting like a court? And lest we forget, this is the same justice who put her feelings about gun violence above the law.

The Solution

What can be done about a judicial branch occupied by would-be legislators in black robes? Let’s return to the words of Alexander Hamilton for some advice.

According to the plan of the convention, all judges who may be appointed by the United States are to hold their offices DURING GOOD BEHAVIOR; … The standard of good behavior for the continuance in office of the judicial magistracy, is certainly one of the most valuable of the modern improvements in the practice of government.

Alexander Hamilton, Federalist Papers #78

Contrary to popular belief, federal judges do not have lifetime appointments, they serve during their good behavior.

The Judges, both of the supreme and inferior Courts, shall hold their Offices during good Behaviour,

U.S. Constitution, Article III, Section 1

But who decides what’s good behavior for a judge? The first step is the House of Representatives.

The House of Representatives shall chuse their Speaker and other Officers; and shall have the sole Power of Impeachment. 

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 2

That means the power of impeachment rests in the hands of the representatives of the people, your employees in the federal government. This is followed by the Senate.

The Senate shall have the sole Power to try all Impeachments.

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 3

While the role of the Senate is to represent the states, since the ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment the people choose these representatives as well. That means the ultimate decider of what will be considered good behavior for federal judges is We the People.

Conclusion

During this talk, Justice Kagan made an important point: She said there were times when justices…

really just attempted to basically enact their own policy or political or social preferences

Elena Kagan at a judicial conference in Montana

I would suggest the justice heed her own counsel. Her position in recent cases before the court seem to be based more on her political or social preferences. They are supported not by the Constitution or laws of the United States, but by the previous opinions of judges, many of whom have been just as much political actors as Justice Kagan has been.

I hope by now you have seen the jaw-dropping arrogance of the little talked about words of Associate Justice Kagan. While experience tells me she is not likely to pay any price for her bad behavior, much less the oath she took to support the Constitution of the United States, I can only hope that the American people will take this lesson to heart. If we are to have a judiciary that is least able to injure our rights, we must make sure that those who sit on these courts be on their best behavior. And when they claim the power of the sword or the purse, that their bad behavior be appropriately punished.

© 2022 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com

by Lee Duigon

September 8, 2022

Every major moment in history needs a symbol that fixes itself in our minds and sums it all up for us. We have the image of SloJo Biden falling up the stairs to Air Force One, but I think we need a few more.

Ah! Here’s one.

Hobnobbing with our totally daft head of state, Commerce Secretary Gena Raimondo, fantasizing about wiping out the coal industry, assured the eventually unemployed miners that soon we would have “solar installations for abandoned coal mines” Yowsah. “We’re going to do solar installations on an industrial scale for abandoned coal mines”.

What did she mean by that? Are they going to put solar installations on top of the coal mines? But you don’t need coal mines for that; you could do that anywhere.

Solar panels contain highly toxic materials, posing a problem for safe disposal when the panels burn out. Well, okay: when that happens, simply bury the used-up panels in the mines.

But why wait till then? Why not install the panels underground in the first place? She didn’t say that in so many words, but what else could she have meant? Underground solar panels! What could possibly be a more telling symbol for this whole Green New Deal boondoggle? They may not generate any power underground, but at least they’ll be safe!

And here’s another.

A couple of tourists in West Virginia recently suffered the embarrassment of having their electric car run out of juice. They would have been stranded, but for half a dozen kindly miners who pushed the car up to the charging station at the mine. The car couldn’t be towed because the electric cars have plastic undersides that fall to pieces if you try to tow them.

Now that’s a symbol, isn’t it? We don’t generate enough electricity to run our electric cars. But that’s no problem—you just get out and push them. And if you never re-charge your electric car, you’ll never have to rely on that boo-hiss fossil fuel that has to be used to provide the electricity.

Not only that—but if everybody’s electric car has to be pushed by human beings at only a mile or two per hour, think of the impact on highway safety! No more fatal accidents, unless they accidentally push you off a cliff. No more five-car pile-ups. Sure, it’ll take you practically forever to get anywhere; but if it saves ONE life… (I put that in because that’s what libs always say about their insane public policies.)

But look, we want to get rid of privately owned cars anyhow, and who’s going to want a car that has to be pushed all the time?

And who says the plebs really have to go anywhere? If it’s not in walking or bicycling distance—stay home! That’ll really cut down on traffic jams. Naturally, our Necessary People who are not just “useless eaters,” as the World Economic Forum likes to call us, will keep their limousines and private jets. Can’t hitchhike to Davos, can you? Who would be so mean-spirited as to begrudge them their little luxuries? It’s a small price to pay for an ever-expanding government.

Heck, there ought to be a postage stamp with a picture on it of those miners pushing the conked-out electric car up a hill. As an image, it’s right up there with the Marines planting the flag on Iwo Jima. It memorializes a folly so sublime, so all-encompassing, so maddening, as to inspire future generations, and even our own generation, to eat bugs, and go to bed at sundown because, after all, who really needs electric lighting? And then we’ll see about doing without air conditioning.

I don’t think I want to imagine any more of this.

Governed by idiots… It’s not so funny, after all.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and drop in for a visit: no one has to know. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

September 8, 2022

Part 1: America’s identity, pride in country, what’s next?

In the last week, a sexual predator, felon and habitual criminal, African-American Cleotha Abston-Henderson, 38, raped and killed Eliza Fletcher, a 34 year old kindergarten teacher with two small children. After grabbing her off the sidewalk during her daily jog, he left her mangled body behind an old house in Memphis, Tennessee.

As reported by the media, Memphis’ murders reached over 352 in 2021. Even more tragic, if the two had reversed skin colors, Memphis would still be in flames as of this writing. But because she was white, the legal process will move forward without BLM rampaging throughout the city.

Chicago reported 50 shootings and eight deaths over the Labor Day weekend. St. Louis reported four shootings, five deaths. New York City saw 15 wounded from shootings. Detroit featured 32 shootings, four dead.

Virtually all those shootings arrived at the hands of African-Americans in our inner cities. What’s wrong with this picture?

If you look back at Flint, Michigan, virtually a minority city, as well as Jackson, Mississippi…you remember contaminated water. This past week in Jackson, toilets can’t flush and contaminated water systems poison residents. Jackson is minority dominated city.

In Canada, two guys stabbed ten people to death. In London, England, people fear for their lives on the streets of that once peaceful city. In Paris, you cannot walk down a street without fearing for your person being robbed. In Sydney, Australia, you just don’t know what’s going to happen if you walk down the streets. You could be the next victim.

What’s happening to Western Culture? For one thing, it’s being denounced with a litany of name-calling. It’s being degraded as inferior to other cultures. It’s being attacked as slavery-based, systemically racist and violent to other cultures.

But if you look out over history’s horizon, Western Culture brought toilet paper in 1857. It brought toilet systems and fresh water. It brought the arts, commerce and human rights. It lifted millions out of poverty, disease and hopelessness.

Unfortunately, since 1987 at Stanford University, “Every effort to keep alive, let alone, revive, the teaching of Western Civilization, has met with sustained hostility, ridicule and violence,” said writer Douglas Murray who wrote The Strange Death of Europe: Immigration, Identity, Islam.

Today, powerful, monied men in high places force Critical Race Theory on our children and even into colleges and the military. If continued, CRT will destroy the foundation of America’s solidarity and cohesiveness. At its foundation, it pits black people against white people for perceived racism throughout America. In other words, it pits citizens against citizens with no solutions.

But when you look out over the world, every minority in America enjoys freedom of choice, education, jobs, the arts, and more opportunities for self-expression than anyone in Africa, India, China, Bangladesh, Mexico, Indo-china and so much of the world.

If you look at Japan, where I have lived, the big R-word manifests throughout that society. A black person would not be allowed to migrate to Japan. Same with China.

In India, there are three classes. Brahmins represent the high class. Kshatriyas the middle class, Vaishyas low class, and the untouchables—Sudras. You cannot rise above the class you were born into. It’s racist beyond conceptual understanding. Ironically, scholars celebrate that India stands as the most populated democracy in the world. At 1.3 billion, in reality, illiteracy dominates, and 70 percent of the lower 1 billion do not enjoy access to a toilet, shower or lavatory.

If you travel through Bangladesh, you must be ready to endure illiteracy, poverty, starvation, disease and lack of any kind of sanitation or hygiene. This country, the size of Oregon, houses 161 million people. It’s on its way to 201 million by mid-century. One can only cringe at what they face as to the human misery index.

In other words, Africa at 1.4 billion, India at 1.3 billion, and China at 1.4 billion face consequences far beyond what’s happening in Europe, Australia, Canada and America.

So why make Western Culture the scapegoat when the non-Western World teeters on the brink of disease and mass starvation via too many people, too much illiteracy and too little resources?

“To delegitimize the West, it appears to be necessary first to demonize the people who still make up the racial majority in the West. It is necessary to demonize white people,” said Douglas Murray, historian.

Writer Robin DiAngelo wrote a book, White Fragility, that denounced all white people as racists. The logical trap is the same one favored by the witch hunters of the Middle Ages: if the woman drowns in the pond, she is innocent. If she floats, she is guilty and condemned to be burned at the stake. In DiAngelo’s world, every white person on the planet is guilty of racism. She said, “White people should strive to be less white.” Under her system, there is no racism in Africa. Instead, tribes simply massacre one another such as the Tutsi’s and Hutsi’s. The rest starve to death in refugee camps.

Wouldn’t DiAngelo’s system be like telling a Japanese person to be less Japanese or an African to be less black or a Mexican to be less brown?” Do you notice you can only get away with such academic balderdash in a free country created by European-Americans?

What Kind Of A Future Is Coming to America?

Can we as a society, whether black or white, stop the killings? Can we stop the murderers of white female joggers? Can we stop black on black crime that kills thousands of young blacks in our overcrowded and rundown cities like Chicago? Can we stop the black Minneapolis (affirmative action) Somali cop in 2017 who drew his pistol and point blank, shot a white woman walking up to the cruiser in her bathrobe after reporting a prowler? Can we stop pernicious homelessness now dominating most major cities in America?

While white people wait for the law to work its course after a murder, a significant number of black people riot, loot and burn to “get even.” How long can our cities sustain such anarchy?

You might agree that intermingling incompatible races may be at the biological heart of America’s crisis. Do we have any solutions? What happens as we continue to add millions of immigrants from incompatible cultures? Does any American possess any commonality with a Somali, Congolese or Ethiopian immigrants? How do we bridge our culture with them when they don’t want our culture? What happens when American culture vanishes? What happens when our country becomes like India’s with 122 different languages? What happens when few people live, think or act on the same page?

Could America survive under African culture? Chinese? Indian? Islamic culture?

What do I think having traveled extensively all over the globe to see racial, cultural and ethnic chaos in the past 50 years? Answer: I think we’re in more trouble than anyone understands. I think we’re importing more problems that we can ever solve. I think we are sowing the seeds of our own destruction. Do you see any change or solutions for our escaping the “dark future” of America? Do you think Canada or Europe, or Australia will survive?

Coming Part 2: Race, history, biology, culture

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By Oregon State Senator, Dennis Linthicum

September 7, 2022

Part 1 of this series recalled some brutal events in history where threats and legal constructs were used to silence people who expressed different goals in politics, social conditions and the principles of authority and freedom. This is why the newly created Homeland Security Disinformation Governance Board is questionable and extremely troubling.

We must either allow diversity of opinion to reign or we, ourselves, will fall at the hands of the only available tool – brute force.

This is not new. It has happened before and will again. As the abolitionist, Wendell Phillips, told us, “Eternal vigilance is the price of liberty; power is ever stealing from the many to the few.”

In our own early American history, Congress passed the Alien and Sedition Acts at the behest of the Federalist Party and President John Adams. The ruthless enforcement of these statutes, by government authorities, stifled disruptive voices, instilled fear and led to the threat of arrest and detention for editors who criticized the president.

Thomas Jefferson, the freedom-loving republican, was the man who quickly repealed these unjust laws when he became President. America’s uniquely libertarian approach to free speech has emerged from a long struggle to hear all voices and achieve civil rights and racial equality which exist in statute in America today.

Yet, with President Biden’s new Disinformation Czar, we again realize the weight of the federal government can be turned against any person or private business, at any time, in any manner. The leftist main-stream media outlets will continue to foment division through political pandering and aggrandizement. These facts are now well known. The media pushed the Russia collusion hoax, the Jussie Smollett hoax, they smeared Justice Thomas, Justice Kavanaugh and Nick Sandmann, and they dismissed Hunter’s laptop affair as Russian disinformation.

Throughout history, we have many examples like these. Stories of those who understood both their historical circumstances and legal rights. People stood firm on their principles. The founding patriots openly published their opinions about King George III and the “gross corruptions of his Parliamentary Junto” and we should follow their example.

Stephen Solomon, the author of, Revolutionary Dissent: How the Founding Generation Created the Freedom of Speech, describes details of an era where Americans,

“used every form of expression imaginable to deliver their ideas and arguments. They created songs, essays, letters, cartoons, broadsides, woodcuts, appeals, petitions, resolutions, puns, poems, plays, paintings, and pamphlets. They belittled their foes with parody and satire and launched diatribes, harangues, and accusations against them.”

This was the colonial equivalent of the technological whirlwinds that surround us. It is a mistake to believe that modern technology has cultivated a more thoughtful understanding of alternative viewpoints. It has not.

Instead, Big-Tech is focused on sponsoring, promoting and creating algorithms that artificially rank their preferences above alternatives. At the same time, these filters limit access to straight news and stifle public awareness while pushing left-wing agenda driven stories.

Of course, legitimate news organizations exist. However, clicks are generated on the social-media side of the equation. This is where loyal fans are created, market-share is gained, and money is made.

Social-media outlets are gigantic idea sifters that separate posts based upon gross generalizations. The far left’s outlandish ideas appear as normal after passing through weighted, over-simplified artificial intelligence (AI) filters.

Followed by a clever re-writing of word definitions, these destructive ideas create a cultural malaise without people realizing their vocabulary has been stolen (i.e., define a woman.)

The Twitter limit of 280 characters means the details of any issue, the pros or cons, must get pushed first through a mental sieve of our own making. Like Big-Tech, most individuals using Twitter are incentivized to prioritize their comments based upon size, emotive draw and potential for cultural wave-making; not on truth telling.

We ask, where will truth come from? Does it come from wisdom, understanding and the balancing between costs and benefits? Or, from public momentum? Is this how SCOTUS will decide the Roe v. Wade debate? Will, true or false, get declared by the newly created Disinformation Czar?

We see powerful social engineers and academic policy pundits using statist power to exert public control without any limits or boundaries. These idealogues are willing to cancel, quarantine, and re-educate anybody who disagrees. In fact, F.A. Hayek, in his book, The Road to Serfdom (1944), notes that social and industrial planner Henri Saint-Simon, thought those who did not obey his proposed planning boards would simply be, “treated as cattle.”

Today’s coercive tendency of big-government and the incessant and unwarranted passion for collective intervention is fracturing our national foundation. Our nation used to care about the little guy, the working class, and the underdog. Today these have been replaced by the “greater good” – the authoritarian state.

There is only one path for citizens to maintain their title to personal freedom, freedom of religion, of property, of speech, of the press, and the God given right to self-protection. Thomas Jefferson, told us how: “In questions of power, then, let no more be heard of confidence in man, but bind him down from mischief by the chains of the Constitution.”

This is the bedrock of the American Republic.

The current onslaught of totalitarian actions and legislative malfeasance is widening the gaps between personal freedom and government control. We see censorship and mass political indoctrination sprouting in all areas of private life. As F.A. Hayek noted, the social engineers plan for,

“us to take our pleasures as well as other necessities at the appointed time… and in the prescribed form … depriving us of choice, in order to give us whatever fits best into the plan … at a time determined by the plan.”

To get out of the cattle-pen, people must act now to lift their voices in the public square. To this end, free and fair elections must be our highest universal goal. Election Integrity is our pathway to true representative government.

Auditing election results is the first step needed, but it is not enough. Audits come after the fact, like the police investigation after a murder, it is too little, too late. For Oregonians, the real battle must be to ensure election and voting integrity before election crimes are committed.

This includes strengthening electoral governance, requiring timely election audits with complete transparency via local election office compliance, and ending the legislative exploitation that arises from one-party rule.

In Part 3, I will outline some disturbing details of several detrimental statutes that have been strategically placed like wedges into the bedrock of Oregon’s election integrity. Lastly, I’ll explain why the decades of Oregon’s unending one-party rule must be brought to a close.

Read more about fractures in Oregon’s Bedrock, Part 3 … (coming soon)

Part 1,

© 2022 Dennis Linthicum – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dennis Linthicum: d4linthicum@gmail.com

By Bradlee Dean

September 7, 2022

“We were warned long ago about taking on this language.”

Friends, we were warned long ago about the language of today being parroted by the mainstream media’s useful idiots (Matthew 15:14).

[Rumble Video]

Remember when George Orwell said, “Political language (Of today) is designed to make lies sound truthful”?

Let’s go back to our founding forefathers and see what they had to say about the unconstitutional 2 party system (Mark 3:25).

George Washington said, in his 1796 Farewell Address, that political parties “are likely, in the course of time and things, to become potent engines, by which cunning, ambitious, and unprincipled men will be enabled to subvert the power of the people and to usurp for themselves the reins of government, destroying afterwards the very engines which have lifted them to unjust dominion.”

He went on to argue:

“The alternate domination of one faction over another, sharpened by the spirit of revenge, natural to party dissension, which in different ages and countries has perpetrated the most horrid enormities, is itself a frightful despotism. But this leads at length to a more formal and permanent despotism. The disorders and miseries which result gradually incline the minds of men to seek security and repose in the absolute power of an individual; and sooner or later the chief of some prevailing faction, more able or more fortunate than his competitors, turns this disposition to the purposes of his own elevation, on the ruins of public liberty.”

What Washington called “the spirit of party” was, he argued, “inseparable from our nature, having its root in the strongest passions of the human mind”—namely, the tribal passion to separate the world into “we” vs. “they,” into rival and competing groups. This spirit can then easily become a desire to see “our side” win, regardless of whether our side is better than “their side” and regardless of the issues at stake or the facts of the matter.

President John Adams provided a far more succinct comment on the matter.

“There is nothing which I dread so much as a division of the republic into two great parties, each arranged under its leader, and concerting measures in opposition to each other. This, in my humble apprehension, is to be dreaded as the greatest political evil under our Constitution.” – Letter to Jonathan Jackson (2 October 1780), “The Works of John Adams”, vol 9, p.511

How is it that the unconstitutional, two-party system is set up today in contrast to its original intent?

the United States Constitution, Article IV, Section 4, US Constitution states:

The United States shall guarantee to every State in this Union a Republican Form of Government, and shall protect each of them against Invasion; and on Application of the Legislature, or of the Executive, against domestic Violence.

[Rumble Video]

The short video below demonstrates the absolute ignorance of the mainstream media’s minions (And these are the adults) in driving a narrative that is everything but American Government and how it is to function. (Hosea 4:6).

FOX NEWS CONTRIBUTORS GET INTO SHOUTING MATCH OVER FBI’S TREATMENT OF TRUMP VERSUS HILLARY CLINTON

[Rumble Video]

In conclusion: Americans are just too easy for them that are pulling the narrative strings (Ephesians 4:14).

The propagandists have the people warring against each other instead of against those who are creating the divisive narratives (Psalm 94:16).

What’s worse is that the American people are divided over that which is not even true. Then again, the first casualty in every war is the truth. Therefore, if truth is the first causality of the war, then what must become of the war if the truth takes its rightful place? We will have peace (Isaiah 51:4).

© 2022 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com

By Steven Yates

September 6, 2022

A Background Report

I did not catch more than the first few minutes of Joe Biden’s teleprompted speech the other night, so it is unclear to me if he repeated the allegation that was circulating in Bidenista circles that Trump supporters are “semi-fascists.” What I heard was the usual predictable pap about the “threat to democracy” posed by “MAGA Republicans.”

We are, indeed, in a battle for “the soul of America.” I call it the narrative war, and whether it will explode from being a war primarily of words into something much hotter, remains to be seen. I think the Bidenistas may be trying to provoke acts of violence, acts that can and will be used against anyone who takes the bait.

The Big Questions for Our Era: Will we continue moving ever closer to a technologically empowered form of feudalism (technofeudalism, if you will), as we were doing for several decades prior to the 2010s? It began with welfare-statism in reverse, redistributing wealth upward into the hands of a tiny fraction of the one percent, and would end in technology-enabled de facto totalitarianism, a totally surveilled and controlled society.

Will we continue to watch as the globe gradually integrates, in top-down fashion, into a single, highly centralized political-economic power system controlled by a few dozen extended families: the superelite, GloboCorp, call them what you will?

Will this continue to be passed off as “democracy,” “the rule of law,” the “liberal world order,” etc., ad nauseam?

Will it culminate, before the end of the 2020s, in the much-discussed Great Reset, which will include the complete replacement of cash with digital currency? What is digital, we should always remember, can be tracked, monitored, and switched off by remote, making dissent from approved narratives a thing of the past.

Or: will we rediscover freedom, meaning personal, familial, and community autonomy within the bounds of moral responsibility? Historians speak of the Great Awakening? (Several, actually.) Is a new Great Awakening possible now, whether in Alexander Dugin’s sense, or something a bit more Anglo friendly?

The superelites have doubtless studied history. They understand that feudalism was the status quo for centuries. As a political-economic system it was mostly stable.

Landed elites owned and controlled everything, of course. Serfs were tied to the land they worked. Theirs were lives of drudgery and misery. They worked from sunup to sundown, just to feed themselves and their own. By law they relinquished a portion of the fruits of their labors to their parasitic lords and masters. They worked for as long as they lived, sometimes dying miserable deaths at very young ages by our standards.

What killed this system?

Protestant Christianity.

According to Protestant Christianity, we are all equal in God’s eyes. His judgment will make no distinction between elites and commoners. Either you have Jesus Christ as your personal savior or you do not.

Philosophically, Christianity gave rise to a freedom movement the roots of which went back at least to the thirteenth century. This era, long before Martin Luther, gave us the natural law philosophy of Aquinas and a key implication of the Magna Carta of 1215, that the king can’t simply do as he pleases. Political activity, like everything else, answers to moral principles. Basic justice calls for such practices as the right of those accused of crimes to confront their accusers in a fair trial.

The basic ideas behind science and technology, coming a few centuries later, are rooted in the Christian idea that the universe is fundamentally rational, that God made man in His image which included our rational agency. Therefore the Creation is intelligible to the human mind, and all human minds have the potential to contribute to knowledge and knowhow. Technique became the test for this. If we’d uncovered a physical principle and mathematized it (as did Newton) and could apply it to the solution of some technical problem (e.g., propulsion), this would suggest we were on the right track even if we did not have all the answers.

Throw in the Gutenberg Press, which enabled anyone to read Scripture instead of rely on Church authority, and you have the ingredients of large scale Awakening (a term I now prefer to the somewhat sullied Enlightenment).

The freedom movement developed further in the hands of philosophers such as England’s John Locke, political strategists such as America’s James Madison, and later, economic thinkers such as France’s Frederic Bastiat. These, and numerous others, endorsed personal liberty, property rights, and free enterprise within the bounds of moral responsibility understood in terms of a transcendent reality communicated to us via Scripture.

The founders of America technically did not found a “Christian nation” where religion was embodied in a national church such as the Church of England, because they hoped that respect for Scripture as a source of moral authority would be built into the culture. If the culture failed, everything else would fail. Personal freedoms and free enterprise would become corrupted by decadence which would prove uncontrollable and increasingly destructive to civilization itself.

The hope of freedom, which inspired millions, meant the death of feudalism.

Christians will say that sin was still there, however, doing its dirty work.

For the landed elites had not disappeared. They adapted to the changed environment, and used new money systems to hijack industrial civilization. They established central banks in Europe and tried to do so in America. Andrew Jackson killed their second attempt (the Second Bank of the United States) in the 1830s. They adapted again.

By the mid-1800s the elites had devised public education which offered one kind of education to their children and another to the masses. The latter were not to be taught how to think or what to think about, except at the most superficial level. The elites did not want well-educated proles. So mass education in government schools aimed to teach discipline by routine, obedience to authority (especially the authority of governments and bosses in corporations), and trades. The children of the masses were to be taught enough literacy to read and follow instructions, basic arithmetic, and official narratives about “democracy in America.”

Most fell for it. Dissidents (many of them theologians) were too few in number to make much of a difference. Most could be written off as troublemakers.

The elites devised economic arrangements that circumvented competition and ensured that every major industry would be dominated by one key figure, e.g., Rockefeller in oil, Vanderbilt in railroads, Carnegie in steel, and so on. In Europe, the Rothschilds and the Schiffs (among others) dominated finance and could engineer panics. Their agents were at work in the U.S. Following the engineered Panic of 1907 they masterminded the Woodrow Wilson presidency and established the Federal Reserve System. This gave them effective control over the U.S. economy they have maintained ever since. Their enormous resources also enabled them to purchase control over major newspapers and establish new weeklies of their own (e.g., Time, The New Republic) as vehicles for furthering “public opinion” (as Walter Lippman called it). They continued to establish approved narratives as radio and eventually television developed as national media.

Change some of those industries and names. Think financial alchemy: George Soros. Think first technology and then vaccines: Bill Gates. From economics to transhumanism: Klaus Schwab. Social media: Mark Zuckerberg. I could name others, but you know who they are.

We’re in the present, and feudalism is being brought back apace. It was underway during the final decades of the last century, when it went by such names as neoliberalism and corporatism. These followed a period of genuine prosperity, ending at the end of the 1960s, during which the peasantry got sufficiently educated (and wealthy) to push at the comfort zones of the elites, especially when they protested elite-sponsored wars such as Vietnam.

The elites began to financialize the economy in the 1970s, starting when their servant Richard Nixon killed the gold standard. They began wrecking higher education through the simple mechanism of having it defunded following the disruptions of the 1960s, then allowing its further corruption with the rise of race and gender politics.

It would be, however, a “hard road to world order.” Too many people had figured out what was going on, having browsed big books like Carroll Quigley’s Tragedy & Hope, or running across scholars of the highest competence such as Antony C. Sutton who had documented the role of Wall Street elites in financing both Communism and Nazism.

What happened this go round was the IT Revolution and the emergence of the Internet: our era’s Gutenberg Press. As I’ve noted before, by the 2000 decade it was possible for anyone with an Internet connection to research any topic, create a website or blog, and post their results for the world to see. In this environment, control over information was impossible!

If feudalism requires anything, it is total, unquestioning consensus on such matters as who is legitimately in charge. Much else (e.g., sexuality) can be left up for grabs, because sex is such a fantastic distraction for the masses! While all varieties of sexual distractions were used very effectively, an aggressive minority of Internet researchers and authors was still able to disrupt the elite consensus at every level and in every subject era.

This all occurred during an era in which incomes were demonstrably not keeping up with expenses. Jobs were disappearing overseas. Quality was diminishing as built-to-last products made in America were replaced by disposable garbage imported from China. Corporations were getting richer as they maintained bought journalists and a bought political class. They no longer supported their employees, moreover, but were more likely to throw them to the wolves. Higher education was seen as essential although its quality was diminishing rapidly, even as its price skyrocketed.

In this environment, all the official narratives collapsed. This included those holding that the U.S. and other Western powers were really democracies in the sense of having political classes that answered to We the People, as opposed to They the Oligarchs (the elites). Support for arrangements that had been immensely profitable to the Oligarchs, such as “free trade,” collapsed. It was no longer clear that “globalization” would restore the rising tide lifting all boats that we had seen up until 1970.

Prior to around then, a fundamentally Christian culture still existed to counter secular/materialist elite domination. Thus in the 1960s Hollywood elites began to aggressively attack this culture through the entertainment industry.

Civil rights, originally aimed to fight racism and discrimination on moral grounds calling for basic fairness, were also hijacked and transformed into something divisive and destructive: replacing discrimination against minorities and women with discrimination against white men. “Abortion rights” signifies how the materialist death culture rose to full spectrum dominance.

The organized left, which once supported working people (labor versus capital), was hijacked by identity politics, which left the mostly white working class and, more and more, the middle class, floundering amidst a rising tide of inflation, joblessness, and debt-dependency. Naturally, these people turned to “populist” conservatism.

Trumpism was thus inevitable, in a disrupted culture in which genuine challenges to consensus thinking that looked increasingly discredited were technologically possible.

Just as inevitable was the Oligarch reaction to Trumpism, which began almost immediately after Trump upset their chosen candidate, Hillary Clinton, selected to become the First Woman President.

The reaction, however, featuring Big Tech’s algorithmic censorship and deplatforming, the exploitation of incidentals such as Charlottesville, and a rise tide of attacks on “conspiracy theories,” did not work. Too many people were not buying it.

Thus came the plan-demic, arguably the most massive power grab in human history!

Anyone who believes this to have been an unlucky accident, caused by a coronavirus that evolved in a bat, needs to read States of Emergency: Keeping the Global Population in Check by Dutch political scientist Kees Van Der Pijl (Clarity Press, 2022).

Welcome to the Narrative War!

One side includes the Deep State (CIA, other intelligence agencies, DARPA, etc.), mainstream corporate media (CNN, etc.), Big Tech (Google, Twitter, etc.), Big Pharma (Pfizer, etc.), and many other industries closely tied to governance or profiting from interconnectedness. This side handed power to the Bidenistas on January 20, 2021. As de facto descendants of those landed elites of yesteryear, this side owns and controls most of the resources, just as its ancestors did back when the feudalism of old was a mostly stable system. Today’s political economy is anything but stable, of course. So the Oligarchs are working overtime toward their Great Reset, and this includes doing everything they can to suppress, demonize, and destroy the other narrative.

Thus labels like semi-fascist, autocrat or authoritarian, superspreaders of misinformation, continued use of conspiracy theorist, and so on and so on.

The Oligarchs want technofeudalism, which would give the same level of control their de facto ancestors had — but from the standpoint of those outside their orbit would be a .ystopia of “gig” work, gaslighting, technology-based control (technocracy), and transhumanism.

Even the plan-demic has not been enough. There is still plenty of dissent out here. There are still tens of millions of people who would vote Trump into office a second time. Trump is not perfect. But he is all these tens of millions of people have, at least until someone else with the same level of charisma appears and steps forward. Hence he is being targeted for destruction.

The Oligarchy will foment violence, if it comes to that!

I think that beginning with the unprecedented raid at Mar-a-Lago on Aug. 8 by the Bidenista-compromised FBI, the Oligarch narrative warriors are strategizing for End Game. What I think they envision: Trump is indicted by the Bidenista Department of Justice for mishandling classified documents (it is at least possible that in his haste to leave the White House in January 2021 he got careless). A second Trump presidency — the mere possibility of which terrifies the Oligarchs — is circumvented.

Lindsay Graham (once a Trump critic, if you go back enough years) has warned of “blood in the streets” if Trump is indicted and prosecuted.

Trumpism (the MAGA movement if you prefer) will still be around, but if just a few of its number can be goaded into violent, irrational action, civil war on their minds, it, too, can be discredited in the eyes of a poorly educated general public. For unless this movement gets better organized, the danger is of ultimately futile actions by individual “freelancers,” and small if well-armed groups easily put down by the immense police power of, say, Homeland Security, and then demonized in corporate media as have been the Jan-6ers.

Technofeudalism will then be our future, and all the court political commentators in corporate media can say, “We saved our democracy!”

___________

Steven Yates’s latest book What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) is available here and here. His earlier Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) is available here.

These columns present a perspective unavailable elsewhere: of personal freedom and community autonomy, based on a philosophically-informed conservatism within a Christian worldview holding that in the last analysis, we all answer to our Creator.

This stands opposed to the major threat of our time: a sociopathic superelite using technology and financialization to gain world domination, unleashed by secular materialism and the latter’s having collapsed all forms of valuation other than money and power. Globalists see themselves as answering only to each other. They do not believe in a Higher Power. They are the culmination of the materialist / secularist / liberal worldview.

My perspective incorporates accounts of how emergencies of various sorts arise or are manufactured, how controlled media hysterics generate fear in populations, and how these enable controlled governments to grab power and do the superelites’ bidding.  Hegelian dialectic: crisis, reaction, response. Foment a crisis or through inaction allow it to develop; the crisis leads to a predictable reaction within populations (“Do something!”); those with power move in with the response they had planned all along.

These ideas are dispensed essentially for free. The editor of this site cannot afford to pay writers such as myself. Nor am I on the payroll of a “think tank” or some other such entity. No university or corporate leviathan has my back. I receive no grants. I am an Independent. We live in a foreign country, because of the lower cost of living. My wife and I survive on what remains of an inheritance, my monthly social security deposit into my U.S. bank account, the occasional donation, “gigs” and “odd jobs” that come our way, and Patreon.com.

This last had been rising, but over the past few months it has fallen dramatically! I have no theories why, except that I am not one of their “creatives” consistently dispensing “infotainment” on the site.

Where this is going: the lights on this project could go out at any time, and just when they are needed most! If you value what I do, please consider becoming a Patron or arranging some other means of support to help keep this project alive. Don’t do it for me. Do it for you. Do you want to help spread truth, or do you prefer to live in a fake reality based on official narratives steeped in lies?

We all benefit from helping disseminate truth, that freedom is better than slavery or serfdom, and that persons have intrinsic value because we were created in God’s image. These things will not preserve and defend themselves indefinitely without ongoing financial support. So please consider becoming a Patron today by going to the site linked to above and making a small pledge. If just one hundred people reading this were to pledge $5/mo., that would be $500 each month in defense of truth-telling!

© 2022 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

By Kelleigh Nelson

September 6, 2022

Discernment is not a matter of simply telling the difference between right and wrong; rather it is telling the difference between right and almost right. —Charles Spurgeon

The supreme end of education is expert discernment in all things-the power to tell the good from the bad, the genuine from the counterfeit, and to prefer the good and the genuine to the bad and the counterfeit. —Samuel Johnson (English writer)

But strong meat belongeth to them that are of full age, even those who by reason of use have their senses exercised to discern both good and evil.  —Hebrews 5:14

The first method for estimating the intelligence of a ruler is to look at the men he has around him.  —Niccolò Machiavelli

Being brutally honest is not always comfortable, but it seems a trait that comes naturally and it’s not always welcomed.  How many times I’ve had people say to me, “Why don’t you tell us what you really think, Kelleigh!” I write what I believe is the truth as I know and understand it via research, experience and study.  You may not agree with me and that’s okay, but speaking the truth even when it hurts is an essential part of me.  I don’t mean to offend, only to tell it like I see it.  So here goes.

The Campaign

Those who regularly read my articles know that I heartily supported Donald Trump in 2016.  Every article I wrote back then was promoting Mr. Trump or exposing those running against him.  Like everyone else, I was thrilled that we finally had a candidate who spoke for the heart of America.  I worked to help him, and twice wrote articles he used in rallies. One of those articles, Proof: Jeb Bush Under Eminent Domain Took a Disabled Veteran’s Property, exposed Jeb Bush, and Trump used it one Monday in three rallies and even tweeted it.  It was written after a debate where Bush accused Trump of taking an elderly woman’s home via eminent domain. She kept her house.

Bush was gone the next week.

The second article was written after Trump asked why the media was allowed to lie about him.  The article, Supreme Court Ruled Media Allowed to Lie with Impunity, covered the 1964 Supreme Court decision NYTs vs. Sullivan, and Trump spoke about it when he gave a speech in Alabama where Commissioner Sullivan’s lawsuit against the Times originated.

Left and neo-con right called Trump uncouth, his tweets disgusting, and his manners in poor taste.  The more moneyed folks called him crass, but I found him delightfully honest.  Truth be told, most Americans loved the way he spoke and tweeted.  Why?  Because he talked just like we do without the dry polished political hogwash that spews from the mouths of lifelong politicians.

Trump was a breath of fresh air!

Winning

Many of his supporters stayed up until after 3 a.m. waiting for the long-delayed election results.  My husband was asleep, but I was on the computer watching and my friend in Las Vegas was on the phone with me reporting.  Finally, I said I had to go to sleep, and crawled in bed only to have the phone start ringing just as I dropped off.  He won!  Praise God and Hallelujah!  The next morning my husband woke me to kiss me goodbye and asked who won.  I said, TRUMP!

We loved his inauguration speech, despite George Bush’s comment, “That was some weird shit.”  To globalist one-world-order Bush, it was weird, but to the American people who pressed the lever for Trump, that speech was ultra-fantastic…over the top, and absolutely magnificent.  Thrilling!

What could top that spectacular address to the American people?  Only his State of the Union addresses which were impressively masterful in lauding American heroes rather than himself.  When Rush Limbaugh received the Medal of Freedom from President Trump, Melania Trump had the honor of presenting it to him.

While the nation roared their approval and tears for Rush Limbaugh ran down our cheeks, Nancy Pelosi wouldn’t even stand or clap, and sat there in her white suit turning the pages of our 45^th President’s speech and ignoring the audience.

As I watched Pelosi and the other white garbed females of the Democrat Party, all I could see was the blood of the unborn staining the white garments of those women.  The lack of civility, of common courtesy, the disdain for our elected president was so odious it reeked of their classless derision of American citizens who cast their votes for Trump. In front of the nation, Nancy Pelosi exposed her venomous contempt for Americans by ripping up a government document, the President’s beautiful speech.

For all his accomplishments that benefited the American people, one thing always bothered me about our 45th President, his lack of discernment.  Or was it?  Did he purposefully hire from the swamp or did he believe the Republicans would help him?

The question remains…have we again been deceived?

Discernment

Discernment is God’s gift to help us dispel confusion. In some cases, discernment is a spiritual gift. It’s also a skill that can be developed according to Hebrews 5:14.

President Trump said, “Leaders are people who can discern the inevitable and act accordingly. When people talk about business acumen, discernment is a big part of it. It’s a bit like gut instinct, but a little more developed.”

Then why were the majority of people in President Trump’s administration from the Deep State?  Only a handful were truly Constitutional Conservatives.  Americans know who they were, General Michael T. Flynn, Peter Navarro, Dr. Scott Atlas, Stephen Miller, Steve Bannon, Ben Carson and a few others, but the list of swamp creatures was far greater.

Where was wisdom?

Joan of Arc

A portion of Mark Twain’s final book, Joan of Arc, first published in Harper’s Magazine in 1895, is pertinent to understanding Godly discernment.

Twain said it took him 12 years of preparation and two years of writing and stated that Joan of Arc is his very best book. Obviously, St. Joan of Arc touched Samuel Langhorne Clemens’ heart.   He also pointed out that this is the tale of “the only person, of either sex, who has ever held supreme command of the military forces of a nation at the age of seventeen.”

Twain’s book is separated into three portions.  In Book 2, Chapter 11, there is a discourse between two characters. (Please click on the link to finish reading the short chapter, it’s very telling.) While they were riding along, the Chief Knight spoke of Joan’s great talents.  He said, “But greatest of all her gifts, she has the ‘seeing eye.’”

‘The seeing eye?  I shouldn’t count on that for much, I suppose we all have it.’ ‘No,’ he said; very few have it.’  Then he explained, and made his meaning clear.  He said the common eye sees only the outside of things, and judges by that, but the seeing eye pierces through and reads the heart and the soul, finding there capacities which the outside didn’t indicate or promise, and which the other kind of eye couldn’t detect.

He said the mightiest military genius must fail and come to nothing if it have not the seeing eye – that is to say, if it cannot read men and select its subordinates with an infallible judgment.  It sees as by intuition that this man is good for strategy, that one for dash and daredevil assault, the other for patient bulldog persistence, and it appoints each to his right place and wins, while the commander without the seeing eye would give to each the other’s place and lose.

He was right about Joan, and I saw it.  When she was a child and the tramp came one night, her father and all of us took him for a rascal, but she saw the honest man through the rags.  When I dined with the governor of Vaucouleurs so long ago, I saw nothing in our two knights, though I sat with them and talked with them two hours; Joan was there five minutes, and neither spoke with them nor heard them speak, yet she marked them for men of worth and fidelity, and they have confirmed her judgment.

Joan’s Godly gift of discernment was striking, and although the gift can be achieved by use, some never attain the ability to know righteous men of honor from deceivers, and only by chance do they happen to choose a few good men.

Administrative Choices

Over the four years of the Trump administration, I wondered many times, who, if anyone, was doing any vetting of the people Trump hired.  And haven’t we all wondered why he chose from the swamp when his campaign promise was to choose from those who helped him win?  I could go through a litany of horrors regarding the backgrounds of every hire, many of whom I’ve written about in the past…Christie, Perry, DeVos, Mulvaney.  But it all started with the choice of Indiana Governor Mike Pence.

When Pence was chosen as VP, I thought, “Uh-oh, this spells trouble.”

And it did.

Before the election, Pence endorsed John McCain, Paul Ryan and Kelly Ayotte when Trump had refused to endorse the leftist Republicans.

As Transition Team Leader, Pence hired his neo-conservative friends, some from Indiana, to fill positions of importance.

In February 2017, Pence and Priebus got together to help the FBI rid the administration of General Michael Flynn who would have been the protection Trump needed from the politicized DOJ.

Forty-four Trump officials had close ties to the Trump-hating billionaire Koch brothers. Many were hired or suggested by Koch-funded Mike Pence and Kellyanne Conway, who are longtime friends, with intermarried families.  Other top name Koch hires were Pence’s Chief of Staff Marc Short, Betsy DeVos, Rick Perry, Mike Pompeo, Mick Mulvaney, Scott Pruitt and Don McGahn. The Kochs are not conservatives. Link, Link

Still believe Mike Pence is a conservative Christian? I’d advise you to read about his political life and family in this series of three articles.

Trump’s cabinet was loaded with swamp creatures, Gina Haspel, Council on Foreign Relations member, Robert Lighthizer, John Ratcliffe and Mark Meadows…to name just a few.

The two appointees who stand out as hardcore Deep Staters are Christopher Wray, suggested to Trump by Abu Chris Christie, and CIA Bill Barr, suggested by Joe diGenova and Victoria Toensing.  Both Wray and Barr are Bush boys.  Wray was nominated by George W. Bush in 2003 to be the assistant attorney general for DOJ’s Criminal Division.  Barr was Attorney General under George H. W. Bush.

Trump’s promise to rid education of common core dissolved with his hire of Betsy DeVos for Secretary of Education.  Betsy DeVos has adamantly supported Common Core and was even a board member of Jeb Bush’s Common Core supporting education foundation as well as being one of his biggest donors.  Dick and Betsy DeVos have financed Mike Pence throughout his political career; is there any doubt Pence suggested her after Trump dropped Michelle Rhee?

Endorsement advisors chosen by President Trump for the 2022 election are from the Deep State and they are either former Bush employees or are working with Big Pharma.

Why hire any Bush people?

COVID Task Force

Pence was appointed head of the COVID Task Force in February of 2020, and his handpicked globalists destroyed our economy and decimated small businesses.

As leader of the Task Force, Pence gave us Fauci, Birx and Redfield, the FDA, the CDC, the NIH and Big Pharma all exuding fear cloaked in a hellish package of liberty destroying tyranny endorsed and promoted by their comrades in the media.  On the recommendation of Vice President Pence and son-in-law, Jared Kushner, Trump trusted these government agency elitists.  Deborah Birx was the catalyst used to convince Trump that we needed the two-week lockdown.

She was an effective liar.

This was the most egregious destruction on free enterprise and property rights in the history of humanity. All had been planned and perfectly executed.  And Trump agreed to guidelines, “which led to the most momentous lockdown decision in the history of public health and even in the whole of human history.  Overnight, the Bill of Rights was reduced to refuse.”

Life in America was drastically changed.

Despite repeated warnings from Peter Navarro regarding Dr. Fauci, and later warnings from Dr. Scott Atlas, Trump willingly listened to the task force specialists and was convinced to shut down our economy, force face diapers, six-foot separations and transfer $3 trillion dollars from small businesses to big box stores.

Opposing views were never sought or considered.

President Trump had not seen the ugly fine print, written likely by Fauci; the sadistic elf Governor DeSantis wants to chuck across the Potomac.

America’s totalitarian nightmare had begun.

Hydroxychloroquine

President Trump had promoted Hydroxychloroquine (HCQ) as a prophylactic and remedy for C-19, but Fauci put the kibosh on it immediately and the FDA warned that the drugs have been shown in lab studies to interfere with Gilead Sciences Inc.’s antiviral drug remdesivir.  We all know how dangerous remdesivir is compared to the anti-viral repurposed 60-year-old HCQ used for malaria, lupus and rheumatoid arthritis.  The FDA, the NIH and the AMA are still against using HCQ for the treatment or prevention of COVID.  The same goes for 50-year-old Ivermectin (IVM) although Dr. Paul Marik convinced the legislatures of New Hampshire and Tennessee to allow IVM to be sold over the counter.  Governor Sununu vetoed the bill, but Tennessee’s Governor Lee signed it into law. A new peer reviewed study proves Ivermectin reduces COVID death risk by 92%.

Senators Ron Johnson, Mike Lee and Ted Cruz fought for the reauthorization of HCQ for C-19 treatment.  Johnson “forged a close alliance” with Dr. Steven Hatfill, who advised the Trump administration on the pandemic and engaged in “constant fighting” with former FDA commissioner Stephen Hahn and other health officials over HCQ. It was Chief of Staff Mark Meadows and Jared Kushner who pressured Hahn to accelerate emergency authorization of vaccines and treatments, and even Remdesivir.

Hatfill sent Johnson documents about alleged “long-standing FDA maleficence,” and the Democrat-led House Select Subcommittee on the Coronavirus Crisis report says Hatfill urged the Oshkosh Republican to call for a federal investigation into senior public health officials and the handling of hydroxychloroquine.

Inexpensive, repurposed drugs for treatment or as prophylactics were literally outlawed by powerful government agencies including the World Health Organization who had both HCQ and IVM listed as “safe” drugs.

FDA

When Donald Trump campaigned in 2016, he made the comment that the FDA should approve drugs quicker.  I was appalled.  I wrote to Corey Lewandowski and told him, “No way!”  When Trump came out with “Right to Try,” that was fine.  If you’re dying and there’s a chance a new drug might save you, go for it.  But then, lo and behold, Trump allows the FDA’s Emergency Use Authorization (EUA) to be given to Pfizer, Moderna and J&J and it has caused countless deaths and adverse effects worldwide.

Plenty of FDA approved drugs from the past have killed Americans. Remember Thalidomide?  The FDA has approved drugs from their very inception in 1906. Yet every year, one-third of their approved drugs are pulled from the market after adverse effects have killed patients. Here is the website listing all pharmaceutical companies and their horrible histories. The actual statistics are mind boggling.

The FDA has been politicized for decades, no more so than with Big Pharma and Operation Warp Speed.  Government agencies worked together to fast track what we now know are lethal injections.

The game was on.

Democrat comrades in mainstream media touted the vaccine as the only safe and sure thing to stop the Wuhan virus.  Fauci and gang convinced Trump, and the lethal jabs went into production, safety be damned, there were billions to be made.

The jabs are neither safe nor effective.

Where was discernment?  Why after three years was Trump still trusting the judgment of Mike Pence, or for that matter, his son-in-law, both of whom convinced Trump to lockdown for two weeks?

2024

Many Americans still support President Trump and want him back in the White House.  M. B. Matthews’ recent article, “I Was Wrong About Trump,” extolled Tom Klingenstein’s speech titled, “Trump’s virtues.”  Matthews said it shamed him because he did not make the distinction between Trump’s character and his virtues.  In a previous column he had written that Trump should not run again, but Klingenstein’s speech changed his mind.

Wayne Allen Root recently wrote an article about who was to blame for the Covid inoculation disaster and coverup the mainstream media is now laying at Trump’s feet. Mr. Root gives 100% of the blame to the elf, Dr. Fraudchi, the CDC and WHO, Biden and his administration, mainstream media including Fox and Newsmax, doctors across America, and Big Pharma and vaccine makers.

Then there’s Trump, and Root is right.  Trump has never been for mandates, and he’s not pushed the boosters, but he has consistently pushed the “vaccine” for C-19 and claimed that it was his “Operation Warp Speed” that saved people’s lives.  The original two injections were for a virus that no longer even exists and the same goes for the boosters.  And Trump had COVID and recovered, so why did he take the jabs when he had natural immunity?

Wayne Allen Root writes that it’s the perfect time for the president to tell the American people he was lied to, that the inoculations do not work, and are dangerous…Root says that will guarantee Mr. Trump wins the White House in 2024.

Conclusion

How many people followed the advice of the president they loved?  How many died from those injections?  How many are permanently disabled?  How many have lost their loves ones?

President Harry S. Truman said, “The buck stops here…” with the leader of the free world.

President Donald Trump had every means available to check and double check what he was being told.  His judgment failed, his perception failed; he lacked wisdom and discernment.  He cost Americans dearly.

And he’s still promoting the lethal “Operation Warp Speed” jabs.

Wayne Root’s aforementioned agencies and people are guilty of mass murder.

And sadly, President Trump is guilty of negligent homicide.

© 2022 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net

By Kat Stansell

September 5, 2022

As we have been reporting, the Electronic Registration Information Center, (ERIC) adds millions of ineligible names to the voter rolls of its member states, under the guise of voter roll maintenance. However, the voter rolls of every ERIC state are very bloated – transparently so. See the numbers.

A condition of ERIC membership, as you may already know, is to solicit as many people as possible in order to register, them to vote. The names which the state must contact, come from a data base provided by ERIC’s huge artificial intelligence system – which conjoins millions, including non-citizens, green card holders and others who are ineligible. That is fact.

But the corrupt state of Pennsylvania has stepped up their game in the 33-state Fraud League of ERIC members. They have a different team of “Stealers” taking the field, just in time for the season! Voting season.

Recently, the Epoch Times broke a report that the Pennsylvania Department of Elections has invented another clever step to add ineligible “voters” to their rolls. After all, the November midterm is less than a dozen weeks away. So, just in case they do not create enough phantom voters from executing the routine mandates of ERIC, Pennsylvania is adding a new twist – a Fast Fraud form.

A “small clerical change” has suddenly combined the voter registration form with a mail-in ballot application! Those forms are used for two totally different things, say election officials, and must be sequential, NOT simultaneous. “Obviously, you have to be a voter in order to get a detailed ballot…” states the election director of Lancaster County, Christa Miller. Registrations and mail-in requests are filed separately. Pennsylvania law requires that voters reapply annually to receive a mail-in ballot. “In February, we have to send them an application (for the ballot) for that calendar year,” said Miller. So, now, Pennsylvania law is requiring a chance to re-register along with the request for a ballot every year. Hooo boy…. What could possibly go wrong?

The new system of simultaneous application for registration and ballot has understandably caused confusion with the voters as well, as to whether they are requesting a ballot or re- registering. It will also create the desired result of adding names to the voter rolls and, thus, improving the chances for fraud to steal the wishes of the people. So, who cares if people are confused?

It will be a boon to the ERIC system. Thousands of duplications will flow into the system, along with ballot requests by people (or AI “people”) who have only to check a box to declare eligibility. More Mules will be needed! For job openings in this field, apply to the Pennsylvania Secretary of State, RA- Elections@pa.gov.

The Pennsylvania Department of State combined the documents – voter registration and mail-in ballot application – on Aug. 19, just 11 weeks before midterms. Unnamed election officials asked the state to wait until December, so as not to interfere with the “big election in November”. A deputy secretary, Jonathan Marks, said that the change was made, “to simplify the process, so voters won’t have to fill out two forms.”

The attempt to further confusion and swell the already- bloated rolls of another ERIC state is blatant. Pity the poor voter who has to fill out two whole, short forms to exercise civic responsibility. Let’s be honest here (if honesty has any place in elections anymore) if voting is not worth even that minimal effort to the occasional Pennsylvanian, then it could be said that they really don’t care. Not caring equates to care-less. Just what we need is thousands more careless voters.

It does appear that the Quaker State is going for the ERIC trophy. Over 50% of ERIC members have voter rolls well over 100% of the total of all voting age citizens in the state. With 2020 voter rolls only at 92.4%, (already an improbably high number) Pennsylvania needs to catch up! Officials seem to have eyes on the prize, “Most Bloated Voter Rolls of an ERIC State”, and have further dirtied their state’s proud history in the process.

One of the original thirteen colonies, once considered the “Keystone of the Republic”, Pennsylvania has actively joined ranks with those who would destroy that Republic. State officials, with moves like this one, do ERIC proud, while they bring shame to their state. I believe that most of its citizens – of all parties – who are at all aware of the issues with election integrity since 2020, are not proud of their state, at this point. I suggest they do something about it, now.

Contact those officials and tell them to fire, not hire, the mules and get rid of the system that uses them.

Get off the couch and out the door. We have a country to save!

© 2022 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com

By Frosty Wooldridge

September 5, 2022

President Teddy Roosevelt united the American people to make them proud to be Americans.  George Washington battled the British to give every American freedom.  Ben Franklin proved his wisdom with “compromise” to birth the U.S. Constitution.  Lincoln gave his life to forge a new America. Abigail Adams provided the founders with courage to continue.  Amelia Earhart challenged us to our highest and best. Eleanor Roosevelt inspired women.  Susan B. Anthony led women to gain the vote.  Present day Serena Williams captures our hearts on the tennis courts.  All great American heroes!

In 2022, Joe Biden, at a time when we need inspiring leadership, last Thursday night, September 1, 2022—scratched his dentures across a chalkboard to give the American people the most divisive speech ever in American history.

He attacked over 75 million voters with a label of “terrorists” and that they don’t honor our country or our Constitution or “democracy.”  He called 75 million Americans “semi-fascists.” He shamed MAGA Republicans as the worst individuals in America today.

Never mind that Joe Biden for the past 18 months, has created the greatest divide in America since the Vietnam War.  Never mind that he has sent his Attorney General Garland to hunt down mothers and fathers that attend school board meetings and called them “terrorists” because they don’t want their kids being taught subversive CRT courses or learning sexual techniques in the 1^st grade.  Never mind that he stands in violation of Article IV, Section 4 of the U.S. Constitution and should be impeached for his actions as our country faces an invasion at our southern border of over 4,000,000 illegal refugee border jumpers—THAT HE INVITED TO BREAK OUR LAWS.

Never mind that he called the January 6^th riot a threat to our country when, in 2020, over 570 riots by anarchists Black Lives Matter and Antifa set fires, rioted, killed people, burned down police stations and cost American taxpayers over $2 billion. Not one of them brought to court!  Never mind that his liberal cronies in major cities across America have defunded the police, tossed out bail laws, and support lawlessness by making sure that criminals are set free hours after their criminal acts.   Joe Biden MUST be responsible for the greatest breakdown of Law and Order in the United States, ever!

Never mind that he’s made the dumbest decisions such as the total fiasco of leaving Afghanistan with $90 billion in our military hardware left for terrorists. Never mind that he got 13 military personnel killed by his commander General Milley for his incompetence. Never mind that he killed the Keystone Pipeline without any backup plan. Never mind that gas jumped from $2.00 a gallon to $5.00 a gallon. Never mind that it’s costing all of us an arm and a leg to buy grocers.

Instead of owning his own stupidities, he blames everyone else. It’s Trump and the MAGA republicans who are at fault.  The reverberations of Biden’s incompetent leadership will hammer all of us for years to come. The fact remains: he’s cognitively not capable of filling the office of president of the United States.  He’s just not all there….

Biden has personally destroyed our country’s sovereignty by inviting at least 4,000,000 illegal migrants over the border to destroy America’s culture, cohesiveness, language and welfare systems.  He’s done it single-handedly in 18 months. Their kids are flooding our schools and their parents are soaking our welfare systems dry.  He’s going to do much more damage in the next 28 months. How much more damage can he do?  Answer: plenty!

Biden stands in total violation of Article IV, Section 4 of the U.S. Constitution and is liable for impeachment and prison.

“The United States shall guarantee to every State in this Union a Republican form of Government, and shall protect each of them against invasion; and on Application of the Legislature, or of the Executive against domestic violence.”

We’re seeing trains being robbed of their cargo by gangs of thieves. We’re seeing smash and grabs in all our cities.  Minorities ransack 7-11’s and high end department stores—with total immunity via AG’s like George Garson in LA, Alvin Bragg of NYC and Kim Foxx of Chicago.   We’re seeing citizens gunned down in the streets of NYC, Detroit, Chicago, LA, San Francisco, Atlanta, Denver, St. Louis—as a normal aspect of their lives.

With examples like Mayor Lori Lightfoot in Chicago, we’re seeing lawlessness and incompetence on a level that would astound the author of The Peter Principle by Lawrence Peter.

We’ve got BLM rioting with impunity and supported by VP Kamala Harris. We’ve got a wide open border with 107,000 opioid deaths in 2021 all because of Joe Biden’s insane tossing of the Constitution onto the fire pit. We’ve got drug cartels feeding millions of pills to our kids because Biden refuses to uphold his sworn duty to our country.

Biden stands as the most incompetent president in modern times.

Instead of MAGA republicans who actually love their country, Biden staggers more in step with BLM, Antifa, La Raza, Muslim Brotherhood, MS-13 and AG Garland who sends the FBI after school board parents. Biden weaponized the FBI against our own citizens.  That one takes the cake.

As to losing our national sovereignty with Biden’s inviting the world’s refugees to invade us—where and when does it stop?  Can we absorb another 20 or 30 or 50 million refugees?

How many of them are real, live, Islamic terrorists like the ones that gave us 9/11?  You see, Joe Biden doesn’t understand or comprehend the magnitude of his actions as to the downfall of America.

For certain, millions will race across our open borders until we no longer enjoy our own society.  We will resemble a third world cesspool of illiteracy, cultural chaos, linguistic confusion and religious conflict.  That’s what’s coming out of Joe Biden.  He will prove to be one of the worst presidents in U.S. history…and he’s still got 28 months more to do more damage.

Biden is leaving a yawning void in America’s identity in the world.

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

By: Devvy

September 5, 2022

Today Americans celebrate the National Holiday known as Labor Day to celebrate American workers who built America and keep it running 365 days a year.  It’s these very Americans who are suffering and having their lives ruined by the Communist International’s plans dating back in the 1930’s to create an environmental crisis to destroy America’s middle class.  Destroy capitalism and usher in communism.

The Unconstitutional EPA Must Be Abolished, (Mine) January 21, 2005

“At the Earth Summit in Rio De Janeiro, June 3-14, 1992, the Secretariat for World Order distributed a nonpublic document titled, “The Initiative for Eco-92 Earth’s Charter.” It reads, in part, under policies that must be implemented as follows:

The Security Council of the U.N. will inform all nations that outmoded notions of national sovereignty will be discarded and that the Security Council has complete legal, military and economic jurisdiction in any region of the world …The Security Council of the U.N. will take possession of all natural resources, including the watersheds and great forests, to be used and preserved for the good of the Major Nations of the Security Council.

In the late Dixie Lee Ray’s book, Environmental Overkill, one gets a full accounting of what really went on with Al Gore and his loony friends at the Rio Summit.  On page 10 of her book, it states:

The objective, clearly enunciated by the leaders of the United Nations Conference on Environment and Development (UNCED), is to bring about a change in the present system of independent nations. The future is to be world government, with central planning by the UN. Fear of environmental crises, whether real or not, is expected to lead to compliance. If force is needed, it will be provided by a UN green-helmeted police force, already authorized by the Security Council.”

Dixie Lee Ray was a former governor of Washington State, Chairman of the Atomic Energy Commission and Asst. Secretary of State in the U.S. Bureau of Oceans. She passed away in 1994 and was a Democrat.

Rush Limbaugh was right on point. (1993):

“A way must be found to get this book into the hands of as many Americans as possible. The myths promulgated by militant environmentalists are now accepted as fact by far too many who are ripe for a cure for this so-called crisis – a ‘cure’ which will actually rob them of much of their economic and political freedom. Dixie Lee Ray challenges the environmental prophets of doom and gloom with penetrating searing truth.  Environmental Overkill is a bright light that exposes the fraud and deceit being perpetrated against an unknowing public.”

Demand Congress Stop Funding This Manufactured Hoax, Feb. 25, 2019 (Mine).  That column gives hard facts swallowed by tens of millions of people on this planet; millions in this country like the brainless nitwit, Alexandria Ocasio Cortez aka AOC.  The harm this has done to children in classrooms is criminal.  Children being taught in elementary school on up the world will end in ten years.

Back in 2003, Holly Swanson wrote one of the best books on this hoax, Set Up and Sold Out: Find Out What Green Really Means.  Just a couple comments from people who read the book, “The author really ties together a lot of loose threads and shows the connection between groups that you would think are doing good.  Wrong.  Please educate yourself before we lose our freedom in America. Climate change and global warming are totally a hoax. Highly recommended.”

“Holly Swanson is waking up America to the fact that several generations have been indoctrinated/brainwashed by the environmental movement. Sure we all care for our environment, clean air, water and open spaces. Holly’s message exposes the socialist agenda and how the so called “Green Movement” is basically a vehicle for the communist/socialist agenda.” (As always, I receive no financial gain or any other benefit from any books or DVD’s I recommend.)

When I started the war against ‘smart’ meters here in Texas back in 2011, Americans throughout the country who were doing research on this tried desperately to reach people to let them know just how dangerous they are – from my August 15, 2011 column:

“Those wireless meters on every home and building will emit huge pulses of microwave radio frequency radiation as often as every few seconds throughout the day and night, seven days a week. Our FCC exposure standards only cover short-term thermal (heating) effects; they do not cover long-term accumulative exposure, nor do they cover biological impacts.”

“The World Health Organization has recently classified the type of radiation emitted from smart meters (non-ionizing radiation) as a Class 2B carcinogen, on par with lead.”…

“The scientific evidence for biological impacts from microwave radiation, known for decades (remember the Moscow embassy) continues to grow with impacts such as DNA damage, increased risk of cancers and tumors, cellular stress, decreased melatonin, decreased sperm, cognitive difficulties and brain-wave alteration, heart rhythm disturbances, red blood cell clumping, and impacts on wildlife including to bees.”

“Wireless radio-frequency radiation from smart meters can cause medical devices to stop working. Medical implants such as pacemakers and deep-brain stimulators used to control the shaking of Parkinson’s disease can be turned off by the radio frequency interference (RFI) caused by the signal. These signals are reported in published studies to interfere with critical care equipment, ventilators, pain pumps, wireless insulin pumps and other medical devices.”

“Reports from those who have had meters installed include heart palpitations, dizziness, inability to fall asleep, memory problems and cognitive disturbances, flu-like symptoms, worsening of existing health problems, abrupt depression, agitation, headaches, hearing problems.”

“Radio frequency interference causing malfunctioning of medical equipment such as pacemakers and wireless insulin pumps”.  “Radio-frequency spikes, causing appliances to break”.  “Health effects like migraines, nausea, vomiting, muscle spasms, heart palpitations and sleeplessness caused by intense bursts of radiation.”

As hard as we fought against the Texas Utility Commission, we ended up with an opt out option which you pay through the nose for thanks to our Republican controlled legislature at the time.  The thieves in Congress, both parties, care nothing about the U.S. Constitution or We the People – except during an election year.  They threw tens of billions of borrowed dollars at the states (more hot checks) and the energy companies here in Texas bought the favors of all the whores in our legislature.  Rick Perry was our governor at the time and went right along with installation of those dangerous meters throughout the state.

During our multi-year fight, I recommended a book titled Dirty Electricity: Electrification and the Diseases of Civilization by Samuel Milham – December 6, 2012: “Dirty Electricity tells the story of Dr. Samuel Milham, the scientist who first alerted the world about the frightening link between occupational exposure to electromagnetic fields and human disease. Milham takes readers through his early years and education, following the twisting path that led to his discovery that most of the twentieth century diseases of civilization, including cancer, cardiovascular disease, diabetes, and suicide, are caused by electromagnetic field exposure.

“In the second edition, he explains how electrical exposure does its damage, and how electricity is causing our current epidemics of asthma, diabetes and obesity. Dr. Milham warns that because of the recent proliferation of radio frequency radiation from cell phones and towers, terrestrial antennas, Wi-Fi and Wi-max systems, broadband internet over power lines, and personal electronic equipment, we may be facing a looming epidemic of morbidity and mortality.”  He also gives common sense solutions.  His book can be found on Thrift Books, eBay and others like Amazon.

And all this time the global warming – rebranded climate change – zealots were out there screeching at the top of their lungs – with those expensive phones glued to their ears contributing to their own demise.  Dung like Al Gore(bechev) jumped on the cash cow and has made triple-digit millions selling a lie.  The same old lies baked and sold by the prostitute media (grunts for the Democrat/Communist Party USA) to people who care but have been deceived.  Scientists Flock to Sign World Climate Declaration and Declare “There is No Climate Emergency”, Sept. 3, 2022

Politicians across this country for votes began hyping how wonderful renewable energy is when in FACT renewable energy is the LEAST reliable energy source on the planet.  Only in the past year or so have Americans awakened to the FACT that those expensive electric cars depend on fossil fuels to recharge and that when an area hit by a Polar Vortex like Texas in February 2021, all that renewable energy wasn’t worth a damn.

Texas Disaster – What Americans Need to Know, Feb. 22, 2021 (Mine) and Renewable Energy IS Causing an Environmental Wasteland, March 1,2021 (Mine)

Maniacs like Fascist Gov. Gavin Newsom [D-CA] is banning sales of all but electric vehicles by the year 2035.  Last week, however, Californians who owned EV’s were told not to charge:   Californians asked to not charge electric cars — days after gas ban announcement, Sept. 1, 2022.  Eh, go to Nevada, AZ or even New Mexico and buy a gas-powered vehicle and bring it home to California.  Oh, wait, next it will be ban all gas stations in California!  California’s War on Gas Vehicles Threatens Entire U.S. Economy, August 27, 2022

Yes, Newsom and all the rest of these lunatics are out to destroy YOU, your children and grand children in states like California.  Civilization cannot survive without fossil fuels, period.  The “Transition To Green Energy” Farce Is Already A Disaster!  Hawaii:  State Becomes First To Shut Down All Its Coal Power Plants, Sept. 1, 2022

Photo array of climate change memes that should be billboards across this country.

The List Of 120 Years Of Climate Scares By Scientists, Oct. 8, 2019.  Wrong Again: 50 Years of Failed Eco-pocalyptic Predictions, Sept, 18, 2019.  (Excellent).  Of course, none of it matters since those articles – because climate change, just like wars – is highly profitable.  The climate change hucksters and crooks have stepped up their game and governments in Europe as well as here in the U.S. have bought the manure and are now destroying people’s lives and livelihood.

There’s a revolution going on the other side of the Atlantic in many countries as the eco-terrorists in governments as well as the misguided zombies who believe every word out of Greta Thunberg’s mouth are going after farmers:  Resetting Food: Dutch Farmers Told To Kill Off 30% Of Their Livestock To Save Planet, June 30, 2022.  If you don’t think insane scum like Bill Gates doesn’t want you eating bugs instead of a cheese burger or burrito, you aren’t paying attention because those efforts are already underway.  Billionaires like Gates who should also go to prison for those deadly COVID experimental injections are buying up tens and tens of thousands of farm land in this country and it’s not to run cattle.

Russia-Ukraine war should be a screaming warning to the world about energy independence – something the people of Germany are going to die over in huge numbers this winter.  Make no mistake about that.  We had energy independence when President-Elect Trump was in office.  Now the communists running the show (Biden simply tries to read what he’s told from teleprompters and index cards) have succeeded through puppet Biden who has been begging from the Saudi’s and other oil rich countries for our country.

Thousands of Businesses Closing in Europe Due to High Energy Bills That Make it No Longer Possible to Stay Open, August 31, 2022  // Darker and Colder: Europeans Warned of ‘Unprecedented’ Power Failures This Winter as Russia Cuts Off Natural Gas Pipeline, Sept. 3, 2022 //  All over the world people are rising.  Here is a massive protest on energy costs in the Czech Republic, Sept. 3, 2022.  “The WEF and their globalist vermin are right now getting scared. Once this blows they are the targets world-wide.”

If you think this isn’t going to happen here, you’re in denial and it’s all by design.

There hasn’t been a new refinery built in this country since 1976.  The ones still producing are old and when they go, YOU and your family will freeze to death or roast to death in the summer.  Our idiot governor, Abbott [R-TX] has bought into the stupidity of renewable energy instead of getting his gazillionaire buddies in the oil industry to build new refineries here our state.

I live in the Permian Basin in W. Texas.  This huge area is sitting on TONS of oil and natural gas:  Permian Basin facts:  “Because of the Permian Basin, Texas not only receives an enormous economic benefit but also helps provide energy security for the country. The greater Permian Basin accounts for nearly 40 percent of all oil production in the United States and nearly 15 percent of its natural gas production, according to the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas. And there’s significant potential growth simply from the Delaware Basin. In 2018, the U.S. Geological Survey estimated that the Delaware Basin in West Texas and Southern New Mexico has the potential to produce 46.3 billion barrels of oil and the potential to produce 281 trillion cubic feet of natural gas.”

Biden Administration Begs OPEC For More Oil, Oct. 19, 2021.  OPEC Says To Biden: If You Want More Oil, Pump It Yourself, Nov. 9, 2021 and the granddaddy sword in our backs:  Biden blocks drilling in ANWR, among his first acts as president, Jan.21, 2021 –  A lying, cheating crook who stole the election.  ANWAR – this is my column over a decade ago:  Get the facts on ANWAR instead of the BS coming from the climate change zombies.  “If you’re unfamiliar with the letters ANWR, it stands for Arctic National Wildlife Reserve – Nineteen-million-acres in the northeast corner of Alaska. The desired drilling area is a tiny patch of 2,000 acres on the coastal plain. 2,000 acres out of 19,000,000 – How much oil is there?”

I’m telling you right now there will be even more food shortages coming as our farmers and ranchers are under attack by OUR government and weather as well as our coal mines and oil fields and I believe, sabotage:  War on Food Goes Hot:  FBI Warns Cyberattacks on Farms;  One Farm Stands Up

Michael Oliver Just Warned “We Are Sitting On A Tinderbox” With Electricity Prices Set To Skyrocket In The US, August 27, 2022  / / READ:  NO ELECTRICITY, NO MONEY, LITTLE FOOD – RESULT MISERY, Sept. 2, 2022

Americans need to get prepared for the worst because winter is heading our way and what I wrote in this column is just the tip of the iceberg.  America:  You are being lied to as the earth is cooling.  There are two resources to keep you up to date on what’s really happening with the weather worldwide; sign up for their free email list:

Electroverse – Documenting Earth Changes During The Next Grand Solar Minimum

NOAA Charts Reveal Global Cooling Is Intensifying; A Word On ‘Climate Reanalyzer’; + Long Cold Winter Mornings Persist In Australia, August 26, 2022 //  Record August Chills In The Balkans; Antarctica Plunges Below -80C (-112F); Heavy Summer Snow Hits Xinjiang, China; + Texas Breaks Low Temperature Records, Including One From 1965, August 24, 2022

The Climate Depot debunks the big lie about climate change and gives you the truth exposing the true agenda of the climate change manufactured endless crisis:

Yes, this is done using ‘smart’ meters.  YOUR control is gone:  Energy Lockdowns Have Arrived: During Colorado heatwave, thousands locked out of control over their home thermostat during ‘energy emergency’ – Welcome to Green New Deal America  //  You will drink sewage water & be happy: British public advised to be ‘less squeamish’ about drinking recycled sewage in face of climate change //  Analysis: Biden’s 50% emissions reduction target for 2030 (if achieved) would have a ‘nearly unmeasurable’ impact on overall global CO2 emissions

Products Made From Oil and Natural Gas – look because “renewable energy” cannot ever  replace them.

Let me close with these two critical videos.  Tucker Carlson spends the first 25 minutes of his show August 29, 2022, demonstrating exactly what’s going on over in Germany and other parts of Europe regarding energy – lack of it will kill so many this winter.  WATCH IT.

This is a documentary on geoengineering (hour & 56 minutes) – something probably less than 10% of adult aged Americans have any idea about.  The Dimming, Full Length Climate Engineering Documentary.  Currently on You Tube with 804,194 views.  Should You Tube pull it, you can also watch it here, just enlarge the screen.  Yes, two hours is long but the stakes couldn’t be higher for ALL of us.   BTW:  The views count went up 3,500 within 24 hours over the weekend as I was writing this column so people are sharing the link.

Around 2003 or so I became acquainted with Rosalind Peterson and the spraying of our skies; that dear woman passed in February 2018.  She introduced me to Allan Buckmann who I interviewed.  Both are in that documentary and once you watch it and you must, you’ll get the truth and it should enrage every American about what has and is being done to us through geoengineering.  Where are the greenies and AOC, blithering idiot that she is?

I’m not finished with this subject so stay tuned.  America must pay attention to what is walking up to their front door because it’s going to be brutal and deadly.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2022 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@npn.net

Related: 

CLOWN SHOW: Biden’s Commerce Secretary Promises Unemployed Coal Workers They’re Going to do Solar Installations for Abandoned Coal Mines… WTH?, Sept. 2, 2022

California’s Power Grid Is a Total Disaster –  Better to spend double-digit BILLIONS of taxpayer dollars on illegal aliens instead of modernizing their infrastructure.  My late husband and I left California in 2006 because of their Marxist ideology and insanity of protecting illegals – including violent killers – from the governor’s mansion to their state capitol.

Trudeau Calls Canadians Mentally Ill, Blames ‘Anxiety’ Caused by ‘Climate Change’ for Opposition to his Agenda, Sept. 2, 2022

CRAZY: California’s Outlawing Of Gas-Powered Vehicles Will Apply To Virginia, Too

By Pastor Roger Anghis

September 4, 2022

Abraham Lincoln has been attributed with saying “America will never be destroyed from the outside. If we lose our freedoms, it will be because we have destroyed ourselves from within.” Whether he said it or not is irrelevant.  It is a fact. No military has the might to overthrow the United States not even China. If we are attacked our hunters alone comprise the largest standing army on Earth. Actually, the hunters in just four states accomplish that.  Add forty-six more states and any invaders faces a mountain they cannot climb.

What we have seen in just the last eighteen months proves that the destruction, if it occurs, will be from our own political parties.  The present administration is little by little disassembling the foundation we were built on and the principles that made us the greatest nation in the world. It actually started with Obama and his loathing of our Constitution.  When the so-called Affordable Care Act passed, he proceeded to change it five times.  Laws can be changed but the President has no authority to do so. The Constitution authorizes the President to propose and veto legislation. It does not authorize him to change existing laws. The changes Mr. Obama ordered in Obamacare, therefore, are unconstitutional. This means that he does not accept some of the limitations that the Constitution places on his actions. We cannot know at this point what limitations, if any, he does accept.

By changing the law based solely on his wish, Mr. Obama acted on the principle that the President can rewrite laws and—since this is a principle—not just this law, but any law. After the crash of Obamacare, many Congressmen have implored the President to change the individual mandate the same way he had changed the employer mandate, that is, to violate the Constitution again.

The main responsibility the Constitution assigns to the President is to faithfully execute the Laws.[1]

It hasn’t been just the Democrats that have either ignored the Constitution in establishing laws or in the enforcement of them as well.  Neither Bush 41 nor Bush 43 would enforce our immigration laws.  Low energy Jeb, I assure you, would not have enforced them either.  Clinton talked about doing something about the flood coming over our southern border but did nothing as was the case with Obama and now Biden is inviting anyone who wants to come here to do so.  Since President Joe Biden took office and Department of Homeland Security Secretary Alejandro Mayorkas altered federal immigration policies, roughly 5 million people from over 150 countries have entered the U.S. illegally, according to U.S. Customs and Border Patrol data and border agents who provide “gotaway” numbers to The Center Square.

“Gotaways” is the term CBP uses for those who’ve intentionally entered the U.S. illegally and evaded law enforcement who haven’t made asylum or immigration claims. While CBP collects “gotaway” data, it does not report that information publicly. The Center Square obtains that information from border agents themselves.

The 5 million figure includes 3.9 million who have been apprehended entering the U.S. illegally nationwide and 3.4 million at the southern border. It also includes a minimum of 900,000 gotaways though that number is likely higher, Border Patrol agents and law enforcement officials have told The Center Square.

The estimated 5 million are now greater than the individual populations of 25 states – up from 23 states reported in June.[2] Keep in mind that one of the few things the federal government has the obligation to do is protect the border.  There have only been two presidents in my lifetime with the exception of Eisenhower, that have attempted to stop the flow.  Reagan and Trump.  Reagan tried but was thwarted at every turn by Chuck Schumer and Donald Trump was successful.  We have few in Congress that really put America first. Almost all Democrats side with the illegals.  Democrats set aside $27 million in tuition assistance for the children of undocumented immigrants in the new state budget — but wouldn’t add hundreds of thousands of dollars to expand a similar program for kids of deceased and disabled veterans.[3]  The New York Republican Party slammed the Democrats on Twitter saying, “Democrats just rejected tuition assistance for Gold Star families but approved it for illegal immigrants. Would these Democrats dare to look into the eyes of the children of fallen servicemen and women and say they matter less than those here illegally?” Empire State Democrats quashed a bill on Tuesday that would have provided free tuition for Gold Star families that had lost a child killed in the line of duty in service to the country.

“The Assembly’s Higher Education Committee voted 15 to 11 to hold the bipartisan bill, effectively ending its chances of making it to a floor vote this session,” according to Syracuse.com.

But the move comes only a week after the same legislature passed a $175 billion state budget that contained $27 million to give free tuition to illegal aliens.[4] You have to ask what kind of dirtbag would thumb their noses at the children of fallen soldiers in favor of illegals? Democrats are who.

Ronald Reagan stated: “A nation that cannot control its borders is not a nation.” We are right now a nation without borders. We all know that the reason for this is that Democrats are losing their voting base with their socialistic policies that are destroying our economy, causing massive inflation, weakening our military, and destroying America on the world stage.

The Biden administration is completely controlled by the Chinese Communist Party (CCP). This is evident in all the dealings he and Hunter have had with Chinese companies run by the CCP. China has humiliated our officials and Biden has done nothing about it. Just recently one of our Coastguard ships attempted to port in the Solomon Islands to take on supplies and fuel but were denied entry. That would have never happened under Trump. Xi wouldn’t have the guts to do that to Trump.

But Biden and Hunter aren’t the only ones that have been sucking up to the CCP. William Burns, Director of the CIA, has been involved with the CCP for years. Burns was plucked from the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace.

This is a very powerful D.C. think tank that whispers in some very important ears when it comes to policy.

The organization was launched in 2010 in cooperation with Tsinghua University.

The organization employed roughly 20 CCP members at point, with four of them coming aboard while Burns was in charge.

Burns was asked about this by Senator Marco Rubio (R-FL) during the hearings, but he seems to have lied giving his answer.

He stated, “This is a relationship that I inherited when I became president of Carnegie and that I ended not long after I became president.”

In fact, it took roughly two years for that program to end, almost half the time he was the big boss.

And if he was working to end it, why bring four more CCP members in after taking over? ⁵

Corruption from within is happening. Blatantly. They don’t even try to hide it. November is more important than you can imagine. Use your vote wisely.

© 2022 Roger Anghis – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Roger Anghis: roger@buildingthetruth.org

Foot Notes

1. Obama’s disdain for the constitution means we risk losing our republic
2. Nearly 5 million foreign nationals have entered the US illegally since Biden took office
3. Dems gave 27m to children of illegal immigrants But not vets
4. New York democrats kill bill tuition gold star families pass tuition illegals instead
5. Biden CIA boss outed ties to Chinese communist party

By Rob Pue

September 4, 2022

I had planned to discuss a different topic in my message today, but this can’t wait.  My heart has been broken over the last few weeks as I’m contacted more and more often lately from readers, listeners and viewers who are grieving for their children — children who have recently announced they’re either homosexual or “transgender.”  These parents are devastated as they mourn for their kids, and even more so because their kids refuse to talk to them or listen to anything they have to say.

So this message is for those young people who believe they’re somewhere on the  LGBTQP+ spectrum or believe they’re “transgender.”  I’m going to be speaking specifically to high school and college-age students here, but younger children are now struggling with this as well.

So young people, maybe you won’t listen to your parents.  But maybe — just maybe — you’ll listen to me, a stranger.  Now, I have no doubt that what I’m about to say is going to make you very angry.  You’ll be tempted to reject outright all the information I’m going to share with you.  I hope you don’t do that.  I have no reason to lie to you.  What’s more, I’m sure that you, as a young person hate hypocrites and liars.  You pride yourself on being open-minded and inclusive.  You may even claim that all opinions have an equally valid place at the table, and all information should be considered before making an informed decision.  My first question to you, then, is — are you willing to listen to what I have to say, with an open mind?  Or do you only listen to what validates what you already believe?

Because here’s the deal: whether you choose to believe it or not, you’ve been lied to and exploited by many people and many organizations.  Very likely for your whole life.  You’ve been treated as nothing but a pawn in someone’s perverted game.  You’ve been used. And you have most certainly been abused.  Your innocence has been stolen and so has your childhood, your heart and your mind.  And this was all done to you purposely — to further someone else’s agenda.  They told you it was for your benefit, of course.  That’s how they got you to trust them.  You trusted them.  But it’s all been a lie.

It’s very likely that you’ve been lied to by your teachers, your school, various groups, clubs  and organizations, social media, pop culture, TV, music performers, sports teams, movie stars and perhaps even the church you attend.  Your mind has been bent and twisted by evil people with evil intentions.  They purposely set out to hurt you and they have.  Perhaps even your body has been abused and maybe you even allowed it, thinking you were being “progressive” or acting as a “grownup” using your own free will.

I think I can safely say that if you’re currently struggling with thoughts of being homosexual or “transgender” or any number of other sexual deviancies being pushed as the popular latest “thing,” one thing is certain: you’re in a great deal of emotional and spiritual turmoil right now and your conscience won’t leave you alone, no matter how much “validation” your so-called ‘friends’ might offer you. You know something isn’t right.

Yet the enticement to be ‘LGBTQP+’ continues.  The bait is set and the lure is waiting to hook you and reel you in; it’s already gotten a hold of so many others.  And today, it seems everyone is eager to heartily celebrate you for being so “courageous” to “come out” and declare yourself to be one of these “rainbow” people.  If you take the bait, you, too, will be celebrated, treated like a hero, and you’ll find a community of others in which to take shelter so you’ll feel like you’re a part of something.  Like you have a family.  Perhaps you don’t realize it, but all these others are just as confused and miserable as you are.  Most of them have been exploited too.

The LGBTQP+ movement has been slithering into the public school system (and even churches)  for years now.  It’s one of the most powerful forces in the world and it’s celebrated as being “cool,” “progressive,” and “better-than-normal.”  You’ve been trained to believe that to embrace this lifestyle is to embrace your true self.  But understand this one thing: they have turned the truth into a lie and lies into perceived “truth.”  They’ve turned everything upside down and backwards — and they did it all to capture your mind and manipulate your thoughts and actions.  This is what they do.

First of all, understand, there are two forces at work in this world: good and evil.  Good and evil war against one another and have done so since time began.  Along with good and evil there are truth and lies.  If you’re not acutely aware of this, you can become a victim of confusion and mental illness instead of having confidence and peace.  All of this leads to one of two outcomes: abundant health and life or profound sickness and death.

Whether you want to hear it or not, GOD is real and He is good.  Satan is also all-too-real and exceedingly evil.  Just as God gives all good things, always and can only speak the truth, Satan is the exact opposite.  He entices the innocent into evil and he turns absolute truth into very clever lies — even believable lies — but they’re still absolute lies.  When a person is saturated with lies long enough, their mind becomes confused and their thinking becomes distorted and twisted, and all this can lead to utter madness.

This radical homosexual — and now “transgender” — agenda has wormed it’s way into every area of society, but it especially targets young children.  You don’t see them recruiting at Senior Citizen Centers but you DO see them working hard to recruit young, innocent children in preschools.  Why do you suppose that is?  If they can get a hold of a child’s mind from the age of 3, 4 or 5, they can convince them of almost anything… including questioning their own gender as insane as that may sound.  This is being done by LGBTQP+ ACTIVISTS.  Yes, ACTIVISTS.  They are active and they have a plan and an agenda:  YOU, and as many other young people as they can recruit, and then groom, and then manipulate — and eventually turn them into activists as well.  This is how they reproduce.

I understand that as a young person, you were most likely awkward and uncomfortable with yourself since about the time you reached puberty.  This is normal and all kids go through it.  Your body is changing, your hormones are raging and sometimes you just want to go crawl under a rock.  You have frequent mood swings.  You begin to question everything.  And after having laid a foundation of doubt in your mind in preschool, kindergarten and grade school, this is when these LGBTQP+ activists pounce.

They have a curriculum to make you question everything and this is when the lies start to intensify.  They even make you believe they’re your best friends, your advocates, while at the same time telling you that your parents are your enemies and not to be trusted.  It’s insidious and absolutely evil, from the very pits of hell.  Satan, the enemy of your soul, is out to destroy you, while turning everything that God created for good into something foul and evil and perverted.

Understand that God created everything in the universe, He created this earth with all it’s inhabitants, including human beings.  He made the Earth to be the perfect habitat for His creation and set NATURAL laws in motion.  Part of this included creating all living things male and female.  Contrary to what you’ve been told, there is not an infinite number of genders, and just because someone has convinced you to believe you’re a certain thing, that doesn’t mean you are that thing.

God tells us, in His Word, that He created us male and female, that He knew us before we were born, and that He knit us together in our mothers’ wombs.  He does NOT make mistakes.  He created YOU for a specific purpose, and like all living creatures, He either made you male or female.  This is how everything reproduces.  He created the earth and all living beings to be fruitful and multiply — filling the world with abundant LIFE.

In contrast, Satan wants to destroy everything good — including young people, who Jesus especially loves.  Satan and his demons specifically target young people.  If he can’t get them murdered in the womb through abortion, he’ll target them relentlessly until he captures their minds.

God did not make any mistakes when He created you; when He knit YOU together in your mother’s womb.  He knew you before you were conceived.  He wants to love you and He wants to save you, but for that to happen, YOU must repent of all the lies you’ve been taught to believe, YOU must break the brainwashing.  YOU must seek the truth.  If you do, God won’t keep the truth hidden from you.  On the contrary, He will REVEAL it to you and set you free.

Does all this sound like a fairy tale?  Me talking about God?  What’s more likely — what’s more NATURAL — that Almighty God made all created things; He created you to be just as you were when you were born, either male or female, meant to marry someone of the opposite gender and then be fruitful and multiply and fill the earth… or that if YOU decide to be a different gender and believe that you are, then you are?  I’m sorry, but you are either a male or a female and you were created to have a life-long mate of the opposite gender, to marry, bear children and raise them up to know and love and worship the Lord God Almighty.  That’s the truth.

When I was a kid, I used to watch daredevils on supersonic motorcycles use ramps to jump over massive rows of cars or structures — even the Grand Canyon.  In my play time, I also built ramps and tried to jump over a row of Tonka trucks with my bicycle.  In those days, probably every young boy did the same.  But it was pretend.  It wasn’t real, and more often than not, I crashed, went in the house scraped up and bleeding and my mom would have to bandage me up.  We also played “cops and robbers” — yet in reality, I was neither.  Sometimes I also pretended to be the “Six Million Dollar Man” (I’ll let you Google that).  Again — it was just pretend; just play time; just using my imagination.

Kids have imaginations and they use them.  Unfortunately, Leftists, Communists, Marxists, God-haters and the militant LGBTQP+ activists are exploiting young imaginations — AND they’re putting twisted, perverted ideas directly into the minds of today’s kids.  By fifth grade they begin training those kids to be perversion activists themselves.  By college, young people hate America, having been taught fake history their whole lives; they no longer believe in God, having been taught about the “superstition” and “evils” of Christianity their whole lives; and they doubt their own gender, having been saturated with sodomite indoctrination their whole lives.

Let me ask you a question: if what you THOUGHT you believed to be true, regarding God, life on this earth, your purpose here and your eternal soul turned out to be wrong — WHEN would you want to know?  One more question: if you had a daughter who was extremely thin, but in her mind, she believed she was fat, what would you do?  Would you get her help for an obvious mental health disorder?  Or would you say, “you go, girl, go get that liposuction surgery!”

Homosexuality is not natural, and not normal and can never produce life.  And there are only two genders.  Bruce Jenner is still a man.  He can play dress up all he wants, he can have as many surgeries as he wants, but he’ll never be a woman.  And pretending to be feminine does not make him any kind of hero.  You’ve been used and exploited but it’s time to stop being a victim.  You stop being a victim when you stop just accepting obvious lies and start looking and studying for yourself the wicked AGENDA that has sucked you and so many others into it’s evil clutches.  And anyone who encourages you in these lies does NOT have your best interests in mind.  They’re doing the bidding of your enemy, Satan.  One final thought: perhaps you’re experimenting with this because you want to be rebellious or “counter-cultural.”  If that’s that case, you’re failing.  Want to be REALLY “counter-cultural?”  Push back against the popular lies and stand strong on the truth of the Word of God.  That will make you the most radical person your age anyone around you knows.  That will make you a true hero.  Not a phoney.

Audio CDs and text versions of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com.  Ask for message number 370.

© 2022 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

by Rolaant McKenzie

September 4, 2022

In the November 28, 2021 episode of the U.S. nationally-aired news television program called Face the Nation, Margaret Brennan interviewed White House chief medical advisor Dr. Anthony Fauci. Responding to her comment regarding the politicization of matters of life and death and criticisms of him personally for promoting universal corporate/government-mandated experimental medical treatments, Dr. Fauci said:

“… It is very easy to pick out an individual and make them a target because that’s what people can focus on. But you’re talking about systems, you’re talking about the CDC, you’re talking about the FDA, you’re talking about science in general. So if they want to- I mean, anybody who’s looking at this carefully realizes that there’s a distinct anti-science flavor to this. So if they get up and criticize science, nobody’s going to know what they’re talking about. But if they get up and really aim their bullets at Tony Fauci, well, people could recognize there’s a person there. There’s a face, there’s a voice you can recognize, you see him on television. So it’s easy to criticize, but they’re really criticizing science because I represent science.”

Fundamentally, science is defined as knowledge gained through observation, identification, description, experimental investigation, and theoretical explanation of natural phenomena. In an open and free society where the pursuit of scientific discovery, ethics and truth can thrive, empirical data is available for evaluation, questions, debate, criticisms, replication, and the formulation of theories based on this process. In such an environment, no scientist or acknowledged expert is above having his theories or conclusions evaluated for validity.

Legitimate science is incompatible with fallacious appeals to authority. In the context of Dr. Fauci’s comments, his claim to represent science was meant to emphasize the idea that the scientific or medical pronouncements he and “authoritative experts” like him make, today, must be believed and obeyed without question or criticism.

“All Scripture is inspired by God and profitable for teaching, for reproof, for correction, for training in righteousness; so that the man of God may be adequate, equipped for every good work.” (2 Timothy 3:16-17)

Though the Bible is the standard by which all teaching and experience must be tested, supposed latter-day “prophets” act as infallible interpreters of Scripture. It is like a table determining the length of the measuring tape instead of the other way around. There are many warnings in the Bible to watch out for such people who would twist the word of God to gain followers for themselves and the power over others this brings (2 Peter 2:1; 1 John 4:1)

Latter-day so-called prophets make it clear that their authoritative pronouncements and writings are not merely their own opinions, but words from God, even going as far as making the claim that their writings are just as authoritative as those of the prophets and apostles in Scripture and constitute the most earnest present truth for God’s people in these last days. They typically accuse those who critically question them as deceived by Satan, will eventually reject the Bible itself, and end up on the road to damnation.

Just as the light of the moon is superseded by the rising of the sun, the revelation of God from the Old Testament is superseded by the coming of the Son of God, Jesus Christ. But these so-called divine authorities usurp this superior revelation with their false teachings.

Instead of Jesus being God’s full and final revelation as Hebrews 1 teaches, latter-day “prophets” use their “inspired interpretation” of the Bible to present themselves as the authoritative “expert” whose writings must be obeyed and cannot be doubted or critically measured against Scripture.

While God reveals Himself to humanity in a general way through His creation, the Scriptures are a special, supernatural way in which He communicates with us. It is the standard by which all ideas, doctrines, and beliefs are to be tested.

“But know this first of all, that no prophecy of Scripture is a matter of one’s own interpretation, for no prophecy was ever made by an act of human will, but men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God.” (2 Peter 1:20-21)

When you are outside walking on a woodland path on a cloudless day with the sun shining in its strength, you can clearly see the way to go. You do not use a flashlight to find your way across the path because the sun provides more than sufficient light.

Would-be latter-day prophets and prophetesses, in drawing followers after themselves, typically make claims to receiving special revelations from God that go beyond what the Scriptures teach and reinterprets them to bolster their own heretical belief systems. They distract from the glory, majesty, and completeness of Jesus Christ and His word. Perhaps they do teach a few good and true things here and there, but in time they point away from the sufficiency of God’s word. They inevitably draw power and authority to themselves and lead their followers into damnable falsehoods.

“For the time will come when they will not endure sound doctrine; but wanting to have their ears tickled, they will accumulate for themselves teachers in accordance to their own desires, and will turn away their ears from the truth and will turn aside to myths.” (2 Timothy 4:3-4)

In the Transfiguration, Moses and Elijah, the greatest of prophets in Israel, appeared with Jesus on a high mountain. It can be said that the law and the prophets were epitomized with these two figures. But of Jesus, the Father’s voice proclaimed, “This is My beloved Son, with whom I am well-pleased; listen to Him!” (Mathew 17:1-9; Mark 9:2-8; Luke 9:28-36).

Scripture warns us in many places against false prophets and teachers who make claims to speak on behalf of God and mislead people (Deuteronomy 13:1-5, 18:20-22; 1 John 4:1-6). Do not accept the flashlights they offer, no matter how appealing, when the Son provides all the light needed to see the truth. Listen to Jesus!

Believe in the One who is the exact representation and essence of God, who sustains the entire universe by His powerful word, who became a man to live the perfect life we could not, to die the death we deserved to pay for all our sins, who conquered death by rising from the grave, and who now sits at the right hand of the Father in heaven. He is the standard for truth, and we read about Him in the Scriptures inspired by the Spirit of God.

“And He is the radiance of His glory and the exact representation of His nature, and upholds all things by the word of His power. When He had made purification of sins, He sat down at the right hand of the Majesty on high, having become as much better than the angels, as He has inherited a more excellent name than they.” (Hebrews 1:3-4)

© 2022 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/

By Sidney Secular

September 3, 2022

As explained in Part I, the anti-white calumny and conspiracy is expanding and becoming acculturated into the new dispensation that is destroying the Historical American Nation. The greatest danger of the many involved in this conspiracy is that the anti-white mindset permeating police departments, intelligence agencies and the military will result in members of these groups trained to follow orders, will train their weapons on white society! This will be easily facilitated since all whites are now being deemed “white supremacists” by the far Leftists who, in turn, lead the average Leftist and eventually the rest of the culture by the nose. Whites are being separated via semantics from the average non-white citizen and categorized as “enemy combatants” and carriers of an especially hateful pathogen. With respect to this issue and others of cultural significance, California will of course, take the lead in the course we should not be following. That state is currently considering allowing illegal aliens to become fully-fledged highway patrol officers, which is a convenient way of weaponizing the alien population against whites under the color of law.

We have untold numbers of military-age men who have entered the country illegally as “economic” refugees with no job prospects, a matter further exacerbated by our imploding economy. These are quite literally aliens – people not assimilated into American life, strangers without an ounce of sympathy or any kindred spirit with the white population they intend to subjugate even without being egged on to do so by our anti-white establishment. For such is the nature of a culture when two opposing populations try to occupy the same space. This alien population, when allied with the non-whites already here who are not firmly rooted in American soil, represent a toxic danger to the West in general and America in particular.

As part of the emerging militaristic and militant mindset, the white victim group is being painted as a dangerous threat to the American Deep State, and the fast approaching white genocide will be depicted as a “counter-insurgency” along the lines of “If we don’t kill them, they will kill us.” During the Trump Administration and down to the present time, we have seen a very explicit effort of the national security apparatus to paint white “identity” as a terror threat. The “Chairperson” of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, clueless New World “Orderly” Mark Milley appeared before Congress to warn of “white rage.” The FBI Director, Chris Wray, another two-faced “leader” has fashioned an artificial bogeyman and continues to call “White Nationalism” and “white supremacism” the greatest threat America faces. This farce continues with Alejandro Mayorkas, the Director of The Department of Homeland “Obscurity” declaring adamantly that “white supremacy is the most persistent and lethal threat to national security!” Similar outlandish statements have been made by Attorney General Merrick Garland. The very first political ad put out by the Biden campaign featured finagled footage from Charlottesville debacle, and one of the regime’s first actions was to declare a “war on domestic terror!” Of course, this is merely another name for a war on whites. By declaring white advocates of American values as enemy combatants, a whole new vista of state violence was visited upon the nation and is being used to repress the emergence of pro-white consciousness and sentiment among the victims. At Oklahoma City University’s law school, one student found this out the hard way. After posting “It’s OK to be White” flyers outside the school grounds, he was arrested, expelled from the school, and interrogated by the FBI’s Joint Terrorism Task Force.

The Charlottesville Unite the Right rally marked a stepped-up militant phase in the campaign for white genocide. There the municipal government engineered a chaotic confrontation between peaceful demonstrators who had a legitimate permit to protest perceived anti-white persecution and a rabid, frenzied mob of leftist freaks and fools who apparently had been invited to participate by the Charlottesville government. James Fields, the “accidental” martyr and victim who was only trying to escape from the kerfluffle and accidentally bumped into a morbidly obese leftist who had a fatal heart attack as a result, was cast as a criminal and was judicially lynched and sentenced to two life sentences plus another 419 years. It’s as if they wished Fields had nine lives so they could rub it in and sentence him to be behind bars during all those nine lives. Charlottesville turned out to be a test run for the January 6 (J6) “trumped up” “insurrection,” when Trump supporters, legitimately aggrieved over the fraudulent, stolen election and coup-de-tat engineered by Biden entered the US Capitol building. This was a clear case of federal and leftist (much the same nowadays) incitement with provocateurs and operatives managing the amassed multitudes. Black Capitol police officers themselves can be seen on numerous videos waving Trump supporters into the building as to entrap them. Four Trump supporters, including the martyred Ashli Babbitt were murdered by this death squad, only because they were white conservatives. An unknown number(some hundreds) of Trump supporters from that day forward have been brutally tortured, beaten, starved, consigned to solitary confinement, denied visitation and legal representation, without charges or with trumped up charges leveled against them. One of the J6 defendants fled to Belarus who granted him asylum there. A boisterous pro-Trump free speech rally was transformed into a treasonous insurrection by the treasonous, conspiratorial media.

Let’s not overlook the racial undertone of this. Almost all the Trump supporters were white, and all or almost all their tormentors were black, and all were black “sickophants”.  Ashli Babbitt was murdered by a black Capitol police officer in cold blood, his identity not revealed for a lengthy period, and was not reprimanded but was praised to the hilt by members of Congress including many Republican boot lickers who should be booted from that body as “legistraitors”. Roseanne Boyland was beaten to death by another black police officer. With the $25 million “lawfare” judgement against Jason Kessler and other Unite the Right organizers, a new precedent has been effectively set whereby whites have lost their First Amendment rights of assembly and free speech. Leftists and “libbers” can engineer mayhem (death, injury, damage, or even emotional harm) and get away with it and have it blamed on whites instead.

Dissidents from establishment narratives have already been deplatformed from online social media –  the new public square – for some time, and they have been barred from banking and online payment services, and using other internet service providers. The state uses and manipulates libertarian language and patriotic-sounding  homilies to conceal and twist the truth, telling us that private companies are neutral in these controversies while they neuter our voices, and slide and elide over the fact that these platforms are working hand-in-hand-glove with the state to carry out its censorship program.

Then there’s the near unanimous passage of the Emmett Till Anti-Lynching Act which shows where the animus lies. Ostensibly meant to codify “lynching” as a federal “hate crime”, and burnish the idea the idea in malleable minds that blacks were the only class of people lynched in days gone by. The Act actually serves a more sinister purpose of creating a brand-new hate crime of “conspiracy” to commit “hate crimes”. These so-called crimes only require “proof of intent” divorced from any action, and so cannot be anything but subjective. However, once “intent” is alleged, the affected entity can be closely or more closely monitored to divine further “intent” by the domestic security agencies who are already engaged in mass surveillance of our private and public communications. The Emmett Till Act can act in “sinergy” with the proposed Domestic Terrorism  Prevention Act to dramatically expand and empower the domestic security apparatus to “rat” on us and broaden the definition of “domestic terrorism.”

One of the most fervent catalysts and supporters of the proposed Domestic Terrorism Prevention Act is, of course, The Anti-Defamation League. The confirmation of the offensive Deborah Lipstadt as a “special envoy to monitor and combat anti-Semitism” shows the untoward and oppressive influence of that organization and shows where this whole charade is heading. The Department of Homeland “Obscurity” recently introduced the Disinformation Governance Board as the next and most brazen step yet to annihilate the First Amendment.  This Frankenstein Monster creation is in limbo right now only because its proposed director was disapproved by Congress. You know it will be back, since the Left takes one step back or backtracks before advancing two or three steps forward, and the concept itself is essential in the ongoing persecution.

As if  elimination of our constitutional rights and right to privacy was not enough to overwhelm us, the frontal attack towards disarmament of the public is even more frightful. This attack on the Second Amendment is undertaken with one purpose only: to disarm whites. Eliminating gun violence which is overwhelmingly committed by blacks using illegal handguns has never been its purpose and can never work anyway. Kyle Rittenhouse was lucky that the two armed thugs he killed in self-defense weren’t black. Because they weren’t, a significant number of Republican and conservative pundits came to his defense, which they could do without fear of a “blacklash.” But Travis and Gregory McMichael weren’t as lucky as Kyle was. They killed Ahmaud Arbery, a black thug, in a clear case of self-defense. To compound their problem, they were white Southerners, the most reviled and oppressed population on Earth for nearly two centuries. The McMichaels’ were sentenced to life in prison, in this case a functional death sentence. As if that was not enough the feds piled on, as they always seem to do in cases involving whites, slapping new “hate crime” charges on these poor men because they allegedly “used force and threats of force to intimidate and interfere with Arbrey’s right to use a public street because of his race”. Those charges carry additional life sentences, along with six-figure fines as if no punishment could be severe enough for disturbing black sensibilities.  William Bryan, the man who merely captured the event on video, was sentenced to life imprisonment, albeit with the possibility of parole at age 82.

The anti-white fanatics are even on the case of Jackie Johnson, a prosecutor, who they would like to prosecute for initially suggesting that the men be cleared of wrongdoing. At any rate, the McMichael verdict has to be the worst miscarriage of justice to date. But wait – they continue to get worse with time. Because Arbrey is now a typical criminal black “star”, a street has been named after him, probably the street where the altercation occurred. Taking down and vandalizing statues of great heroes and renaming public buildings, schools, streets and highways after meritless criminals are the ways we now commemorate the new dispensation.

The eradication of our right to self-defense has perverse overtones. Take the case of Ian Cranston a resident of Bend, Oregon who was accosted with his girlfriend by a black man who assaulted the girlfriend, and in response Cranston shot and killed the assailant. Cranston was booked on murder charges with the clear message that white men are no longer permitted to defend their women against black predators or even defend themselves with guns at all. There is another trend underway pointing towards preventing whites from even calling the police on non-whites. Take Amy Cooper, for example, given the monicker of “the Central Park Karen” (“Karen” and ‘Kevin” are the terms the media now employ to designate and denigrate all female and male whites, especially the Nordic types.) Amy was enjoying a walk in Central Park when a black man came up to her and threatened to kill her dog. Amy panicked and called the police (on 911?). For this act, Amy became the object of national anti-white opprobrium. She was fired from her job, forced to return the dog to the shelter she had adopted it from, and was ordered under threat of a year in jail to complete a 5-session “educational”  and “therapeutic” program focused on racial identity. To add insult to injury, a civic association requested Mayor de Blasio to ban her from Central Park. She was thus forced to leave the country. And what happened to the black who menaced her? National Geographic made him the host of a TV show called “Extraordinary Birder”.

Anarcho-tyranny in our new black besotted society means not only that whites are given extreme penalties for minor to non-existent infractions, but that non-whites are privileged and sent on their way with a wink and a nod and face zero to minimal repercussions for the most heinous crimes and are thus given the nod to continue their criminal depredations. The examples are legion and many are near legendary now as shown by the illustrative examples above.

Nursing homes and assisted living facilities are special places where non-whites can vent the grudges and anti-white antipathies, they have nursed over long periods of time and get away with it, with abandon. Recently, a black assisted living employee was arrested for intentionally abandoning a 77 year-old white woman to freeze to death outdoors in subzero temperatures. In 2019, three demented black employees at an assisted living facility in Winston-Salem, North Carolina were charged with running a “fight club” forcing dementia patients to fight with each other while the events were recorded on camera. Will this be the new sport to replace dogs and birds fighting amongst themselves which practice PETA and similar organizations have been at least partially successful in ending? These organizations would be the ones least inclined to help whites from suffering from this new practice. In a western world where blacks are drugged out and many are suffering from IQs not far above those of great apes, will they be given a pass because they are dimwitted and mentally deranged or because they allegedly continue to suffer the effects of slavery way past the “sell-by” date of such effects? If so, the entire society has been sold a gigantic bill of goods.

Slurs are now enough to get one arrested for using naughty language that supposedly withers or melts the self-esteem of today’s snowflakes who can’t take any criticism. The language police are especially on the prowl for anyone using the verboten term, “ni**er,” even though the blacks use the term on themselves because they realize they have earned the term. If a “ni**er” commits a crime, he can now get off scot-free if he was called such during the course of committing a crime. The word “ni**er” is thus an automatic trigger that sets off the thought police on one of their rampages or tirades. The official policy of the US Government is that white lives do not matter. That is why lefties and their government enforcers huff and puff when someone remonstrates that “all lives matter.” Countless racial atrocities committed by non-whites against whites are never reported by the media, except possibly locally or where it can’t be avoided. To further elucidate the mountain of details on this subject is beyond the scope of this article. That these are almost always “hate crimes” by the system’s own definitions is carefully kept under wraps and never admitted. The national news media routinely memory-holes any events that do not conform to their narrative or agenda which is at its core anti-white. This concludes Part II  of this series. Part III will focus on “The Great Replacement” –  and much more.

© 2022 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com

By Andrew C Wallace

September 3, 2022

The French Reign of Terror was only one example in history that was caused by circumstances very similar to ours, so should you not expect the same outcome now? Our Founding Documents demand involvement of the people to retain their Republic. The criminals who usurped our government for profit and power are traitors. Their other objectives for their Unconstitutional actions are the total destruction of the Republic, starvation, enslavement and impoverishment of our people. Is this not painfully obvious to all?

Politicians from both parties, judges, and government bureaucrats get their bribes and orders from the major corporations. Corporate Directors in turn take their orders from the Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC, wealthy families you never see) whose stock holdings control the corporations and most everything else.

Under the “Enumerated Powers” of our federal Constitution (created by the several States), the federal establishment was granted only very limited powers, and certainly not the expansive powers of a legitimate organic national government. Those powers are reserved for the states, which are independent Republics. The federal establishment has unconstitutionally usurped most of its powers from the states, which is why a majority of its laws are unconstitutional. The FBI should take notice that the federal establishment has no police powers in the states, none. Its private rules and codes apply only to its corporate employees and its own property, which is very limited. The Private Federal Reserve Bank is unconstitutional (as is our money) because it is not gold and silver. Our founders learned from history that inflation was impossible with gold and silver money and made theft by government very difficult. This is but a taste of the corruption. Remember, the United States and its founding documents were created specifically to protect our Rights!

People who support the Constitution and fight the traitors are patriots, not terrorists. They are fighting the usurpers, not the legitimate government. The traitors who rule this country with the barrel of a gun should be on notice that our Founding Documents give legal standing to the patriots who oppose them. There is absolutely nothing in the Constitution giving legal standing, rights, protection or support to usurping traitors ruling our country with the barrel of a gun. The traitors must suffer the wrath of the people alone, naked of any protected rights or legal support from our Constitution, which does not apply to them as usurpers.

Our Democrat (Communist) Cities and States are cultivating many lawless and useless people for crime and government dependence. This is facilitated by a lifetime of indoctrinating and brainwashing by faux schools and media. Most of these people are also victims who were never taught right from wrong, have no morals or ethics, no since of responsibility, no family, no church, no skills, no loyalty, no nothing. Government imports illegals to take the few jobs they are qualified to perform that could not be exported, to hell with Americans. Citizens see the brutality, burning, looting, and destruction by residents of inner-city plantations and identify them as the new criminal class. History teaches that these people will revolt when they don’t get what they want and the government will be forced to kill them. Anyone who believes faux government ever really supported Blacks and the poor is indoctrinated or brain dead.

Much of what is taught in our schools about the Civil War and Slavery is a Damn Lie. The war was not fought to free the slaves, it was fought to enrich the Parasitic Super Rich Ruling Class (PSRRC) of that era in the North. Abraham Lincoln had no concern for slaves, he wanted to send them back to Africa. Lincoln’s ultimate objective was the concentration of power in the central government for benefit of the PSRRC of that era. Is this not still the objective today?

Based upon Economic reality it is impossible for America to escape a major depression much worse than the Great Depression of 1929. The Private Federal Reserve Bank admitted to causing the last one and they are doing it again, bankrupting the middle class to enrich the wealthy. It will soon be impossible to live on Social Security or any government handout. But even if you could, there would be no food to purchase. This could happen in the near future, maybe overnight. There is no solution short of a return to Constitutionally-mandated gold and silver money which would stop the inflation that is impoverishing the people as planned.

Europe is now the model for our future. It is rapidly collapsing Economically and in every possible way, people are going to freeze this winter and starve. This is our immediate future with the Usurping Traitors in charge. This was caused by the PSRRC to destroy Europe to make way for the Great Reset. This was brought about by conversion to Renewable Energy, practicing faux Climate Change and attempting to destroy Russia. Most media won’t tell you, but Russia is winning the war in Ukraine and prospering economically at our expense.

We have world-wide murder, depopulation and destruction on an unheard-of scale for the first time in history. All of this death, physical harm and destruction by the virus and faux vaccines was planned and implemented by the PSRRC and their “governments” on a massive scale. This violates the Nuremberg Codes and criminal laws and requires that the perpetrators be hung! We now know without doubt that the objective of the PSRRC is to depopulate the world, as demonstrated by the Covid fraud and fake dangerous vaccines. Covid was developed in a joint venture between the American and Chinese governments. The faux vaccines did not work and made people more susceptible to the virus while killing and damaging millions. By all accounts the faux vaccine is more lethal than the virus. Infected people were denied treatment even though proven drugs were available. As a result the medical profession has lost any creditable support by knowledgeable people.

Another Holocaust is possible based upon the negative information available everywhere concerning the conduct of some Jewish leaders in banking, finance and government for many years. It is true that Jews were also instrumental in founding and funding Communism and are very active in supporting it and the Great Reset in this country. However, most Jews may benefit our country more than any other group, many are beneficial professionals. It is my contention that Jews must also do their part in calling out the bad conduct of the few for the benefit of mankind and their own survival. It is wrong to condemn all Jews for the actions of a minority, which is now the reality. But the Jews will have a problem so long as many people think that Anti-Semitism means the same thing as Anti-Communism. Only the Jews have the resources to call out the miscreants among them.

The corrupt usurping traitors who control our federal establishment with the barrel of a gun will not appreciate what I said here. But I have only exercised my rights to freedom of speech, and I have not advocated violence or the overthrow of Constitutional government, nor have I committed federal crimes. If the FBI should come for me it would be based on trumped-up bogus charges as is Standard Operating Procedure with them. Any warrant would have to be signed by a crooked judge. Neither federal judges nor FBI have any Constitutional authority or jurisdiction over me because of my lack of interaction with the federal establishment. Whatever they try to do to me and other patriots under similar circumstances is “Acting Under The Color of Law” and would be just more unlawful actions. Again, a majority of federal laws are unconstitutional usurpation of state laws as specified by the Enumerated Powers in the Constitution and have no legal authority whatsoever in the states.

God Bless our Constitutional Republic

© 2022 Andrew Wallace – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Andrew Wallace: natlmktg@gte.net

By Ms. Smallback

September 3, 2022

Who hasn’t been exposed to the ongoing boomer and millennial bashing?  I’m sure there are insults to other generational demographics, I just can’t think of any right now.  But slamming a “boomer” or a “millennial” is sure trendy today.  And it’s exhausting.  Seriously.

For those of us who have been laboring to bring unity in an ever increasing divided states of America, to say this is counterproductive would be a tragic understatement.  What’s to be gained by this besides more schisms, fractures and dissension?  Generation bashing is the equivalent of racism but in a different demographic.   One has no more control over the time one is born than they do the place or the parents or the culture they are born into.

And I’m not a boomer, let’s be clear.  But I’m married to one.  And yesterday I was walking past a park where they were taking down a diseased oak tree.  I mentioned it to my husband in case they would be willing to let him pick up the wood.  We parted ways to run errands and when I returned, I found the pickup loaded with these logs that filled up the length of the full size truck bed.

He picked them up himself – all by himself, loaded them into the truck and will soon cut and split them.  Again, he loaded these logs by himself, without complaint or request for assistance.  This boomer does the work of someone half his age on any given day, and hasn’t felt a need to wage war on another generation less inclined.  He came from a background of poverty, got his first job at twelve throwing papers from his bike after school, worked his way through college with a bachelor’s of science in education K-12, and has worked the last 33 years for UPS in daily manual labor because it paid better than teaching.

He has worked 50-60 hour manual labor work weeks for over three decades to provide for his family of six.  He didn’t require his children to get jobs at twelve years old because it was hard for him when he was that age.  He sacrificed to give them what he never had in an effort to make their lives somehow better than his own with better opportunities.  [And just like my boomer husband doesn’t fit the stereotypical assessment of boomers, our millennial daughter doesn’t fit the stereotypical assessment of millennials.]

So when I see statements like this, I’m reminded that ignorance and indoctrination is alive and well in America.  To think someone thinks this a sound argument is a scary barometer for the current climate and culture of America.

It somehow ignores the realities of numerous factors, none of which have anything to do with being a “boomer” or not.  What his statistics prove is the devaluing of the dollar and economic duress of a nation under bad policies.  What it ignores is the responsibility of the individual to his personal commitments.  In most cases, debt is still a choice, especially debt for a secondary “education” (and I use that term with tongue in cheek).

If the cost of inflation is the qualifier for debt “forgiveness”, then let’s forgive the mortgages and car loans while we’re at it.  But it’s not about offsetting the inflation our politicians caused.  It’s about transferring wealth from the middle class taxpayers.   Let’s be clear, the banks aren’t forgiving the debt and swallowing the losses.  They’re just stealing from working class Americans to pay it back, with interest.

What is also abhorrent in this argument is that now somehow certain selected individuals who make certain (maybe poor) choices can be bailed out irrespective of contract or commitment.  When did signing names in an agreement between two parties become discretionary to the U.S. Government?  Have we really fallen this far as a nation as to think the U.S. Government has the right to absolve personal responsibilities and put the responsibility upon unrelated individuals?  Are honor and responsibility out of fashion?  Is integrity passé?

If the U.S. Government wants to take responsibility for its insane “lending” practices, then take the money from the U.S. Government institutions that created the problem, not the taxpayer.  Absolve the IRS’s new 87,000 salaried roles, or the Department of Education, or any other useless U.S. bureaucracy and its inflated budget to pay for their bad policies, but don’t use U.S. taxpayers to “fix” the problem they created.

But back to the boomer argument.  A nation so entrenched in fighting each other is a nation on the brink of its enemy’s victory.  Divide to conquer is one of the oldest strategies of war.  Take an inventory of the ever-growing schisms of America.  [race, socio-economic classes, religion, sexual orientation, etc.]  If our enemy can keep us consumed with defending our particular life definition, we fail to see the need to defend and protect our neighbor.  This is basic Christianity 101.  Love your neighbor.  This is the premise of the Declaration of Independence and the Bill of Rights.

The raging against a generation of people is misguided rage against a system that has been deployed to destroy the fabric of America.  You’re not mad at boomers, you’re mad at policies from the boomer era that have hamstrung economic progress, and you’ve misapplied them to your neighbors because they use simplistic language to express their own frustrations.  It’s like yelling at the mighty Oz on the screen, but you ought to be mad at the controller behind the curtain.

Boomers are the last generation with the old traditions of America.  They were raised for the most part by two parent families, by the sweat of the brow, at a time moral integrity was still a virtue, and overcoming difficulties was a challenge they took with pride.  They endeavored to make their world a better place for their posterity, and by world I mean family life.  So when they see things in place today in a society they don’t recognize or want, they revert back to what they had to do to overcome.  (hard work, personal sacrifice, refocus on the basics, faith)  They were so busy making a living and building their family life that they didn’t realize their elected officials were selling out to the highest bidder, and that there was a conglomerate intent on dismantling the principles of the land they loved.  They existed at a time the subterfuge was still underground, and they thought America was still wholesome and moral.  They didn’t know what they didn’t know.

Every generation from the boomers forward has its own set of difficulties or trials, mistakes and failures.  At some point we have to stop blaming people groups and realize how badly we’ve all been duped by the powers that be, and unite for the sake of our future as free people.

The destruction of America has been plotted systematically for generations, and each generation the cabal has made its attack on the institutions that would prevent its end goal.  They’ve made substantial gains at significant times, and to place the brunt of the responsibility on the generation some of the worst gains were accomplished is to turn on your fellow Americans.

I would wager a guess that person for person in each generation would find the boomer generation has the most guns per capita of their generation than any other generation.  They probably have the most patriots who still genuinely care about the nation and would be willing to lay down their lives for it.  Why would you alienate these people because they can be lumped with a time some of the most damage via policies was done?

For the love of America, please stop.  Please stop assuming every millennial is lazy and unmotivated.  Please stop assuming every boomer is archaic, has destroyed our economy, and is out of touch.  Every era has policies we’re still paying for as Americans.  (The Fed was instilled before the boomers were born, and it is one of our nation’s greatest evils and enemies.)

Every generation has learned things unique to its generation.  Every generation has skills and principles of value as well as liabilities and failures.  We have so much to learn from each other.  Just as there is really just one race, the human race, there is one generation, the living generation.  Let’s not turn on one another and further the divide.  We need one another.  America needs us united.  Its enemies need us divided.

© 2022 Ms. Smallback – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ms. Smallback: M.Smallback@cox.net

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

September 2, 2022

This is a speech Brown delivered at the program
“Defending America: The Present Threats to Freedom,”

hosted by the Gray Republican Committee of Gray, Maine and 53 co-sponsors, on June 14, 2021.

Brown shared the stage with three other speakers, including Dr. Dana Cheng, a co-founder and VP of The Epoch Times newspaper, speaking via live video feed from New York City on the threat of the Chinese Communist Party.

Tonight, I speak in defense of love and freedom. One might think that they need no defense, but tragically, love and freedom are continually under attack. If human beings fail to defend them both, they will lose them both, for they are inseparably intertwined.

In this discussion, I’m speaking of the love rooted in “agape: the love of God or Christ for humankind.” I’m referring to the sacrificial love that embodies the highest virtues, described by Paul in 1 Corinthians 13 when he wrote that:

“4 Love is patient and kind; love is not jealous or boastful; 5 it is not arrogant or rude. Love does not insist on its own way; it is not irritable or resentful; 6 it does not rejoice at wrong, but rejoices in the right. 7 Love bears all things, believes all things, hopes all things, endures all things.”

When we experience and embody this kind of unselfish love, we naturally want to bring joy and freedom to those whom we love. With this definition of love, I offer this premise:

“Love is the reason and justification for freedom. Love gives birth to freedom, and ‘the Death of Love’ destroys freedom. At the same time, freedom is the garden in which love can blossom.”

It’s not difficult to demonstrate the relationship between love and freedom. Examine the life of any tyrant, and you will find a man or woman who has lost touch with the love that dwells at the center of their soul. When pain and coldness overwhelm a person, when love is replaced by resentment and hatred, cruelty soon follows. Tyranny begins with small actions of dominance over others and then grows if left unchecked. Josef Stalin, Adolf Hitler, and Mao Zedong were small children once, but as their love died, they became monsters.

President Xi Jinping of China and President Recep Tayyip Erdoğan of Turkey, who both want to create a global hegemony of enslavement, are not focused on a compassionate love for all human beings. President Xi feels no pang of conscience as he orders the Muslim Uyghurs to be tortured, while President Erdoğan is supporting the continued Islamic genocide of Armenian Christians as he works to build a new Ottoman Caliphate. If these two men succeed in their plans, the world will be divided between Marxist and Islamic empires.

How many freedom-loving people will die in the process? Over one hundred million innocent civilians were murdered by Marxist governments—death by government—in the twentieth century when the United States was at the height of its power. What will totalitarians do to the world if America no longer stands against them?

And then, of course, we have the orthodox Islamic tyrant from Iran, Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, who wants to turn Israel into a nuclear mass grave. And let us not forget the equally insane North Korean, His Plumpness, the Cannon Meister Kim Jong Un, who likes to shoot his relatives with anti-aircraft guns.

These are not men who are resonating with the virtues of kindness and the Golden Rule. They are dead inside, even though they, too, were created by God to become Beings of Love. How tragic it is that they did not fulfill their original destiny.

(View the video above for the remainder of the speech.)

© 2022 Peter Falkenberg Brown – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

By Kat Stansell

September 2, 2022

The American Policy Center has been kicking over rocks in the election fraud jungle for the better part of the last year. ERIC, the Electronic Registration Information Center is under every one, buried in the slime of intransigence, ignorance, and plausible deniability.

Most state officials choose to defend or ignore it. Even some supposed “conservatives” want to wash over the truth. This MUST stop. America MUST recognize ERIC for what it is – the epicenter of the voter fraud in the nation today.

Since early February, 2022, we at the APC have been reporting on ERIC. I personally have written six articles on election integrity, showing what ERIC is and what it does, as well as what we can do about it. I have learned a tremendous amount from experts along the way. My writings are listed at the end of this article.

From the very first, I tagged ERIC as a backbone of the Steal.

Everything that I researched about voter fraud and its sources leads to ERIC. Every rock overturned has ERIC beneath it.

ERIC is a membership organization ostensibly created for voter roll maintenance. In reality, it is a massive data-gathering operation which adds bogus “voters” to the system of every member state. Millions of inactive, ineligible and “phantom” voters with undeliverable addresses appear on member states’ voter rolls. These names are used for mail-in ballot fraud, ballot box stuffing and machine adjustments in real time.

ERIC was started in 2012 using Soros funds donated through the Pew Charitable Trust. It was conceived and organized by a highly unethical leftist named David Becker, who has spent a lifetime trying to defeat the conservative agenda in America.

Becker also played a role in the Wisconsin fraud of 2020, and has been openly named for more unethical and illegal activities, by Michael Gableman, former Wisconsin Supreme Court Justice, author of the Wisconsin Election Review. Here is the link to Gabelman’s report.

Others have termed Becker a “partisan progressive”. I don’t have the patience for fancy names. I invite you to learn more from the Hon. Michael Gabelman and from the site below. Then, decide for yourself what YOU would like to call David Becker.

As you may or may not know, states are required by law to maintain their voter rolls. Becker played off of this. He beguiled state election officials, using language of plausible deniability, to provide an easy and relatively cheap system for doing this.

Becker counted on the fact that busy officials would bite on something that they thought would make their lives easier. He was correct. Seven states joined the first year.

Another interstate voter roll maintenance system was in place and being used quite successfully by 40 states, at ERIC’s inception. “Kansas Crosscheck” was free to its members. So, using a Soros-funded, Obama-appointed judge to hear a trumped-up case about imaginary “voter suppression” brought by the ACLU, one of the usual pay-per-whine plaintiffs, Crosscheck was shut down, and new members came pouring in to ERIC. It grew quickly, from 7 – 31 member states. After all, those busy state election officials needed a quick fix, and ERIC was in position to “help”.

Today 33 states and the District of Columbia are ERIC members:

Alabama, Alaska, Arizona, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Iowa, Kentucky, *, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nevada, New Jersey, New Mexico, Ohio, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West Virginia, and Wisconsin.

*Louisiana resigned as of July 15, 2022, thanks to the actions of citizen activists.

* * *

To understand the damage ERIC does, you must know that the very construct of ERIC is designed for fraud and data- gathering, not roll maintenance. Member states must turn in ALL data from their voter rolls, both old and new, as well as all records from motor vehicle divisions and every public service agency in the state.

ERIC takes all of these lists, and adds the USPS data and Social Security records from the state. All of this information on every person living in each state is stored in ERIC’s massive artificial intelligence system. Whether you are a voter or not, whether you are a CITIZEN or not, your name and personal information are stored with ERIC.

In return for giving over the private records of millions of its residents, ERIC members receive four lists: who moved; who died; who was adjudicated ineligible from felony conviction or mental incompetence; and who is eligible but unregistered to vote (EBU). States must solicit at least 90% of these EBU’s at least every 60 days providing them with voter registration information.

ERIC’s rules also disallow any name being marked as to citizenship. Florida has, in fact, removed the checkbox for citizenship from its drivers’ license app. Other states may have followed suit.

The law requires that this sensitive data be kept private, but records show that ERIC shares with at least Zuckerberg ‘s group, the “Center for Election Integrity”, and, surely anywhere else it can be used for fraud.

ERIC’s own website brags about how many new “voters” they have added nationwide. Nowhere can you find a word about how many ineligible voters have been cleaned from the rolls. Wasn’t this latter the purpose for ERIC? Yeah, not so much.

I will say it again. The design and operation of the ERIC system is for bloating, not cleaning voter rolls. As a matter of real fact, ERIC’s mandates include only a conditional requirement for list maintenance.

Recently, I have noticed that the ERIC bylaws no longer appear on their website.

Millions of names who may never vote end up on the rolls.

They are people who have moved from the state, choose not to vote, or have died. The “who moved and who died” are the richest lists for fake ballot submission. These phantom names show up on requests for mail-in ballots, mailing lists from state election officials, and even in the CVR’s (counted vote records) after en election. Many of these quite probably were the stuff put into drop boxes by the “Mules”on the midnight to 3 a.m. shift.

These bloated voter rolls are quite obvioius in the records of each state from the 2020 election. According to the report issued by the US Election Assistance Commission, itself a liberal group, the 2020 numbers are as follows.

Over 50% of ERIC members have voter rolls that contain more names than their entire voting age population. To whit:

*AK: 121.7%

*IL: 108.2

*MI: 108.1

*ME: 106.9

*KY: 106.5

*DE: 104.1

*GA: 103.6

*RI: 102.0

*SC: 101.8

*FL: 101.6

*NV: 101.0

*AL: 100.9

*MD: 100.4

*WA: 100.0

*Figures not available for new members, NJ and MA.

My recent article on “Settling the Confusion about ERIC”, gives more numbers for other states. The link to it is at the end of this article.

Of course, there will always be inaccuracies in voter lists. None will ever be perfect. People do move around, and die, become incapacitated or commit a crime. Some just don’t care about voting. That is their right, sadly. But the massive numbers of ineligible voters appearing on so many states’ rolls is no coincidence. It is contrived.

Face it. David Becker did not develop ERIC to create honest and up-to-date voter rolls. That is crystal clear from who he is, as well as from the design of his system. He is proud of his reputation as a far-left member of the Swamp. Being politically neutral is not in his nature. Just as he worked to help the City of Boston discriminate against conservative voters – behind the back of his own employer the DOJ – so too, did he design a massive get-out-the vote scheme to defraud Americans. Becker pretends that he is no longer involved in the management of ERIC, but is documented to be an active part, to this day. Please do read about him at Influence Watch, above. You’ll never doubt his motive or design.

* * *

In the recent weekend symposium, A Moment of Truth, activists from 48 of the 50 states reported on their states’ major problems with election integrity. EVERY ERIC member reported problems with hugely bloated voter rolls. Many reported that state officials were unwilling to discuss the issues, or are even openly hostile on the subject of clean elections. Activists told stories about being stone-walled by legislators, deprived of information that is legally theirs, even jailings and fatal accidents. The dark passion for fraud runs deep.

The entire broadcast of “A Moment for Truth” should be available at Rumble. If it is not, well, you know what may have happened. So goes much that is truth today.

ERIC was called out by name many times over the two days of the broadcast. The Hon. Michael Gabelman, former Supreme Court Justice of Wisconsin, went into the role of ERIC in some detail. Here is a summary of his findings.

Despite the obvious connection of the ERIC system to voter fraud, its leading role was somehow side-lined, ignored. For many months, late in 2021 and the first half of 2022, nobody wanted to talk about it. Folks who had written against it in 2016 and 2017, suddenly supported it. Others tried to hush discussion and debate on the subject. It seemed to many, including me, that “the word” had gone around. ERIC was off limits. This only made me more certain than ever that ERIC was where we should be looking, even above machines, ballot harvesters or mules.

However, a number of recent articles on election fraud have now been published by The Federalist, The New American, UncoverDC, Revolver News and The Epoch Times. All discuss ERIC by name, and advocate states getting out asap.

One very in-depth report by Verity Vote did a particularly good job in breaking through the smoke and mirrors. It’s title, “Threats to Election Integrity” ERIC-CEIR-REVERE. Although I printed it out, I cannot find the link. Again, not unusual if something is too full of truth.

Another online article went missing, only 12 hours after it was published.

On August 23, an article by Patricia Tolson appeared in the Epoch Times. It dealt at some length with problems in Florida. Ms. Tolson covered a report released by a group of citizen activists in Florida. It found real problems, not only with uncooperative election officials, inconsistent roll management, but also “problems with ERIC”. Tolson also revealed that Florida allows third-party registration of voters. Gosh and golly, how could THAT possibly pollute the voter rolls? I’ve got no link to give you because there isn’t one.

Other Florida activists have done amazing work as well.

Florida4America and The People’s Audit have proven thousands of undeliverable addresses on the rolls of their counties, to which addresses ballots were mailed, and from which they were returned, VOTED. They can show fake street names being added to the rolls, then removed after ballots were voted from those addresses.

These ordinary citizens gave up jobs, dipped deeply into personal savings, walked miles to canvass, spent long hours over spread sheets. The fruit of their labors was presented to the statehouse in Tallahassee in the form of charts, graphs and stacks of affidavits from voters. Crickets.

They bought a page in a local paper, to display the facts they have found, to call attention to the plight of Florida voters. That paper refused to print it because the editor said they “didn’t have the facts”!

When they presented the proof to their county officials, they were called liars – with the evidence of boxes FULL of yellow returned-mail labels (where ballots had been sent) in plain sight. A press conference was called specially to accuse them (of presenting the truth?) That particular Supervisor of Election even went so far as to submit their names to DeSantis’s new Election Crimes Division as having dealt in “disinformation.”

This is utterly chilling. Even in a supposed “good red state”, its citizens who care are being denounced and targeted. The way these good people have been treated in their own state is stunning.

To many, it is hard to fathom this kind of thing coming from the state governed by such a popular Republican Governor. It is entirely possible that Gov. DeSantis is being blocked from the citizens’ information by backroom players, as was President Trump during his White House stay. We can only hope that the powers that be in Florida take note and take action, asap.

Recently, I interviewed one of their leaders, Kris Jurski, of The People’s Audit, twice on Catching Fire News, an online video news outlet. Listen to him explain their efforts.

What they have accomplished, what they have been able to prove working together with citizens from around the state is truly amazing. Their work is both an inspiration and a model for others who want to understand how they may help. Why are they and their information being attacked?

For every effort to explain and expose the truth about ERIC, there has been blow back. It was expected from the Blue states of course. What was unanticipated – although maybe that was just naivete on my part – was the attack on good activists with reams of proof, by Red state officials and even a few “Conservative” groups. It’s a part of the story that needs to be told.

The people must be heard. Our country belongs to us.

It’s time to reclaim it.

Let’s just say, it’s been a long row to hoe, turning up and exposing what we have about ERIC. Until now.

We at American Policy Center are delighted and gratified to learn of so many that are now calling the ERIC system out for exactly what it is, and for exposing the guts of the ugly fraud beast. We hope that this will help all groups in every state to gain traction pulling together for our freedom.

* * *

No one needs to be reminded that it is our God-given right to vote, to select those who will represent us in governance. This is what has made America the bright star of freedom for the world.

There is today, however, a well-defined and -funded entity who would bring down our Republic and everything about our lives that we hold dear. To do so, they are coming after our ballots, and have crafted a weapon known as ERIC to help conquer us.

Do NOT let it happen! We have but one more election to be free. If we allow this kind of frontal assault on liberty to happen again, we will go the way of Venezuela, and lose our freedom forever.

Join hands in your own community. Go to public meetings, stand on the courthouse steps. Make your voices heard. Come to https://www,americanpolicy.org for what to do and how. It is not too late.

Get off the couch and out the door. We have a country to save!

© 2022 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com

* * *

*Settling the confusion about ERIC

**One mans crusade- against voter fraud

***John Locke foundation supports eric clueless is the nicest thing i can say

****Dissecting the beast ERIC laid open

*****ERIC the electronic registration information center a dream database for voter fraud/

******Secure the vote nothing is more important

By Cliff Kincaid

September 2, 2022

The headline, “West mourns Gorbachev as peace champion,” helps explain why the West, led by the United States, is collapsing, and why the Communist world, including “post-Soviet” Russia, is coming out on top.

Even some conservatives have been fooled. On the Real America’s Voice channel, we saw the headline: “Gorbachev’s quest to save communism ended it.”

This is pure communist disinformation.

Those who insist that “Putin is Russia’s Anti-Gorbachev” are missing the basic point that Putin’s policies logically followed those of Gorbachev and that Gorbachev personally endorsed Putin’s policies.

We need to go back in history, to the point when a defector from the KGB, Anatoliy Golitsyn, had exposed the Soviet/Russian plan to dominate the world through propaganda and disinformation. His charges were ridiculed as a fantastic “Monster Plot” by top CIA officials, who thought the Russian communists were incapable of planning and carrying out such a plan.

As I recounted in the America’s Survival book, Back from the Dead: The Return of the Evil Empire, a former government official told me what happened when Golitsyn had defected in 1961 and was brought into a room to be debriefed. “He looked around and realized that half the CIA operatives in front of him were KGB double agents whose reports he had read on the other side,” the former official told me.

Soviet/Russian moles in the CIA and FBI have included Aldrich Ames, Harold Nicholson, and Robert Hanssen, a top FBI counterintelligence official who had access to very sensitive information, including the identities of Russians who were spying for us. The information Hanssen gave the Russians deprived the CIA of valuable intelligence sources. They were executed.

As Russia-gate shows, attempts at internal reform of the FBI and CIA have been largely unsuccessful.

But Russia-gate is only one example of how the Russians used the intelligence agencies to influence policy. Another that is still ongoing was discussed in anti-communist analyst Natalie Grant’s 1998 article on “Enviro-Communism,” where she explained how a Soviet deception campaign, using the climate as an organizing tool, was launched after the so-called collapse of the Soviet state. That’s when Mikhail Gorbachev, the last Soviet president, embarked on an environmental crusade, using the United Nations and other international organizations, such as the State of the World Forum, Green Cross, and the Temple of Understanding.

The collusion also included the Earth Summit of 1992, giving rise to the concept of “sustainable development,” another way to describe socialism. An Earth Charter was initiated, calling for the protection of “Mother Earth.”

One of the key American participants was Al Gore, who, as a member of the U.S. Senate, participated in the Earth Summit. Gore wrote openly about the Earth having sacred qualities and praised primitive pagan religions and goddess worship.

Obama’s Paris climate change agreement, which was openly designed to curtail U.S. industrial expansion, was a Marxist plan that benefited Russia, a major oil and gas producer. Biden’s “green energy” policies, as contained in the so-called Inflation Reduction Act, have continued this trend.

Not to be outdone, Pope Francis lectures the world on the need for a “Collective Answer” to global warming and the evils of capitalism.

At the time of the Soviet collapse, including the fall of the Berlin Wall, some Reagan officials understood what was truly happening. In a November 24, 1987, memorandum written by Robert M. Gates entitled, “Gorbachev’s Gameplan: The Long View,” Gates, then Deputy Director of the CIA, said the Soviet “reforms” were a “breathing space” before the resumption of the “further increase in Soviet military power and political influence.”

By his own admission, perestroika wasn’t designed to undermine “socialism.” In the 1987 book, Perestroika: New Thinking for Our Country and the World, New York: Harper & Row, Gorbachev wrote, “There is the view that it has been necessitated by the disastrous state of the Soviet economy and that it signifies disenchantment with socialism and a crisis for its ideals and ultimate goals. Nothing could be further from the truth…”

There is also this quote from his speech, “October and Perestroika: The Revolution Continues,” November 2, 1987:

“In October 1917 we parted with the old world, rejecting it once and for all. We are moving towards a new world, the world of Communism. We shall never turn off that road!”

In my book, The Sword of Revolution and The Communist Apocalypse, I take strong issue with those who have mistakenly assumed that the demise of the USSR meant the end of Soviet-style communism.

Soviet President Mikhail Gorbachev, in his 1987 book, Perestroika, explained what was coming to pass, if one understood Marxist dialectics. He wrote:

“The Leninist period is indeed very important. It is instructive in that it proved the strength of Marxist-Leninist dialectics, the conclusions of which are based on an analysis of the actual historical situation. The works of Lenin and his ideals of socialism remained for us an inexhaustible source of dialectical creative thought, theoretical wealth and political sagacity.”

A former intelligence official explained in an interview that the “way in which they [the Communists] develop the struggle, internationally” can change because the “conditions” in the world change. Hence, new victims and “rights” can emerge at any time.

Globally, the “conditions” help explain China going through a capitalist stage and Russia officially dropping the Soviet label. But the idea that the communists have given up Marxism-Leninism is “erroneous,” this former official said. The goal is still world communism, with global environmentalism the latest phase in this historical process, designed to confuse people about the ultimate goal.

In other words, the intention was to restructure and reorganize within the communist system. Perestroika was the “negation of the negation” in dialectical terms.

Gorbachev cited two of the successful dialectical maneuvers of Lenin, The Brest-Litoysk Treaty with Germany in 1917, and the New Economic Policy of 1921. He said these decisions meant that Lenin was “guided by vital, not immediate, interests, the interests of the working class as a whole, of the Revolution and the future of socialism.”

The former intelligence official told us that “perestroika” was “designed to accomplish a reorganization within the Soviet Union, in order to strengthen the position of the party and position within the World Communist Movement.” The problem for the Soviets, he said, was that Gorbachev “chose political organization over economic reorganization,” and certain changes did not go as planned. As a result, the Soviet Union as an entity did go out of business and had to be reconstituted.

Russian leader Vladimir Putin does not use the term “world communism” these days but there can be no doubt that Putin, trained in Marxism-Leninism by the KGB, understands where the world is heading and what he is doing. Our book, Back from the Dead: The Return of the Evil Empire, examines how the remnants of Soviet communism are being preserved, even celebrated, in modern-day Russia.

Gorbachev was fooling the West with Glasnost and Perestroika while pursuing the goal of world communism with the support of “socialists” in the West, led by the Democratic Party in the United States and elements of the Republican Party. The latter included an award to Gorbachev from the George Bush Presidential Library.

Biden’s no-win war against the Russians in Ukraine, following his approval of a Russian gas pipeline to Germany, has given Putin even more power over European gas supplies. Perhaps that was the objective all along.

Remember that German Chancellor Angela Merkel, a suspected Russian agent, had made Germany more dependent on Russian oil and gas by terminating Germany’s nuclear energy program.

Also remember that Putin was a young KGB agent in East Germany, where Merkel grew up and became a propaganda specialist for the communists.

The “Monster Plot” seems to be working.

© 2022 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

• Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. usasurvival.org

By Frosty Wooldridge

September 1, 2022

Boy oh boy! Or, should I say “person oh person” to be politically correct? Last Monday’s column caused a flood of letters into my inbox: NewsWithViews, August 25, 2022–Is Anyone Taking Climate Change Seriously? Apparently Not!

Sometimes, when a writer handles a HOT Topic that people feel highly passionate about, it’s dangerous, even deadly to deal with it. In certain countries, they would simply kill the writer. Notice that Salman Rushdie, Gert Wilder and Hirsi Ali require 24/7 private guards to keep from being assassinated. One Islamist issued a $20 million bounty on Wilder.

It’s getting dangerous out there in the world. Putin kills thousands in Ukraine without any end in sight. He’s a madman on par with Hitler, Mao, Stalin, Mussolini and the Taliban. Thankfully, here in America, we enjoy that First Amendment to generate the spotlight on our problems with the ability to engage ideas, solutions and possibilities for improvement.

As to my commentary, some readers refuted climate change, some of them attacked me as a globalist, ingrate and totally wrong about global warming. Some of them condemned me for wanting to drastically reducing the human race by all means available. I said nothing of the sort. Some responders said that human overpopulation is a myth. They stated that the Earth can support countless billions more people. One guy said 50 billion could be sustained on this planet.

It makes you wonder who is right, who is wrong, and who is completely out of his or her mind? Do you think the planet can sustain 50 billion humans? So, what number can it sustain? We’ve got millions starving to death annually as it is. Why would anyone want to see more destitution, poverty, disease and human misery worldwide?

Can America sustain another 100, 200 or 500 million more people? Can we sustain 1 billion? Why? Where is the cut-off?

“Unlimited population growth cannot be sustained; you cannot sustain growth in the rates of consumption of resources. No species can overrun the carrying capacity of a finite land mass. This Law cannot be repealed and is not negotiable.” Dr. Albert Bartlett, www.albartlett.org, University of Colorado, USA.

Here in America, we can’t even solve the documented 540,000 homeless in our own country. I just traveled along the West Coast last month. Good grief! Los Angeles houses 66,000 homeless with no solutions. Over 35,000 suffer homelessness in San Francisco. It’s no longer that romantic “City by the Bay” where Tony Bennett sang “I left my heart in San Francisco….”, but instead, a crime ridden, human waste splattered on sidewalks, filthy streets filled with needles, tents, trash, and drug addicts.

As to climate change, for the record, I didn’t support, condemn, deny or make any statement as to the validity or non-validity of climate change. All I wrote was, if it’s occurring, most people around the planet don’t understand it, or don’t care, or deny it, or simply can’t be bothered. You may shrug your shoulders with the realization that you can’t do a darned thing about it…so why bother?

As to population, many religious leaders support unlimited human population growth. That would be the Mormons, Muslims, the Pope, and well, if you look at what’s going on in India, they add another 18,000,000 people annually on their way to becoming the most populated country in the world at 1.55 billion. We humans are well on our way as a species to add 2,000,000,000 (billion) more of ourselves by mid-century.

What does that make me? I am a world traveler who has seen what’s coming in Asia and beyond. If the world can support 10, 20, 30, 40 or 50 billion humans, what’s the point? We’re already losing 100 other species daily from human encroachment. It’s called “The Sixth Extinction Session.” Do we want to eradicate all other creatures for our own dominance?

What am I asking? Is it possible that we can deny that 100,000,000 barrels of oil being burned 24/7 isn’t doing something to the climate? What is it doing to our oceans that absorb that much carbon?

What about billions of tons of coal being burned 24/7? What about the fact, that at some point in this century, the main driver of all Western Countries is gasoline, and that experts predict that it will be exhausted around 2050? How will we run this civilization without oil? Harsh reality check: alternative energy won’t cut it whether it’s wind, waves, or solar. There’s just too many of us.

If you watched the national news reports on Europe for this winter, they face horrific consequences of freezing to death because they DON’T have Russian oil. The population of Europe exceeds 748,000,000 (million) people. How do you keep THAT many people warm when you don’t have oil or coal or natural gas? Even the European Union’s top leader said that Europe faces a seriously horrific winter in 2022-23.

If you hated my climate change column, why? If you think humans can add another 50-billion of ourselves, what’s the point?

“Can you think of any problem in any area of human endeavor on any scale, from microscopic to global, whose long-term solution is in any demonstrable way aided, assisted, or advanced by further increases of population, locally, nationally, or globally.” Dr. Albert Bartlett www.albartlett.org

At some date in the near future, every single human being on the planet needs to get serious as to what we all face in the 21st century. If climate change is not a factor, what about water? What about energy? What about exhausting all the resources that allow our civilization to function?

Read Blip: Humanity’s 300-year self-terminating experiment with industrialism by Christopher O. Clugston. By 2050 or sooner, we will have exhausted all our resources on this planet that allow our civilization to function.

Did you see what it takes to make one single battery for an electric car on the news last night? It’s over 150,000 tons of ore that has to be extracted for ONE SINGLE battery. We need cobalt, lithium, nickel, aluminum, plastic, and more. This is a finite planet with finite resources. At some point, there will be no solutions.

All I can say in my weekly columns stems from my experiences from my world travels. I’ve seen daily nightmares of humans dying, starving and suffering. I realize that I have a very small platform for the past 20 years. Nonetheless, this column is read all over the world by individuals concerned about humanity’s future. I hope I am a positive thinker who explores what we face and what we can do to survive the 21st century. At the same time, I care about America, Canada, Europe and all humans living on this planet. We’re all doing the best we can to live through this life in a meaningful manner. Each of us deserves food, water, energy, housing, freedom and safety.

At the pace we’re exploding across the planet, none of those items will be available for our children…climate change or not.

If you watch these two videos, you will understand what kind of trouble America faces. Share these videos all over America:

“In a five minute astoundingly simple yet brilliant video, Immigration, Poverty, and Gum Balls”, Roy Beck, director of www.numbersusa.ORG, graphically illustrates the impact of overpopulation. Take five minutes to see for yourself:

“Immigration by the numbers—off the chart” by Roy Beck

This 10-minute demonstration shows Americans the results of unending mass immigration on the quality of life and sustainability for future generations: in a few words, “Mind boggling!” www.NumbersUSA.org

© 2022 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com

by Lee Duigon

September 1, 2022

What is StupidWorld? It’s the theme park to beat all theme parks, the global celebration of “stupid.” And here you were, thinking that “stupid” is stupid!

But no—“stupid” is smart! How could it be otherwise, when the world’s most smartest people are behind it?

Someday StupidWorld will be the whole world. It’s already spreading out in all directions. Someday it will swallow up the countries and put the entire planet under theme park management.

But first, a little peek at what’s to come…

Stan Van Whatsit, former NBA coach, now a color guy on TV, recently demonstrated his commitment to stupid by likening Our Lord’s miracle of the loaves and fishes to our stupid president’s order to “forgive” student loan debts. Yeah, uh-huh. A piece of cheap political theater is equal to the miraculous feeding of thousands of people on a few loaves and fishes. Someday we will all be this stupid. Our schools and colleges are working on it.

Yup—giving away taxpayers’ money, that isn’t yours to give… is a miracle? It always did seem magical, the way Democrats make public money disappear. At $10,000 a head (or is it going to be $20,000?), and millions of heads, the estimated cost of this caper runs from $300 to $600 billion. Hum-baby.

Now that kind of stupid doesn’t grow on trees. Some seem to be born with a gift for it; but by and large it has to be assiduously cultivated. How many years did it take to erase every grain of sense that God gave Coach Whatsisname? To see Christ’s miracle as equaled by SloJo Biden’s crass vote-buying scheme is imbecility of a very high order. We are truly getting there!

Meanwhile, on the other side of the world, a Sydney, Australia, nightclub has banned “staring” at someone “without verbal consent”.  Looking at other people, babbles the management, thwarts its efforts to turn their joint into “safe space.” If they catch you looking at someone else, they’ll not only kick you out—the bouncers are now “safety personnel”—they’ll also call the cops! And you’ll be busted… for “unauthorized staring”? Gotta say “May I?” first.

Gee—what if the bar’s, well, crowded—as unlikely as that seems? How do you look anywhere without “staring” at someone? And how does anybody know you’re “staring” at them unless they’re staring at you?

How do they prove you stared at somebody? And if some ninny of a judge finds you guilty, what’s your punishment? Really, it doesn’t look like anybody thought this through.

But then if things like this made sense, they wouldn’t be in StupidWorld, would they?

They want a global government. Fine. But that’s a big job and a hard one. Even for an itsy-bitsy government in an itsy-bitsy town, people are always doing things they shouldn’t do, creating one problem after another. They quarrel, they break laws they never knew existed, have accidents, lose track of things, and insist on trying to make their own decisions—which are all too often not the decisions that the government wants them to make. And that’s without purposely committing crimes!

Which is why we need StupidWorld—where none of the “useless eaters,” as the World Economic Forum likes to call us, will be psychologically equipped to make any decisions at all.

Let them just enjoy the rides, eat bugs, and do as they’re told because they can’t do otherwise, it’d melt their brains.

And welcome… to StupidWorld.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and visit, before we all get packed off to The Camps. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2022 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net

By Dennis Kelly

September 1, 2022

I don’t know about you but I cringe every time I hear someone actually use this LGBTQ……nonsense when referring to those who follow the Rainbow Flag.  Where in any society does such a phenomenon exist?  I’m not talking about the life style itself but how they have forced the world to actually say and spell out their various lifestyles as follows; L..G..B..T..Q…..blah, blah, blah!  It’s ridiculous but why would that stop us?  Any politician or news person will stand in front of a camera and blurt out LGBTQ….when referring to these people as if it’s an actual word.  And who are these people that they’re referring to anyway?  Well I looked it up and the correct letters are:

What does LGBTQIA+ really stand for?

LGBTQIA+ is an inclusive term that includes people of all genders and sexualities, such as lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, questioning, queer, intersex, asexual, pansexual, and allies. While each letter in LGBTQIA+ stands for a specific group of people, the term encompasses the entire spectrum of gender fluidity and sexual identities.

You see, once you get passed “A” for asexual the + sign kicks in.  Would that plus sign include pedophilia and bestiality?  And exactly what is pansexual?

So how in the hell did we get to GAY? 

It is my belief that the “homosexuality” crowd correctly realized that, that word was not going to make it in polite society and they had to come up with an acceptable replacement for “that” word Homosexual.  Again I looked it up and came across the following:

Some of the first written uses of the word gay to unambiguously mean “homosexual” appear in the early 1950’s, which means that it was probably already slang among some gay people earlier than that. It appeared in books for gay people and occasionally in books written for straight audiences in the 1950’s and 1960’s, but the “merry” definition dominated while the “homosexual” meaning remained slang.  It wasn’t until Stonewall, the birth of the Gay Liberation Front, and increased gay visibility in the late 1960’s and 1970’s that the “homosexual” meaning became widely known. At the same time, the “happy” definition of the term fell out of usage.

So as I say in the title of this article, first they stole the word “GAY” as a replacement for “homosexual”.  It appears to have taken place over the decade between the 1960’s and 1970’s.  They hate the word homosexual which conjures up images and thoughts that we care not to look at or think about.  When the word is used today it is normally in hushed tones, am I right?  When was the last time you even heard the word in public or over the airwaves?  Like maybe never.  And why would that be (rhetorical)?  But it’s certainly Okay to be GAY!

Now the last time I checked, the homosexual community represented about 1.2% of the population.  This figure I still question, but let’s say there are about 4 million homosexuals in this country and you want to increase your power base for social and political influence.  Notice in the above explanation for LBGTQIA+ is the “and allies”.  This community realizes that if it is going to have any influence, it has to incorporate a whole spectrum of the sexually confused and sexually weird ducks in order to put upon the rest of us some kind of legitimacy and forced acceptance.  They are claiming that if you put all these groups together, they make up 4.5% of the population!  It’s incredible to think that such a group has been elevated to super status in our communities, elevated so high as to give them their own flag and celebrate their lifestyle with parades and officially designate the entire month of June worldwide to their agenda.  Where is the banner and parades for the Traditional Family?  You know, married Mom and Dad, of the opposite sex with a couple of kids, maybe a dog.  Where is their celebration month?

Let me pose a question to the women out there and I want an honest answer.  You are single and unattached.  You are introduced to a man, he is good looking and charming.  You seem to hit it off and start dating.  You stop by his house one day and find him sitting next to another guy watching TV and they’re both in there whitey tighties.  You confront him about it and learn he’s bisexual.  You know, the second from the left in the LBGTQ……gang.  Is that going to be a problem for you or is that something you’ve overcome in today’s new all-inclusive society?  Just asking.

So how and when did the Rainbow Flag become the banner and rallying cry for the Homosexual Agenda?  For this question I turned again to Wikipedia.

Originally devised by artist Gilbert Baker, Lynn Segerblom, James McNamara and other activists, the design underwent several revisions after its debut in 1978, and continues to inspire variations. Although Baker’s original rainbow flag had eight colors, from 1979 to the present day the most common variant consists of six stripes: red, orange, yellow, green, blue, and violet. The flag is typically displayed horizontally, with the red stripe on top, as it would be in a natural rainbow.  LGBT people and allies currently use rainbow flags and many rainbow-themed items and color schemes as an outward symbol of their identity or support. In addition to the rainbow, many other flags and symbols are used to communicate specific identities within the LGBT community.

Like the high jacking of the word Gay to disguise the Homosexual lifestyle and hiding its societal stigma, where might we find a similar high jacking by these folks?  None other than God’s own sign of the covenant He established between Himself and all life on earth, the Rainbow.  In the book of Genesis, Chapter 9, verses 8 – 17,

Then God spoke to Noah and to his sons with him, saying: “And as for Me, behold, I establish My covenant with you and with your descendants after you, and with every living creature that is with you: the birds, the cattle, and every beast of the earth with you, of all that go out of the ark, every beast of the earth. Thus I establish My covenant with you: Never again shall all flesh be cut off by the waters of the flood; never again shall there be a flood to destroy the earth.”

And God said: “This is the sign of the covenant which I make between Me and you, and every living creature that is with you, for perpetual generations:  I set My rainbow in the cloud, and it shall be for the sign of the covenant between Me and the earth. It shall be, when I bring a cloud over the earth, that the rainbow shall be seen in the cloud; and I will remember My covenant which is between Me and you and every living creature of all flesh; the waters shall never again become a flood to destroy all flesh.  The rainbow shall be in the cloud, and I will look on it to remember the everlasting covenant between God and every living creature of all flesh that is on the earth.”  And God said to Noah, “This is the sign of the covenant which I have established between Me and all flesh that is on the earth.”

Who else reading this believes that the high jacking of the rainbow was an intentional act to defy our Creator?  Of course it was intentional.  The homosexual community tries to hide its shamefulness anyway it can in order to deceive themselves and the rest of the world that their lifestyle is legitimate and acceptable which it is not to any rational thinking human being.  Nowhere else in all of God’s creation are such practices manifested in all of nature except by fallen mankind.  Do not fall for these lies people! Do not be deceived.  Do not think society has risen to the high ground by embracing such behavior.  In truth we have sunk into a moral cesspool.  Your parents and grandparents did not condone this behavior.  Are we to think the old folks got it wrong?  No I say.  They were not wrong and you are not wrong.  God called these behaviors an abomination and meant it and no amount of word twisting and banner waving is ever going to change that or legitimize it.  Do not be afraid to call it out for what it is.

Am I being harsh?  Was God too harsh when He smoked Sodom and Gomorrah? Hopefully you can ask Him that someday.  The next time you hear this ridiculous spelling out LBGT…… just remember what it really is.

© 2022 Dennis Kelly – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dennis Kelly: denniskelly@charter.net